2 Maccabees

<1 Maccabees 3 Maccabees>

ΜΑΚΚΑΒΑΙΩΝ Β (Of-Makkaba-belonged 2)

2 MACCABEES

Inscr Μακκαβαιων β' ℵV

(124 B.C.)

2Ma 1:1 ΤΟΙΣ ἀδελφοῖς τοῖς κατ' Αἴγυπτον Ἰουδαίοις χαίρειν οἱ ἀδελφοὶ οἱ ἐν Ἰεροσολύμοις Ἰουδαῖοι καὶ οἱ ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ τῆς Ἰουδαίας, εἰρήνην ἀγαθήν·

Unto-the-ones unto-brethrened unto-the-ones down to-an-Aiguptos unto-Iouda-belonged to-joy the-ones brethrened the-ones in unto-Ierosoluma' Iouda-belonged and the-ones in unto-the-one unto-a-spacedness of-the-one of-an-Ioudaia, to-a-joinifying to-excess-placed;

Note: letter during time of author 2Ma 1:1-9.

Note: the dating of 2 Maccabees is based upon the following chart (see also chart 1Ma_1:1):

Yr. markers in text (reckoned from 312 B.C. when Judea came under Hellenistic control).

2Ma_1:7, yr. 169 ref. Demetrius death: 312-169 = 143

2Ma_1:9, yr. 188 date of first letter 312-188 = 124

2Ma_4:7, Antiochus Epiphanes IV begins est. 175

2Ma_4:23, ref. Jason, Menelaus (+3 yrs.) est. 172

2Ma_6:24, ref. death of Eleazar (90 yrs. old) est. 172-167

2Ma_11:21, yr. 148, mo. Dioscorinthius day 24 312-148 = 164

2Ma_11:33, yr. 148, mo. Xanthicus day 15 312-148 = 164

2Ma_11:38, yr. 148, mo. Xanthicus day 15 312-148 = 164

2Ma_13:1, yr. 149, Antiochus Eupator in power 312-149= 163

2Ma_14:1, ref. Judas informed (+3 yrs.) est. 161

2Ma_14:4, Demetrius, yr. 151 312-151 = 161


(124 B.C.)

2Ma 1:2 καὶ ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ὑμῖν ὁ θεός, καὶ μνησθῆναι τῆς διαθήκης αὐτοῦ τῆς πρὸς Ἀβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ Ἰακὼβ τῶν δούλων αὐτοῦ τῶν πιστῶν.

and it-may-have-excess-place-done-unto unto-ye, the-one a-Deity, and to-have-been-memoried-unto of-the-one of-a-placement-through of-it of-the-one toward to-an-Abram and to-an-Isaak and to-an-Iakôb of-the-ones of-bondees of-it of-the-ones of-trusted.

1:2 υμιν] ημιν V | μνησθηναι] μνησθειη V

(124 B.C.)

2Ma 1:3 καὶ δῴη ὑμῖν καρδίαν πᾶσιν εἰς τὸ σέβεσθαι αὐτὸν καὶ ποιεῖν αὐτοῦ τὰ θελήματα καρδίᾳ μεγάλῃ καὶ ψυχῇ βουλομένῃ·

And it-may-have-had-given unto-ye to-a-heart unto-all into to-the-one to-revere to-it and to-do-unto of-it to-the-ones to-determinings-to unto-a-heart unto-great and unto-a-breathing unto-purposing;

1:3 σεβειν V

(124 B.C.)

2Ma 1:4 καὶ διανοίξαι τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐν τοῖς προστάγμασιν, καὶ εἰρήνην ποιήσαι·

and it-may-have-opened-up-through to-the-one to-a-heart of-ye in unto-the-one unto-a-parcelee of-it and in unto-the-ones unto-arrangings-toward-to, and to-a-joinifying it-may-have-done-unto;

1:4 om εν 2° V | προσταγμασι Va

(124 B.C.)

2Ma 1:5 καὶ ἐπακούσαι ὑμῶν τῶν δεήσεων, καὶ καταλλαγείη ὑμῖν, καὶ μὴ ὑμᾶς ἐγκαταλείποι ἐν καιρῷ πονηρῷ.

and it-may-have-heard-upon of-ye of-the-ones of-bindings, and it-may-have-had-othered-down unto-ye, and lest to-ye it-may-remainder-down-in in unto-time unto-en-necessitated.

(124 B.C.)

2Ma 1:6 Καὶ νῦν ὧδέ ἐσμεν προσευχόμενοι περὶ ὑμῶν.

And now unto-which-then-also we-be goodly-holding-toward about of-ye.

1:6 ωδεσμεν V* (ωδε εσμ. V1)

(143-124 B.C.)

2Ma 1:7 βασιλεύοντος Δημητρίου, ἔτους ἑκατοστοῦ ἑξηκοστοῦ ἐνάτου, ἡμεῖς οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι γεγράφαμεν ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ θλίψει καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀκμῇ τῇ ἐπελθούσῃ ἡμῖν ἐν τοῖς ἔτεσιν τούτοις, ἀφ' οὗ ἀπέστη Ἰάσων καὶ οἱ μετ' αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῆς ἁγίας γῆς καὶ τῆς βασιλείας·

Of-rulering-of of-a-Dêmêtrios, of-a-yeareedness of-hundredth of-sixtieth of-ninth, we the-ones Iouda-belonged we-had-come-to-scribe unto-ye in unto-the-one unto-a-pressing and in unto-the-one unto-an-apexing unto-the-one unto-having-had-came-upon unto-us in unto-the-ones unto-yeareednesses unto-the-ones-these, off of-which it-had-stood-off, an-Iasôn and the-ones with of-it, off of-the-one of-hallow-belonged of-a-soil and of-the-one of-a-ruling-of;

Note: Of-rulering-of of-a-Dêmêtrios, of-a-yeareedness of-hundredth of-sixtieth of-ninth : Demetrius II Nicator, ruled 145-138; a Seleucid King; Greek rule over Judaea was established in 312 BC, some 11 yeareednesses after Alexander the Great's death, which is the basis for these reckonings, i.e. 312-169 = 143.

1:7 εκατοστου . . . ενατου] ενατου (ενν. Va) και εξηκοστου και εκατοστου V | ετεσι Va | απεστη] απεσταλη V | om και 3° A* (superscr A1 (vid))

(143-124 B.C.)

2Ma 1:8 καὶ ἐνεπύρισαν τὸν πυλῶνα, καὶ ἐξέχεαν αἷμα ἀθῷον· καὶ ἐδεήθημεν τοῦ κυρίου καὶ εἰσηκούσθημεν· καὶ προσηνέγκαμεν θυσίαν καὶ σεμίδαλιν. καὶ ἐξηγάγομεν τοὺς λύχνους, καὶ προεθήκαμεν τοὺς ἄρτους.

and they-fired-in-to to-the-one to-a-gating, and they-poured-out to-a-rushering-to to-un-guilted; and we-were-binded of-the-one of-Authority-belonged and we-were-heard-into; and we-beared-toward to-a-surging-unto and to-a-flour. And we-had-led-out to-the-ones to-luminatings-of, and we-placed-before to-the-ones to-adjustations.

Note: of-adjustations : used to refer to a processed food staple, most frequently a loaf of bread.

1:8 προσηνεγκαμεν] pr και V | εξηγαγομεν] εξηγαγεν A εξηψαμεν V

(124 B.C.)

2Ma 1:9 καὶ νῦν ἵνα ἄγητε τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς σκηνοπηγίας τοῦ Χασελεὺ μηνός. ἔτους ἑκατοστοῦ ὀγδοηκοστοῦ καὶ ὀγδόου (2Ma 1:10) ἐν Ἰεροσολύμοις.

And now so ye-might-lead to-the-ones to-dayednesses of-the-one of-a-tent-pitching-unto of-the-one of-a-Chaseleu of-a-month. Of-a-yeareedness of-hundredth of-eightieth and of-eighth (2Ma 1:10) in unto-Ierosoluma'.

1:9 ινα α αγηται (sic) Avid | της σκηνοπηγαις (-γειας A)] om της V

(162 B.C.)

2Ma 1:10 Καὶ οἱ ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ καὶ ἡ γερουσία καὶ Ἰούδας Ἀριστοβούλῳ διδασκάλῳ Πτολεμαίου τοῦ βασιλέως, ὄντι δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ τῶν χριστῶν ἱερέων γένους, καὶ τοῖς ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ Ἰουδαίοις, χαίρειν καὶ ὑγιαίνειν.

And the-ones in unto-the-one unto-an-Ioudaia and the-one a-senioring-unto and an-Ioudas unto-an-Aristoboulos unto-a-veer-veerator of-a-Ptolemaios of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, unto-being then-also off of-the-one of-the-ones of-anointed of-sacreders-of of-a-becomeedness, and unto-the-ones in unto-an-Aiguptos unto-Iouda-belonged, to-joy and to-health.

Note: Ptolemy VI Philometor (180-145); Aristobulus, a teacher of Ptolemy VI; letter, 2Ma 1:10-2:18, written in 162 before Ioudas died, and after Antiochus V Eupator was killed in a plot by Demetrius I Soter in conjuction with the priests of Nanea in a temple in Babylon.

1:10 ογδοηκοστου και ογδοου] pr εκατοστου και V | distinx post ογδ. V | εν Ιεροσολυμ.] pr οι V

(162 B.C.)

2Ma 1:11 ἐκ μεγάλων κινδύνων ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ σεσωσμένοι μεγάλως εὐχαριστοῦμεν αὐτῷ, ὡς ἂν πρὸς βασιλέα παρατασσόμενοι.

Out of-great of-perils under of-the-one of-a-Deity having-had-come-to-be-saved-to unto-great we-goodly-grant-unto unto-it, as ever toward to-a-ruler-of being-arranged-toward.

(162 B.C.)

2Ma 1:12 αὐτὸς γὰρ ἐξέβρασεν τοὺς παρατασσομένους ἐν τῇ ἁγίᾳ πόλει (2Ma 2:13) εἰς τὴν Περσίδα.

It too-thus it-out-spumed-to to-the-ones to-being-arranged-beside in unto-the-one unto-hallow-belonged unto-a-city (2Ma 2:13) into to-the-one to-a-Persis.

1:12 παραταξαμενους V | εις] + γαρ V

(162 B.C.)

2Ma 1:13 γενόμενος γὰρ ὁ ἡγεμὼν καὶ ἡ περὶ αὐτὸν ἀνυπόστατος δοκοῦσα εἶναι δύναμις, κατεκόπησαν ἐν τῷ τῆς Ναναίας ἱερῷ, παραλογισμῷ χρησαμένων τῶν περὶ τὴν Ναναίαν ἱερέων.

Having-had-became too-thus the-one a-leader and the-one about to-it un-standable-under having-thought-unto to-be an-ability, they-were-felled-down in unto-the-one of-the-one of-a-Nanaia unto-sacred, unto-a-fortheeing-beside-to-of of-having-afforded-unto of-the-ones about to-the-one to-a-Nanaia of-sacreders-of.

1:13 om γαρ V | των περι] τω περι (τω in fin lin) A

(162 B.C.)

2Ma 1:14 ὡς γὰρ συνοικῶν αὐτῇ παρεγένετο εἰς τὸν τόπον ὅ τε Ἀντίοχος καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ φίλοι, χάριν τοῦ λαβεῖν τὰ χρήματα πλείονα εἰς φερνῆς λόγον·

As too-thus housing-together-unto unto-it it-had-became-beside into to-the-one to-an-occasion, the-one also an-Antiochos and the-ones together unto-it cared, to-a-granting of-the-one to-have-had-taken to-the-ones to-affordings-to to-more-beyond into of-a-dowry to-a-forthee;

1:14 συνοικησων V

(162 B.C.)

2Ma 1:15 καὶ προθέντων αὐτὰ τῶν ἱερέων τοῦ Ναναίου, κἀκείνου προσελθόντος μετ' ὀλίγων εἰς τὸν περίβολον τοῦ τεμένους, συνκλείσαντες τὸ ἱερόν, ὡς εἰσῆλθεν Ἀντίοχος,

and of-having-placed-before to-them of-the-ones of-sacreders-of of-the-one of-a-Nanaias, of-and-the-one-thither of-having-had-came-toward with of-little into to-the-one to-a-castee-about of-the-one of-a-sanctuary, having-latch-belonged-together to-the-one to-sacred, as it-had-came-into, an-Antiochos,

Note: to-a-castee-about : a walled perimeter.

1:15 τεμενου A

(162 B.C.)

2Ma 1:16 ἀνοίξαντες τὴν τοῦ φατνώματος κρυπτὴν θύραν, βάλλοντες πέτρους συνεκεραύνωσαν τὸν ἡγεμόνα, καὶ μέλη ποιήσαντες καὶ τὰς κεφαλὰς τοῖς ἔξω παραρίψαντες.

having-opened-up to-the-one of-the-one of-a-mangering-to to-hidened to-a-portaledness, casting to-rocks they-en-flashed-together to-the-one to-a-leader, and to-membereednesses having-done-unto and to-the-ones to-heads unto-the-ones out-unto-which having-flung-beside.

Note: to-mangerings-to : used to refer to gutters.

1:16 κεφαλας] + αφελοντες V | παραριψαντες] παρεριψαν V* παρερριψαν Va

(162 B.C.)

2Ma 1:17 κατὰ πάντα εὐλογητὸς ἡμῶν ὁ θεός, ὃς ἔδωκεν τοὺς ἀσεβήσαντας.

Down to-all goodly-fortheeable of-us the-one a-Deity, which it-gave to-the-ones to-having-un-revered-unto.

(162 B.C.)

2Ma 1:18 Μέλλοντες ἄγειν ἐν τῷ Χασελεὺ πέμπτῃ καὶ εἰκάδι τὸν καθαρισμὸν τοῦ ἱεροῦ, δέον ἡγησάμεθα διασαφῆσαι ὑμῖν, ἵνα καὶ αὐτοὶ ἄγητε σκηνοπηγίας καὶ τοῦ πυρός, ὅτε Νεεμίας, ὁ οἰκοδομήσας τότε τὸ ἱερὸν καὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον, ἀνήνεγκεν θυσίας.

Pending to-lead in unto-the-one unto-a-Chaseleu unto-fifth and unto-a-twentieth to-the-one to-a-cleansing-to-of of-the-one of-sacred, binding we-led-unto to-have-evidented-through-unto unto-ye, so and them ye-might-lead of-a-tent-pitching-unto and of-the-one of-a-fire, which-also a-Neemias, the-one having-house-built-unto to-the-one-which-also to-the-one to-sacred and to-the-one to-a-surgerlet, it-beared-up to-surgings-unto.

1:18 διαφεισαι A* (διασαφεισαι A1) | υμιν] ημιν A | σκηνοπηγειας A | Νεεμειας A : item 21 | om τοτε V

(162 B.C.)

2Ma 1:19 καὶ γὰρ ὅτε εἰς τὴν Περσικὴν ἤγοντο ἡμῶν οἱ πατέρες, οἵ τε εὐσεβεῖς ἱερεῖς λαβόντες ἀπὸ τοῦ πυρὸς τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου λαθραίως, κατέκρυψαν ἐν κοιλώματι φρέατος τάξιν ἔχοντος ἄνυδρον, ἐν ᾧ κατησφαλίσαντο, ὥστε πᾶσιν ἄγνωστον εἶναι τὸν τόπον.

And too-thus which-also into to-the-one to-Persis-belonged-of they-were-being-led of-us the-ones fathers, which also goodly-reveringed sacreders-of having-had-taken off of-the-one of-a-fire of-the-one of-a-surgerlet unto-secluded-belonged, they-hidened-down in unto-an-en-hollowing-to of-a-cistern to-an-arranging of-holding to-un-watered, in unto-which they-un-befailed-down-to, as-also unto-all to-un-acquainted to-be to-the-one to-an-occasion.

1:19 τε] τοτε V | εχοντος V] εχοντες A

(162 B.C.)

2Ma 1:20 διελθόντων δὲ ἐτῶν ἱκανῶν, ὅτε ἔδοξεν τῷ θεῷ, ἀποσταλεὶς Νεεμίας ἀπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως τῆς Περσίδος τοὺς ἐκγόνους τῶν ἱερέων τῶν ἀποκρυψάντων ἔπεμψεν ἐπὶ τὸ πῦρ.

Of-having-had-came-through then-also of-yeareednesses of-ampled, which-also it-thought-unto unto-the-one unto-a-Deity, having-had-been-set-off a-Neemias off of-the-one of-a-ruler-of of-the-one of-a-Persis to-the-ones to-became-out of-the-ones of-sacreders-of of-the-ones of-having-hidened-off it-volleyed upon to-the-one to-a-fire.

1:20 απο] υπο V

(162 B.C.)

2Ma 1:21 ὡς διεσάφισαν ἡμῖν μὴ εὑρηκέναι πῦρ ἀλλὰ ὕδωρ παχύ, ἐκέλευσεν αὐτοὺς ἀποβάψαντας φέρειν· (2Ma 1:21) ὡς δὲ ἀνηνέχθη τὰ τῶν θυσιῶν, ἐκέλευσεν τοὺς ἱερεῖς Νεεμίας ἐπιρᾶναι τῷ ὕδατι τά τε ξύλα καὶ τὰ ἐπικείμενα.

As then-also they-evidented-through-to unto-us lest to-have-had-come-to-find to-a-fire other to-a-water to-thick, it-bade-of to-them to-having-dipped-off to-bear; (2Ma 1:12) as then-also it-was-beared-up the-ones of-the-ones of-surgings-unto, it-bade-of to-the-ones to-sacreders-of, a-Neemias, to-have-sprinkled-upon unto-the-one unto-a-water to-the-ones also to-woods and to-the-ones to-having-had-come-to-be-situated-upon.

1:21 διεσαφισαν] διδιεσαφησαν V*vid δε διεσαφ. Va | ταχυ (-χυν A)] ταχυ V | αποβαψαντες A | ανηνεχθη] απηνεχθη V

(162 B.C.)

2Ma 1:22 ὡς δὲ ἐγένετο καὶ χρόνος διῆλθεν ὅ τε ἥλιος ἀνέλαμψεν ἐπινεφὴς ὤν, ἀνήφθη πυρὰ μεγάλη, ὥστε θαυμάσαι πάντας.

As then-also it-had-became and a-while it-had-came-through, the-one also a-sun, it-lamped-up cloudinged-upon being, it-was-fastened-up a-fireness great, as-also to-have-marveled-to to-all.

1:22 εγενετο] + τουτο V | ο τε ηλιος] om τε A* (superscr A1) | αντελαμψεν V | επινεφης] pr προτερον V

(162 B.C.)

2Ma 1:23 προσευχὴν δὲ ἐποιήσαντο οἱ ἱερεῖς δαπανωμένης τῆς θυσίας, οἵ τε ἱερεῖς καὶ πάντες, καταρχομένου Ἰωνάθου τῶν τε λοιπῶν ἐπιφωνούντων, ὡς Νεεμίου.

To-a-goodly-holding-toward then-also they-did-unto, the-ones sacreders-of, of-being-spented-unto of-the-one of-a-surging-unto, the-ones also sacreders-of and all, of-firsting-down of-an-Iônathês of-the-ones also of-remaindered of-sounding-upon-unto, as of-a-Neemias.

1:23 καταρχομενους V* κατερχομενους Va | Ιωναθον Va | τε 2°] δε V Νεεμειου A

(162 B.C.)

2Ma 1:24 ἦν δὲ ἡ προσευχὴ τὸν τρόπον ἔχουσα τοῦτον Κύριε ὁ θεός, ὁ πάντων κτίστης, ὁ φοβερὸς καὶ ὁ ἰσχυρὸς καὶ δίκαιος καὶ ἐλεήμων, ὁ μόνος βασιλεὺς καὶ χρηστός,

It-was then-also the-one a-goodly-holding-toward to-the-one to-a-turn holding to-the-one-this, Authority-belonged the-one a-Deity, the-one of-all a-befounder, the-one en-feareed and the-one force-held and course-belonged and besectionatinged-of, the-one stayeed a-ruler-of and afforded,

1:24 Κυριε] + κε̅ V | ο ισχυρος] om ο V

(162 B.C.)

2Ma 1:25 ὁ μόνος χορηγός, ὁ μόνος δίκαιος καὶ παντοκράτωρ καὶ αἰώνιος, ὁ διασώζων τὸν Ἰσραὴλ ἐκ παντὸς κακοῦ, ὁ ποιήσας τοὺς πατέρας ἐκλεκτούς, καὶ ἁγιάσας αὐτούς·

the-one stayeed a-chorus-leader, the-one stayeed course-belonged and an-All-Securer and aged-belonged, the-one saving-through-to to-the-one to-an-Israêl out of-all of-wedge-wedged, the-one having-done-unto to-the-ones to-fathers to-forthed-out, and having-hallow-belonged-to to-them;

1:25 παντοκρατωρ] pr ο V

(162 B.C.)

2Ma 1:26 πρόσδεξαι τὴν θυσίαν ὑπὲρ παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ σου Ἰσραήλ, καὶ διαφύλαξον τὴν μερίδα σου καὶ καθαγίασον.

thou-should-have-received-toward to-the-one to-a-surging-unto over of-all of-the-one of-a-people of-thee of-an-Israêl, and thou-should-have-guardered-through to-the-one to-a-portion of-thee and thou-should-have-down-hallow-belonged-to.

1:26 του λαου] om του V

(162 B.C.)

2Ma 1:27 ἐπισυνάγαγε τὴν διασπορὰν ἡμῶν, ἐλευθέρωσον τοὺς δουλεύοντας ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, τοὺς ἐξουθενημένους καὶ βδελυκτοὺς ἔφιδε· καὶ γνώτωσαν τὰ ἔθνη ὅτι σὺ ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν.

Thou-should-have-had-led-together-upon to-the-one to-a-whorleeing-through of-us, thou-should-have-en-freed to-the-ones to-bondeeing-of in unto-the-ones unto-placeedness-belongings-to, to-the-ones to-being-not-from-oned-out-unto and to-abhorrered thou-should-have-had-seen-upon; and they-might-have-had-acquainted, the-ones placeedness-belongings-to, to-which-a-one thou the-one a-Deity of-us.

1:27 εθνεσι Va | επιδε V εφειδε A | συ] + ει V

(162 B.C.)

2Ma 1:28 βασάνισον τοὺς καταδυναστεύοντας καὶ ἐξυβρίζοντας ἐν ὑπερηφανίᾳ·

Thou-should-have-abraded-to to-the-ones to-abling-down-of and to-abusing-out-to in unto-a-manifesting-over-unto;

(162 B.C.)

2Ma 1:29 καταφύτευσον τὸν λαόν σου εἰς τὸν τόπον τὸν ἅγιόν σου, καθὼς εἶπεν Μωσῆς.

thou-should-have-planted-down-of to-the-one to-a-people of-thee into to-the-one to-an-occasion to-the-one to-hallow-belonged of-thee, down-as it-had-said, a-Môsês.

1:29 ειπε Va | Μωυσης V

(162 B.C.)

2Ma 1:30 Οἱ δὲ ἱερεῖς ἐπέψαλλον τοὺς ὕμνους.

The-ones then-also sacreders-of they-were-twanging-upon to-the-ones to-hymns.

(162 B.C.)

2Ma 1:31 καθὼς δὲ ἀνηλώθη τὰ τῆς θυσίας, καὶ τὸ περιλειπόμενον ὕδωρ ὁ Νεεμίας ἐκέλευσεν λίθους μείζονας καταχεῖν.

Down-as then-also it-was-other-alonged-up the-ones of-the-one of-a-surging-unto, and to-the-one to-being-remaindered-about to-a-water the-one a-Neemias it-bade-of to-stones to-greateninged-of to-pour-down.

1:31 εκελευσε Va | καταχειν] κατεχειν V

(162 B.C.)

2Ma 1:32 ὡς δὲ τοῦτο ἐγενήθη, φλὸξ ἀνήφθη· τοῦ δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου ἀντιλάμψαντος φωτὸς ἐδαπανήθη.

As then-also the-one-this it-was-became, a-blaze it-was-fastened-up; of-the-one then-also off of-the-one of-a-surgerlet of-having-ever-a-one-lamped of-a-light it-was-spented-unto.

(162 B.C.)

2Ma 1:33 ὡς δὲ φανερὸν ἐγενήθη τὸ πρᾶγμα, καὶ διηγγέλη τῷ βασιλεῖ τῶν Περσῶν ὅτι εἰς τὸν τόπον οὗ τὸ πῦρ ἔκρυψαν οἱ μεταχθέντες ἱερεῖς τὸ ὕδωρ ἐφάνη, ἀφ' οὗ καὶ οἱ περὶ τὸν Νεεμίαν ἥγνισαν τὰς θυσίας,

As then-also en-manifested it-was-became the-one a-practicing-to, and it-had-been-leadeeered-through unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of of-the-ones of-Persians to-which-a-one into to-the-one to-an-occasion of-which to-the-one to-a-fire they-hidened, the-ones having-been-led-with sacreders-of, the-one a-water it-had-been-manifested, off of-which and the-ones about to-the-one to-a-Neemias they-purified-to to-the-ones to-surgings-unto,

1:33 εγενηθη] εγενετο V | om και I° V | διηγγελθη V | εκρυψαν] απεκρυψαν V | το υδωρ] | om το V | Νεεμειαν A | τας θυσιας] τα της θ. V

(162 B.C.)

2Ma 1:34 περιφράξας δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς ἱερὸν ἐποίησεν, δοκιμάσας τὸ πρᾶγμα·

having-hedged-about then-also, the-one a-ruler-of, to-sacred it-did-unto, having-assessed-to to-the-one to-a-practicing-to;

(162 B.C.)

2Ma 1:35 καὶ οἷς ὁ βασιλεὺς πολλὰ διάφορα ἐλάμβανεν, καὶ μετεδίδου.

and unto-which the-one a-ruler-of to-much to-beareed-through it-was-taking, and it-was-giving-with.

1:35 οις] + Νεφθαρ 2°] Νεφθαι V

(162 B.C.)

2Ma 1:36 προσηγόρευσαν δὲ οἱ περὶ τὸν Νεεμίαν τοῦτο Νεφθάρ, ὃ διερμηνεύεται Καθαρισμός· καλεῖται δὲ παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς Νεφθάρ.

They-lead-alongednessed-toward-of then-also, the-ones about to-the-one to-a-Neemias, to-the-one-this to-a-Nefthar, which it-be-clearified-through-of A-cleansing-to-of; it-be-called-unto then-also beside unto-the-ones unto-much a-Nefthar.

(162 B.C.)

2Ma 2:1 Εὑρίσκεται δὲ ἐν ταῖς ἀπογραφαῖς Ἰερεμίας ὁ προφήτης ὅτι ἐκέλευσεν τοῦ πυρὸς λαβεῖν τοὺς μεταγενομένους, ὡς σεσήμανται·

It-had-come-to-be-found then-also in unto-the-ones unto-scribings-off an-Ieremias the-one a-declarer-before to-which-a-one it-bade-of of-the-one of-a-fire to-have-had-taken to-the-ones to-having-had-became-with, as they-had-come-to-be-signified;

2:1–4 φητης| οτι εκελευσεν . . . αυτω συν|ακολουθειν in mgg et sup ras Aa

2:1 μεταγομενους V

(162 B.C.)

2Ma 2:2 καὶ ὡς ἐνετείλατο τοῖς μεταγενομένοις ὁ προφήτης, δοὺς αὐτοῖς τὸν νόμον, ἵνα μὴ ἐπιλάθωνται τῶν προσταγμάτων τοῦ κυρίου, καὶ ἵνα μὴ ἀποπλανηθῶσιν ταῖς διανοίαις, βλέποντες ἀγάλματα χρυσᾶ καὶ ἀργυρᾶ καὶ τὸν περὶ αὐτὰ κόσμον.

and as it-finished-in unto-the-ones unto-having-had-became-with, the-one a-declarer-before, having-had-given unto-them to-the-one to-a-parcelee, so lest they-might-have-had-secluded-upon of-the-ones of-arrangings-toward-to of-the-one of-Authority-belonged, and so lest they-might-have-been-off-wandered-unto unto-the-ones unto-en-mullings-through-unto, viewing to-excess-jumpings-to to-golden and to-silvern and to-the-one about to-them to-an-orderation.

2:1–4 φητης| οτι εκελευσεν . . . αυτω συν|ακολουθειν in mgg et sup ras Aa

2:2 μεταγομενοις V | επιλαθονται V* (-θωνται Va) | αυτα] αυτας Aa

(162 B.C.)

2Ma 2:3 καὶ ἕτερα τοιαῦτα λέγων, παρεκάλει μὴ ἀποστῆναι τὸν νόμον ἀπὸ τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν.

And to-different to-the-ones-unto-the-ones-these forthing, it-was-calling-beside-unto lest to-have-had-stood-off to-the-one to-a-parcelee off of-the-one of-a-heart of-them.

2:1–4 φητης| οτι εκελευσεν . . . αυτω συν|ακολουθειν in mgg et sup ras Aa

(162 B.C.)

2Ma 2:4 ἦν δὲ ἐν τῇ γραφῇ, ὡς τὴν σκηνὴν καὶ τὴν κιβωτὸν ἐκέλευσεν ὁ προφήτης χρηματισμοῦ γενηθέντος αὐτῷ συνακολουθεῖν, ὡς δὲ ἐξῆλθεν εἰς τὸ ὄρος οὗ ὁ Μωυσῆς ἀναβὰς ἐθεάσατο τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ κληρονομίαν.

It-was then-also in unto-the-one unto-a-scribing, as to-the-one to-a-tenting and to-the-one to-a-box it-bade-of, the-one a-declarer-before, of-an-affording-to-of of-having-been-became unto-it to-path-along-together-unto, as then-also it-had-came-out into to-the-one to-a-jutteedness of-which the-one a-Môusês having-had-stepped-up it-spectated to-the-one of-the-one of-a-Deity to-a-lot-parceleeing-unto.

2:1–4 φητης| οτι εκελευσεν . . . αυτω συν|ακολουθειν in mgg et sup ras Aa

(162 B.C.)

2Ma 2:5 καὶ ἐλθὼν ὁ Ἰερεμίας εὗρεν οἶκον ἀντρώδη, καὶ τὴν σκηνὴν καὶ τὴν κιβωτὸν καὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον τοῦ θυμιάματος εἰσήνεγκεν ἐκεῖ, καὶ τὴν θύραν ἐνέφραξεν·

And having-had-came, the-one an-Ieremias, it-had-found to-a-house to-den-seeinged, and to-the-one to-a-tenting and to-the-one to-a-box and to-the-one to-a-surgerlet of-the-one of-an-incensing-to it-beared-into thither, and to-the-one to-a-portaledness it-hedged-in;

2:5 ο Ιερεμιας] om ο V + εις τον τοπον V

(162 B.C.)

2Ma 2:6 καὶ προσελθόντες τινὲς τῶν συνακολουθούντων ὥστε ἐπισημάνασθαι τὴν ὁδόν, καὶ οὐκ ἐδυνήθησαν εὑρεῖν.

and having-had-came-toward, ones of-the-ones of-pathing-along-together-unto, as-also to-have-signified-upon to-the-one to-a-way, and not they-were-abled to-have-had-found.

2:6 προσελθοντες] προσελθον (sic) A | εδυνηθησαν] ηδυνασθησαν V

(162 B.C.)

2Ma 2:7 ὡς δὲ ὁ Ἰερεμίας ἔγνω, μεμψάμενος αὐτοῖς εἶπεν ὅτι Καὶ ἄγνωστος ὁ τόπος ἔσται, ἕως ἂν συναγάγῃ ὁ θεὸς ἐπισυναγωγὴν τοῦ λαοῦ, καὶ ἔλεος γένηται.

As then-also the-one an-Ieremias it-had-acquainted, having-blamed unto-them it-had-said to-which-a-one, And un-acquainted the-one an-occasion it-shall-be, unto-if-which ever it-might-have-had-led-together, the-one a-Deity, to-a-leading-together-upon of-the-one of-a-people, and a-besectionateedness it-might-have-had-became.

Note: a-besectionateedness : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc.

2:7 Ιερεμειας A | συναγη] συναγαγη V

(162 B.C.)

2Ma 2:8 καὶ τότε ὁ κύριος ἀναδείξει ταῦτα, καὶ ὀφθήσεται ἡ δόξα τοῦ κυρίου καὶ ἡ νεφέλη, ὡς ἐπὶ Μωσῇ ἐδηλοῦτο, ὡς καὶ ὁ Σαλωμὼν ἠξίωσεν, ἵνα ὁ τόπος καθαγιασθῇ μεγάλως.

And to-the-one-which-also the-one Authority-belonged it-shall-en-show-up to-the-ones-these, and it-shall-be-beheld the-one a-reckonedness of-the-one of-Authority-belonged and the-one a-clouding, as upon unto-a-Môsês it-was-being-en-distincted, as and the-one a-Salômôn it-en-deem-belonged, so the-one an-occasion it-might-have-been-down-hallow-belonged-to unto-great.

2:8 αναδιξη A | ως I°] + και V | Μωση] Μωυσεως V | ο Σαλωμων] Σολομων V

(162 B.C.)

2Ma 2:9 διεσαφεῖτο δὲ καὶ ὡς σοφίαν ἔχων ἀνήνεγκεν θυσίαν ἐγκαινισμοῦ καὶ τῆς τελειώσεως τοῦ ἱεροῦ.

It-was-being-evidented-through-unto then-also and as to-a-wisdoming-unto holding it-beared-up to-a-surging-unto of-a-freshening-in-to-of and of-the-one of-an-en-finished-belonging of-the-one of-sacred.

(162 B.C.)

2Ma 2:10 καθὼς καὶ Μωυσῆς προσηύξατο πρὸς Κύριον, καὶ κατέβη πῦρ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τὰ τῆς θυσίας ἐδαπάνησεν, οὕτως Σαλωμὼν προσηύξατο πρὸς Κύριον, καὶ καταβὰν τὸ πῦρ ἀνήλωσεν τὰ ὁλοκαυτώματα·

Down-as and a-Môusês it-goodly-held-toward toward to-Authority-belonged, and it-had-stepped-down, a-fire, out of-the-one of-a-sky and to-the-ones of-the-one of-a-surging-unto it-spented-unto, unto-the-one-this a-Salômôn it-goodly-held-toward toward to-Authority-belonged, and having-had-stepped-down, the-one a-fire, it-other-alonged-up to-the-ones to-whole-en-burnings-to;

2:10 προσηυξατο I°]ηυξατο V | εκ του ουρανου] εξ ουρανου V | ουτως] + και V | Σαλωμων] ο Σολομων V | om προς Κυριον (2°) V | ανηλωσεν] αναλωσε Va

(162 B.C.)

2Ma 2:11 καὶ εἶπεν Μωσῆς Διὰ τὸ μὴ βεβρῶσθαι τὸ περὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἀνηλώθη.

and it-had-said, a-Môsês, Through to-the-one lest to-have-had-come-to-be-feedeed to-the-one about of-the-one of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto it-was-other-alonged-up.

(162 B.C.)

2Ma 2:12 ὡσαύτως καὶ ὁ Σαλωμὼν τὰς ὀκτὼ ἡμέρας ἤγαγεν.

As-unto-it and the-one a-Salômôn to-the-ones to-eight to-dayednesses it-had-led.

2:12 Σολομων V | τας] μετα sup ras Aa (τας A*)

(162 B.C.)

2Ma 2:13 Ἐξηγοῦντο δὲ καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἀναγραφαῖς καὶ ἐν τοῖς ὑπομνηματισμοῖς τοῖς κατὰ τὸν Νεεμίαν τὰ αὐτά, καὶ ὡς καταβαλλόμενος βιβλιοθήκην ἐπισυνήγαγεν τὰ περὶ τῶν βασιλέων καὶ προφητῶν βιβλία, καὶ τὰ τοῦ Δαυείδ, καὶ ἐπιστολὰς βασιλέων περὶ ἀναθεμάτων.

They-were-leading-out-untothen-also and in unto-the-ones unto-scribings-up and in unto-the-ones unto-memoryings-under-to-of unto-the-ones down to-the-one to-a-Neemias to-the-ones to-them, and as casting-down to-a-paperlet-placement it-had-led-together-upon to-the-ones about of-the-ones of-rulers-of and of-declarers-before to-paperlets, and to-the-ones of-the-one of-a-Daueid, and to-seteeings-upon of-rulers-of about of-placings-up-to.

2:13 Νεεμειαν A | τα αυτα] ταυτα V | βασιλεων I°] + βιβλια V | om βιβλια V | Δαυιδ V | επιστολας] + δε V | αναθηματων V

(162 B.C.)

2Ma 2:14 ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ Ἰούδας τὰ διαπεπτωκότα διὰ τὸν γεγονότα πόλεμον ἡμῖν ἐπισυνήγαγεν ταῦτα, καὶ ἔστιν παρ' ἡμῖν.

As-unto-it then-also and an-Ioudas to-the-ones to-having-had-come-to-fall-through through to-the-one to-having-hath-had-come-to-become to-a-war unto-us it-had-led-together-upon to-the-ones-these, and it-be beside unto-us.

2:14 Ιουδας] pr ο V | ταυτα] παντα V

(162 B.C.)

2Ma 2:15 ὧν οὖν ἐὰν χρείαν ἔχητε, τοὺς ἀποκομιοῦντας ὑμῖν ἀποστέλλετε.

Of-which accordingly if-ever to-an-affording-of ye-might-hold, to-the-ones to-shall-having-tended-off-to unto-ye ye-should-set-off.

(162 B.C.)

2Ma 2:16 Μέλλοντες οὖν ἄγειν τὸν καθαρισμὸν ἐγράψαμεν ὑμῖν· καλῶς οὖν ποιήσετε ἄγειν τὰς ἡμέρας.

Pending accordingly to-lead to-the-one to-a-cleansing-to-of we-scribed unto-ye; unto-seemly accordingly ye-shall-do-unto to-lead to-the-ones to-dayednesses.

2:16 ποιησετε] προησητε V | αγειν 2°] αγαγοντες V

(162 B.C.)

2Ma 2:17 ὁ δὲ θεὸς ὁ σώσας τὸν πάντα λαὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀποδοὺς τὴν κληρονομίαν αὐτοῦ πᾶσιν καὶ τὸ βασίλειον καὶ τὸ ἱεράτευμα καὶ τὸν ἁγιασμόν,

The-one then-also a-Deity the-one having-saved-to to-the-one to-all to-a-people of-it, and having-had-given-off to-the-one to-a-lot-parceleeing-unto of-it unto-all and to-the-one to-a-rulerlet and to-the-one to-a-sacredering-of-to and to-the-one to-a-hallow-belonging-to-of,

2:17 om αυτου 2° V | πασι Va | ιερευμα A* (ιερατ. A1)

(162 B.C.)

2Ma 2:18 καθὼς ἐπηγγείλατο διὰ τοῦ νόμου· ἐλπίζομεν γὰρ ἐπὶ τῷ θεῷ, ὅτι ταχέως ἡμᾶς ἐλεήσει, καὶ ἐπισυνάξει ἐκ τῆς ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν εἰς τὸν ἅγιον τόπον· ἐξείλετο γὰρ ἡμᾶς ἐκ μεγάλων κακῶν, καὶ τὸν τόπον ἐκαθέρισεν.

down-as it-leadeeered-upon through of-the-one of-a-parcelee; we-drove-suree-to too-thus upon unto-the-one unto-a-Deity, to-which-a-one unto-quick to-us it-shall-besectionate-unto, and it-shall-lead-together-upon out of-the-one under to-the-one to-a-sky into to-the-one to-hallow-belonged to-an-occasion; it-had-sectioned-out too-thus to-us out of-great of-wedge-wedged, and to-the-one to-an-occasion it-cleansed-to.

2:18 ελπιζομεν] λπιζ sup ras Αα | ελεηση A | εκαθαρισε Va

(124 B.C.)

2Ma 2:19 Τὰ δὲ κατὰ τὸν Ἰούδαν τὸν Μακκαβαῖον καὶ τοὺς τούτου ἀδελφοὺς καὶ τὸν τοῦ ἱεροῦ τοῦ μεγίστου καθαρισμὸν καὶ τὸν τοῦ βωμοῦ ἐγκαινισμὸν,

The-ones then-also down to-an-Ioudas to-the-one to-Makkaba-belonged and to-the-ones of-the-one-this to-brethrened and to-the-one of-the-one of-sacred of-the-one of-most-great to-a-cleansing-to-of and to-the-one of-the-one of-an-en-stepping-of to-a-freshening-in-to-of,

Note: preface of author 2Ma 2:19-32.

2:19 Μακαβαιον V* (Μακκ. Va) | ως] ωστε V | λεηλατειν] δεηλ. Avid

(124 B.C.)

2Ma 2:20 ἔτι τε τοὺς πρὸς Ἀντίοχον τὸν Ἐπιφανῆ καὶ τὸν τούτου υἱὸν Εὐπάτορα πολέμους,

if-to-a-one also to-the-ones toward to-an-Antiochos to-the-one to-an-Epifanês and to-the-one of-the-one-this to-a-son to-an-Eupatôr to-wars,

(124 B.C.)

2Ma 2:21 καὶ τὰς ἐξ οὐρανοῦ γενομένας ἐπιφανείας τοῖς ὑπὲρ τοῦ Ἰουδαισμοῦ φιλοτίμως ἀνδραγαθήσασιν, ὡς τὴν ὅλην χώραν ὀλίγους ὄντας λεηλατεῖν, καὶ τὰ βάρβαρα πλήθη διώκειν,

and to-the-ones out of-a-sky to-having-had-became to-manifestings-upon-of unto-the-ones over of-the-one of-an-Ioudas-belonging-to-of unto-value-cared unto-having-excess-placed-manned-unto, as to-the-one to-whole to-a-spacedness to-little to-being to-booty-drove-unto, and to-the-ones to-aliened to-repleteednesses to-pursue,

(124 B.C.)

2Ma 2:22 καὶ τὸ περιβόητον καθ' ὅλην τὴν οἰκουμένην ἱερὸν ἀνακομίσασθαι, καὶ τὴν πόλιν ἐλευθερῶσαι, καὶ τοὺς μέλλοντας καταλύεσθαι νόμους ἐπανορθῶσαι, τοῦ κυρίου μετὰ πάσης ἐπιεικίας ἵλεω γενομένου αὐτοῖς,

and to-the-one to-hollered-about down to-whole to-the-one to-being-housed-unto to-sacred to-have-tended-up-to, and to-the-one to-a-city to-have-en-freed, and to-the-ones to-pending to-be-loosed-down to-parcelees to-have-en-straightly-jutted-up-upon, of-the-one of-Authority-belonged with of-all of-a-resembling-upon-of of-sectionated of-having-had-became unto-them,

2:22 επιεικειας Va | ιλεω] ιλεως A

(124 B.C.)

2Ma 2:23 ὑπὸ Ἰάσωνος τοῦ Κυρηναίου δεδηλωμένα διὰ πέντε βιβλίων, πειρασόμεθα δι' ἑνὸς συντάγματος ἐπιτεμεῖν.

under of-an-Iasôn of-the-one of-Kurênê-belonged to-having-had-come-to-be-en-distincted through of-five of-paperlets, we-shall-across-belong-to through of-one of-an-arranging-together-to to-shall-have-cut-upon.

2:23 υπο] pr κατα τα V | Ειασωνος A | Κυρηναιου] Κηρυναιου A Κυριναιου V* (Κυρην. Va)

(124 B.C.)

2Ma 2:24 συνορῶντες γὰρ τὸ χύμα τῶν ἀριθμῶν, καὶ τὴν οὖσαν δυσχέρειαν τοῖς θέλουσιν εἰσκυκλεῖσθαι τοῖς τῆς ἱστορίας διηγήμασιν διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῆς ὕλης,

Together-seeeeing-unto too-thus to-the-one to-a-pouring-to of-the-ones of-numbers, and to-the-one to-being to-an-onerous-handing-of unto-the-ones unto-determining to-circle-into-unto unto-the-ones of-the-one of-an-en-accounting-unto unto-leadings-through-to through to-the-one to-a-repleteedness of-the-one of-a-cumulation,

Note: of-a-cumulation : a forest as a cumulation of trees, fuel as a cumulation of wood stuff, the stuff of which anything is made, sediments, excretions, etc.

2:24 δυσχεριαν V* (-ρειαν Va) | διηγημασι Va

(124 B.C.)

2Ma 2:25 ἐφροντίσαμεν τοῖς μὲν βουλομένοις ἀναγινώσκειν ψυχαγωγίαν, τοῖς δὲ φιλοφρονοῦσιν εἰς τὸ διὰ μνήμης ἀναλαβεῖν εὐκοπίαν, πᾶσιν δὲ τοῖς ἐντυγχάνουσιν ὠφέλειαν.

we-centressed-to unto-the-ones indeed unto-purposing to-acquaint-up to-a-breath-leading-unto, unto-the-ones then-also unto-cared-centering-unto into to-the-one through of-a-memory to-have-had-taken-up to-a-goodly-felling-unto, unto-all then-also unto-the-ones unto-actuanating-in to-an-aidancing-of.

2:25 πασι V | ωφελιαν V* (-λειαν Va)

(124 B.C.)

2Ma 2:26 καὶ ἡμῖν μὲν τοῖς τὴν κακοπάθειαν ἐπιδεδεγμένοις τῆς ἐπιτομῆς οὐ ῥᾴδιον, ἱδρῶτος δὲ καὶ ἀγρυπνίας τὸ πρᾶγμα·

And unto-us indeed unto-the-ones to-the-one to-a-wedge-wedged-trekking-of unto-having-had-come-to-receive-upon of-the-one of-a-cutting-upon not facile-belonged, of-an-en-sweating then-also and of-a-field-sleeping-unto the-one a-practicing-to;

2:26 κακοπαθιαν V* (-θειαν Va) | επιδεδειγμενοις V | αγρυπνειας A

(124 B.C.)

2Ma 2:27 καθάπερ τῷ παρασκευάζοντι συμπόσιον, καὶ ζητοῦντι τὴν ἑτέρων λυσιτέλειαν, οὐκ εὐχερές· ὅμως διὰ τὴν τῶν πολλῶν εὐχαριστίαν ἡδέως τὴν κακοπάθειαν ὑποίσομεν·

down-to-which-very unto-the-one unto-beside-equipping-to to-a-drinking-togetherlet, and unto-seeking-unto to-the-one of-different to-a-loosed-finishing-of, not goodly-handinged; unto-along through to-the-one of-the-ones of-much to-a-goodly-granting-unto unto-en-pleasured to-the-one to-a-wedge-wedged-trekking-of we-shall-bear-under;

2:27 ευχαριστεια̅| A | υποισωμεν V* (-σομεν Va)

(124 B.C.)

2Ma 2:28 τὸ μὲν διακριβοῦν περὶ ἑκάστων τῷ συγγραφεῖ παραχωρήσαντες, τὸ δὲ ἐπιπορεύεσθαι τοῖς ὑπογραμμοῖς τῆς ἐπιτομῆς ἀτονοῦντες.

to-the-one indeed to-en-exact-through about of-each unto-the-one unto-a-scriber-together having-spaced-beside-unto, to-the-one then-also to-traverse-upon-of unto-the-ones unto-scribings-to-under of-the-one of-a-cutting-upon un-stretching-unto.

2:28 συγγραφειν V* (-φει V1 (vid))

(124 B.C.)

2Ma 2:29 καθάπερ γὰρ τῆς καινῆς οἰκίας ἀρχιτέκτονι τῆς ὅλης καταβολῆς φροντιστέον, τῷ δὲ ἐνκαίειν καὶ ζωγραφεῖν ἐπιχειροῦντι τὰ ἐπιτήδεια πρὸς διακόσμησιν ἐξεταστέον, οὕτως δοκῶ καὶ ἐπὶ ἡμῶν.

Down-to-which-very too-thus of-the-one of-new of-a-housing-unto unto-a-first-creationer of-the-one of-whole of-a-casting-down centressed-to, unto-the-one then-also to-freshen-in-to and to-life-scribe-unto unto-handing-upon-unto to-the-ones to-avail-belonged-upon toward to-an-orderationing-through out-tested-to, unto-the-one-this I-think-unto and upon of-us.

2:29 ενκαινιζειν] ενκαιειν V* εγκαιειν Va | δοκων A

(124 B.C.)

2Ma 2:30 τὸ μὲν ἐμβατεύειν καὶ περίπατον ποιεῖσθαι λόγῳ καὶ πολυπραγμονεῖν ἐν τοῖς κατὰ μέρος, τῷ τῆς ἱστορίας ἀρχηγενέτῃ καθήκει·

To-the-one indeed to-step-in-of and to-treaded-about to-do-unto unto-a-forthee and to-much-practice-unto in unto-the-ones down to-a-portioneedness, unto-the-one of-the-one of-an-en-accounting-unto unto-a-first-becomer it-arriveth-down;

2:30 λογων V | πολυπραγμονει A | τοις κατα μ.] ταις κ. μ. A | αρχηγενετη] αρχηγετη V

(124 B.C.)

2Ma 2:31 τὸ δὲ σύντομον τῆς λέξεως μεταδιώκειν, καὶ τὸ ἐξεργαστικὸν τῆς πραγματίας παραιτεῖσθαι, τῷ τὴν μετάφρασιν ποιουμένῳ συγχωρητέον.

to-the-one then-also to-cut-together of-the-one of-a-forthing to-pursue-with, and to-the-one to-worked-out-belonged-of of-the-one of-a-practicing-to-unto to-be-appealed-beside-unto, unto-the-one to-the-one to-an-evincing-with unto-doing-unto to-spaced-together.

2:31 πραγματειας Va | τω την μεταφρασιν ποιουμενω] την των μεταφρ. ποιουμενων A | συγχωρητεον V

(124 B.C.)

2Ma 2:32 Ἐντεῦθεν οὖν ἀρξώμεθα τῆς διηγήσεως, τοῖς προειρημένοις τοσοῦτον ἐπιζεύξαντες· εὔηθες γὰρ τὸ μὲν πρὸ τῆς ἱστορίας πλεονάζειν, τὴν δὲ ἱστορίαν ἐπιτεμεῖν.

In-also-from accordingly we-might-first of-the-one of-a-beleading-through, unto-the-ones unto-having-had-come-to-be-said-before to-the-one-which-the-one-this having-en-coupled-upon; to-goodly-beplaceeinged too-thus to-the-one indeed before of-the-one of-an-en-accounting-unto to-beyond-to, to-the-one then-also to-an-en-accounting-unto to-shall-have-cut-upon.

Note: to-goodly-beplaceeinged : usually in a good sense, but used in a bad sense, as here, to the point of silliness, i.e. following a tract of good manners into the realm of oversights and neglegence, etc.

2:32 αρξομεθα V* (-ξωμ. Va)

(180-175 B.C.)

2Ma 3:1 Τῆς ἁγίας πόλεως κατοικουμένης μετὰ πάσης εἰρήνης, καὶ τῶν νόμων ὅτι κάλλιστα συντηρουμένων διὰ τὴν Ὀνείου τοῦ ἀρχιερέως εὐσέβειάν τε καὶ μισοπονηρίαν,

Of-the-one of-hallow-belonged of-a-city of-being-housed-down-unto with of-all of-a-joinifying and of-the-ones of-parcelees to-which-a-one most-seemly of-being-kept-together-unto through to-the-one of-an-Oneias of-the-one of-a-first-sacreder-of to-a-goodly-revering-of also and to-a-hated-en-necessitating-unto,

Note: priesthood of Onias 2Ma 3:1-4:6.

3:1 οτι] ετι V | Ονιου V | om τε V | και 2° seq ras I litt in A

(180-175 B.C.)

2Ma 3:2 συνέβαινεν καὶ αὐτοὺς τοὺς βασιλεῖς τιμᾷν τὸν τόπον, καὶ τὸ ἱερὸν ἀποστολαῖς ταῖς κρατίσταις δοξάζειν·

it-was-stepping-together then-also and to-them to-the-ones to-rulers-of to-valuate-unto to-the-one to-an-occasion, and to-the-one to-sacred unto-seteeings-off unto-the-ones unto-most-secured to-reckon-to;

(180-175 B.C.)

2Ma 3:3 ὥστε καὶ Σέλευκον τὸν τῆς Ἀσίας βασιλέα χορηγεῖν ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων προσόδων πάντα τὰ πρὸς τὰς λειτουργίας τῶν θυσιῶν ἐπιβάλλοντα δαπανήματα.

as-also and to-a-Seleukos to-the-one of-the-one of-an-Asia to-a-ruler-of to-chorus-lead-unto out of-the-ones of-private-belonged of-ways-toward to-all to-the-ones toward to-the-ones to-public-workings-unto of-the-ones of-surgings-unto to-casting-upon to-spentings-to.

3:3 τα προς] τας προς A | επιβαλλοντας A

(180-175 B.C.)

2Ma 3:4 Σίμων δέ τις ἐκ τῆς Βενιαμεὶν φυλῆς προστάτης τοῦ ἱεροῦ καθεσταμένος, διηνέχθη τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ περὶ τῆς κατὰ τὴν πόλιν ἀγορανομίας.

A-Simôn then-also a-one out of-the-one of-a-Beniamein of-a-tribing a-stander-before of-the-one of-sacred having-had-come-to-be-stood-down, it-was-beared-through unto-the-one unto-a-first-sacreder-of about of-the-one down to-the-one to-a-city of-a-lead-alongedness-parceleeing-unto.

3:4 Βενιαμιν V* (-μειν Va) | καθισταμενος V | om περι A (hab V) | αγορανομειας A

(180-175 B.C.)

2Ma 3:5 καὶ νικῆσαι τὸν Ὀνίαν μὴ δυνάμενος, ἦλθεν πρὸς Ἀπολλώνιον Θρασαίου, τὸν κατ' ἐκεῖνον τὸν καιρὸν Κοίλης Συρίας καὶ Φοινίκης στρατηγόν.

And to-have-mull-belonged-of-unto to-the-one to-an-Onias lest abling, it-had-came toward to-an-Apollônios of-a-Thrasaias, to-the-one down to-the-one-thither to-the-one to-a-time of-a-Koilê of-a-Suria and of-a-Foinikê to-an-amass-leader.

3:5 Θαρσιου V* vid Θαρσεου Va (Θαρσεα coniec Hort)

(180-175 B.C.)

2Ma 3:6 καὶ προσήγγειλεν περὶ τοῦ χρημάτων ἀμυθήτων γέμειν τὸ ἐν Ἰεροσολύμοις γαζοφυλάκιον, ὥστε τὸ πλῆθος τῶν διαφόρων ἀναρίθμητον εἶναι, καὶ μὴ προσενεγκεῖν αὐτὰ πρὸς τὸν τῶν θυσιῶν λόγον, εἶναι δὲ δυνατὸν ὑπὸ τὴν τοῦ βασιλέως ἐξουσίαν πεσεῖν ταῦτα.

And it-leadeeered-toward about of-the-one of-affordings-to of-un-relatable to-saturate to-the-one in unto-Ierosoluma' to-a-treasure-guarderylet, as-also to-the-one to-a-repleteedness of-the-ones of-beareed-through to-un-numberable to-be, and lest to-have-had-beared-toward to-them toward to-the-one of-the-ones of-surgings-unto to-a-forthee, to-be then-also to-able under to-the-one of-the-one of-a-ruler-of to-a-being-out-unto to-have-had-fallen to-the-ones-these.

Note: of-un-relatable : used to refer to something beyond narrative assertion.

3:6 προσηγγελλεν V | om του I° V | το γαζοφ. το εν Ιεροσ. V | προσενεγκειν] προσηκειν V | προς] εις V | ταυτα] pr απαντα V

(180-175 B.C.)

2Ma 3:7 συμμίξας δὲ Ἀπολλώνιος τῷ βασιλεῖ, περὶ τῶν μηνυθέντων αὐτῷ χρημάτων ἐνεφάνισεν· ὁ δὲ προχειρισάμενος Ἡλιόδωρον τὸν ἐπὶ τῶν πραγμάτων ἀπέστειλεν, δοὺς ἐντολὰς τὴν τῶν προειρημένων χρημάτων ἐκκομιδὴν ποιήσασθαι.

Having-en-mingled-together then-also, an-Apollônios, unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of, about of-the-ones of-having-been-en-memoried unto-it of-affordings-to it-manifested-in-to; the-one then-also having-handed-before-to to-a-Hêliodôros to-the-one upon of-the-ones of-practicings-to it-set-off, having-had-given to-finishings-in to-the-one of-the-ones of-having-had-come-to-be-said-before of-affordings-to to-a-tending-out to-have-done-unto.

3:7 ο Απωλλωνιος V* ο Απολλ. Va | Ιλιοδωρον V* Ηλ. Va (ita identidem) | τον επι] των επι V (τον ε. Va) | χρηματων 2°] + διαφορων V

(180-175 B.C.)

2Ma 3:8 εὐθέως δὲ ὁ Ἡλιόδωρος ἐποιεῖτο τὴν πορίαν, τῇ μὲν ἐμφάσει ὡς τὰς κατὰ Κοίλην Συρίαν καὶ Φοινίκην πόλεις ἐφοδεῦσαι, τῷ πράγματι δὲ τὴν τοῦ βασιλέως πρόθεσιν ἐπιτελεῖν.

Unto-straight then-also the-one a-Hêliodôros it-was-doing-unto to-the-one to-a-traversing-unto, unto-the-one indeed unto-a-manifesting-in as to-the-ones down to-a-Koilê to-a-Suria and to-a-Foinikê to-cities to-have-wayed-upon-of, unto-the-one unto-a-practicing-to then-also to-the-one of-the-one of-a-ruler-of to-a-placing-before to-finish-upon-unto.

3:8 συνετελειτο την ποριαν (-ρειαν Va) ) Ιλιοδ. V | τη μεν] την μ. V* | εμφασι Va | τας κατα] τα κατα A | εφοδευσων V

(180-175 B.C.)

2Ma 3:9 παραγενηθεὶς δὲ εἰς Ἰεροσόλυμα, καὶ φιλοφρόνως ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀρχιερέως τῆς πόλεως ἀποδεχθείς, ἀνέθετο περὶ τοῦ γεγονότος ἐμφανισμοῦ, καὶ τίνος ἕνεκεν πάρεστιν διεσαφήνισεν· ἐπυνθάνετο δὲ εἰ ταῖς ἀληθείαις ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχοντα τυγχάνει.

Having-been-became-beside then-also into to-Ierosoluma', and unto-care-centered under of-the-one of-a-first-sacreder-of of-the-one of-a-city having-been-received-off, it-had-placed-up about of-the-one of-having-hath-had-come-to-become of-a-manifesting-in-to-of, and of-what-one in-out-in it-be-beside it-evidented-through-to; it-was-ascertaining then-also if unto-the-ones unto-un-secludings-of the-ones-these unto-the-one-this holding it-actuanateth.

3:9 υπο του αρχιερεως] ο αρχιερευς A | της πολεως] pr και V | ενεκα V | παρεστιν] παρεγενετο V | διεσαφησεν V

(180-175 B.C.)

2Ma 3:10 τοῦ δὲ ἀρχιερέως ὑποδείξαντος παρακαταθήκας εἶναι χηρῶν τε καὶ ὀρφανῶν,

Of-the-one then-also of-a-first-sacreder-of of-having-en-showed-under to-placements-down-beside to-be of-bereaved also and of-orphaned,

(180-175 B.C.)

2Ma 3:11 τινὰ δὲ καὶ Ὑρκανοῦ τοῦ Τωβίου σφόδρα ἀνδρὸς ἐν ὑπεροχῇ κειμένου -- οὐχ οὕτως ἦν διαβάλλων ὁ δυσσεβὴς Σίμων -- τὰ δὲ πάντα ἀργυρίου τετρακόσια τάλαντα, χρυσίου δὲ διακόσια·

to-ones then-also and of-a-Hurkanos of-the-one of-a-Tôbias to-vehemented of-a-man in unto-a-holding-over of-situating; not unto-the-one-this it-was casting-through, the-one onerously-reveringed a-Simôn; to-the-ones then-also to-all of-a-silverlet to-four-hundred to-talantons, of-a-goldlet then-also to-two-hundred;

3:11 Τωβιω A | ουτως] ως V | διαβαλλων] + ην V | δυσεβης A | διακοσια] δ sup ras Aa?

(180-175 B.C.)

2Ma 3:12 ἀδικῆσαί τε τοὺς πεπιστευκότας τῇ τοῦ τόπου ἁγιωσύνῃ καὶ τῇ τοῦ τετιμημένου κατὰ τὸν σύμπαντα κόσμον ἱεροῦ σεμνότητι καὶ ἀσυλίᾳ, παντελῶς ἀμήχανον εἶναι·

to-have-un-coursed-unto also to-the-ones to-having-had-come-to-trust-of unto-the-one of-the-one of-an-occasion unto-an-en-hallowed-belongingedness and unto-the-one of-the-one of-having-had-come-to-be-valuated-unto down to-the-one to-together-all to-an-orderation of-sacred unto-a-solemness and unto-an-un-rummaging-unto, unto-all-finished to-un-machinated to-be;

3:12 αδικησαι] αδικηθηναι V | τε] δε V | om τη 2° V | τιμωμενου V | ασυλεια A

(180-175 B.C.)

2Ma 3:13 ὁ δ' ἕτερος, δι' ἃς εἶχεν βασιλικὰς ἐντολάς, πάντως ἔλεγεν εἰς τὸ βασιλικὸν ἀναλημπτέα ταῦτα εἶναι.

the-one then-also different, through to-which it-was-holding to-ruler-belonged-of to-finishings-in, unto-all it-was-forthing into to-the-one to-ruler-belonged-of to-taken-up to-the-ones-these to-be.

3:13 ο δ ετερος] ο δε Ιλιοδωρος V | το βασιλικον] την βασιλικην πορσοδον V | ταυτα] ταυτ V

(180-175 B.C.)

2Ma 3:14 Ταξάμενος δὲ ἡμέραν εἰσῄει τὴν περὶ τούτων ἐπίσκεψιν οἰκονομήσων· ἦν δὲ οὐ μικρὰ καθ' ὅλην τὴν πόλιν ἀγωνία.

Having-arranged then-also to-a-dayedness it-was-going-into to-the-one about of-the-ones-these to-a-scouting-upon shall-having-house-parceleed-unto; it-was then-also not small down to-whole to-the-one to-a-city a-struggling-unto.

(180-175 B.C.)

2Ma 3:15 οἱ δὲ ἱερεῖς πρὸ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου ἐν ταῖς ἱερατικαῖς στολαῖς ῥίψαντες ἑαυτοὺς ἐπεκαλοῦντο εἰς οὐρανὸν τὸν περὶ παρακαταθήκης νομοθετήσαντα τοῖς παρακαταθεμένοις ταῦτα σῷα διαφυλάξαι.

The-ones then-also sacreders-of before of-the-one of-a-surgerlet in unto-the-ones unto-sacred-belonged-of unto-seteeings having-flung to-selves they-were-calling-upon-unto into to-a-sky to-the-one about of-a-placement-down-beside to-having-parcelee-placed-unto unto-the-ones unto-having-had-placed-down-beside to-the-ones-these to-saved to-have-guardered-through.

3:15 εν] συν V | παρακαταθηκης] καταθηκης V

(180-175 B.C.)

2Ma 3:16 ἦν δὲ ὁρῶντα τὴν τοῦ ἀρχιερέως εἰδέαν τιτρώσκεσθαι τὴν διάνοιαν· ἡ γὰρ ὄψις καὶ τὸ τῆς χρόας παρηλλαγμένον ἐνέφαινεν τὴν κατὰ ψυχὴν ἀγωνίαν·

It-was then-also to-seeeeing-unto to-the-one of-the-one of-a-first-sacreder-of to-a-sightedness to-have-had-come-to-be-wounded to-the-one to-an-en-mulling-through-unto; the-one too-thus a-beholding and the-one of-the-one of-a-tingedness having-had-come-to-be-othered-beside it-was-manifesting-in to-the-one down to-a-breathing to-struggling-unto;

(180-175 B.C.)

2Ma 3:17 περιεκέχυτο γὰρ ἐπὶ τὸν ἄνδρα δέος τι καὶ φρικασμὸς σώματος, δι' ὧν πρόδηλον ἐγίνετο τοῖς θεωροῦσιν τὸ κατὰ καρδίαν ἐνεστὸς ἄλγος.

it-was-having-had-come-to-have-been-poured-about too-thus upon to-the-one to-a-man a-direedness a-one and a-shuddering-to-of of-an-en-capsuling-to, through of-which distincted-before it-was-becoming unto-the-ones unto-surveiling-unto the-one down to-a-heart having-had-come-to-stand-in a-paineedness.

3:17 επι] περι V | ων] ην A | προδηλον εγινετο] εγιν. εκδηλον V

(180-175 B.C.)

2Ma 3:18 οἱ δὲ ἐκ τῶν οἰκιῶν ἀγεληδὸν ἐξεπήδων ἐπὶ πάνδημον ἱκετίαν, διὰ τὸ μὴ μέλλειν εἰς καταφρόνησιν ἔρχεσθαι τὸν τόπον.

The-ones then-also out of-the-ones of-housings-unto herdedly they-were-out-scurrying-unto upon to-all-localitied to-a-petitioning-unto, through to-the-one lest to-pend into to-a-centering-down to-come to-the-one to-an-occasion.

3:18 οι δε] ετι δε V | οικειων A | ικετειαν Va | om μη V

(180-175 B.C.)

2Ma 3:19 ὑπεζωσμέναι δὲ ὑπὸ τοὺς μαστοὺς αἱ γυναῖκες σάκκους κατὰ τὰς ὁδοὺς ἐπλήθυνον· αἱ δὲ κατάκλειστοι τῶν παρθένων, αἱ μὲν συνέτρεχον ἐπὶ τοὺς πυλῶνας, αἱ δὲ ἐπὶ τὰ τείχη, τινὲς δὲ διὰ τῶν θυρίδων διέκυπτον.

Having-had-come-to-be-en-girded-under then-also under to-the-ones to-breasts the-ones women to-burlaps down to-the-ones to-ways they-were-repletening; the-ones then-also latched-down of-the-ones of-maidens, the-ones indeed they-were-circuiting-together upon to-the-ones to-gatings, the-ones then-also upon to-the-ones to-lineationeednesses, ones then-also through of-the-ones of-portalets they-were-leaning-through.

Note: of-portalets : used to refer to a window.

3:19 υπο τους μαστους αι γυναικες] αι γυν. υπο τ. μ. το στηθος V | διεξεκυπτον V

(180-175 B.C.)

2Ma 3:20 πᾶσαι δὲ προτείνουσαι τὰς χεῖρας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἐποιοῦντο τὴν λιτανείαν·

All then-also stretching-before to-the-ones to-hands into to-the-one to-a-sky they-were-doing-unto to-the-one to-a-pleading-of;

3:20 λιταναιαν A λιτανιαν V* (-νειαν Va)

(180-175 B.C.)

2Ma 3:21 ἐλεεῖν δ' τὴν τοῦ πλήθους πανμιγῆ πρόπτωσιν, τήν τε τοῦ μεγάλως ἀγωνιῶντος ἀρχιερέως προσδοκίαν.

to-besectionate-unto then-also to-the-one of-the-one of-a-repleteedness to-all-minglinged to-a-falling-before, to-the-one also of-the-one unto-great of-struggle-belonging-unto of-a-first-sacreder-of to-a-thinking-toward-unto.

3:21 δε] δ ην V | παμμιγη V | την τε] και την V | αγωνιωντος] α sup ras Aa

(180-175 B.C.)

2Ma 3:22 Οἱ μὲν οὖν ἐπεκαλοῦντο τὸν πανκρατῆ κύριον τὰ πεπιστευμένα τοῖς πεπιστευκόσιν σῷα διαφυλάσσειν μετὰ πάσης ἀσφαλείας.

The-ones indeed accordingly they-were-calling-upon-unto to-the-one to-all-securinged to-Authority-belonged to-the-ones to-having-had-come-to-be-trusted-of unto-the-ones unto-having-had-come-to-be-trusted-of to-saved to-guarder-through with of-all of-an-un-befailing-of.

3:22 οι μεν ουν] και οι μεν V | επεκαλουντο] εκαλουντο V | τον πανκρατη (παγκρ. Va)] om τον V | διαφυλασσειν] διατηρησαι V | ασφαλιας V* (-λειας Va)

(180-175 B.C.)

2Ma 3:23 ὁ δὲ Ἡλιόδωρος τὸ διεγνωσμένον ἐπετέλει.

The-one then-also a-Hêliodôros to-the-one to-having-had-come-to-be-acquainted-through it-was-finishing-upon-unto.

(180-175 B.C.)

2Ma 3:24 αὐτόθι δὲ αὐτοῦ σὺν τοῖς δορυφόροις κατὰ τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον ἤδη παρόντος, ὁ τῶν πνευμάτων καὶ πάσης ἐξουσίας δυνάστης ἐπιφανίαν μεγάλην ἐποίησεν, ὥστε πάντας τοὺς κατατολμήσαντας συνελθεῖν, καταπλαγέντας τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ δύναμιν, εἰς ἔκλυσιν καὶ δειλίαν τραπῆναι.

To-it-placed then-also of-it together unto-the-ones unto-shank-beareed down to-the-one to-a-treasure-guarderylet which-then of-being-beside, the-one of-the-ones of-currentings-to and of-all of-a-being-out-unto an-abler to-a-manifesting-upon-unto to-great it-did-unto, as-also to-all to-the-ones to-having-down-ventured-unto to-have-had-came-together, to-having-had-been-fashioned-down to-the-one of-the-one of-a-Deity to-an-ability, into to-a-loosing-out and to-a-diring-unto to-have-had-been-turned.

3:24 δε αυτου] δι εαυτου V | ο των πνευμ.] ο δε παντων πρ̅ω̅ν̅ V | επιφανειαν Va | συνεισελθειν V

(180-175 B.C.)

2Ma 3:25 ὤφθη γάρ τις ἵππος αὐτοῖς φοβερὸν ἔχων τὸν ἐπιβάτην, καὶ καλλίστῃ σαγῇ διακεκοσμημένος, φερόμενος δὲ ῥύδην ἔσεισεν τῷ Ἡλιοδώρῳ τὰς ἐμπροσθίους ὁπλάς· ὁ δὲ ἐπικαθήμενος ἐφαίνετο χρυσῆν πανοπλίαν ἔχων.

It-was-beheld too-thus a-one a-horse unto-them to-en-feareed holding to-the-one to-a-stepper-upon, and unto-most-seemly unto-a-packing having-had-come-to-be-orderationed-through-unto, bearing then-also to-flowingly it-shake-belonged unto-the-one unto-a-Hêliodôros to-the-ones to-in-toward-from-belonged to-implementings; the-one then-also sitting-down-upon it-was-being-manifested to-golden to-an-all-implementing-unto holding.

3:25 τις ιππος] τοις ιπποις A | εσεισεν] ενεσεισεν V | ενπροθεσιους] εν προθεσει· ους A εμπροσθεους (sic) V

(180-175 B.C.)

2Ma 3:26 ἕτεροι δὲ δύο ἐφάνησαν αὐτῷ νεανίαι τῇ ῥώμῃ μὲν ἐκπρεπεῖς, κάλλιστοι δὲ τὴν γλῶσσαν, διαπρεπεῖς δὲ τὴν περιβολήν· οἳ καὶ περιστάντες ἐξ ἑκατέρου μέρους ἐμαστίγουν αὐτὸν ἀδιαλείπτως, πολλὰς ἐπιριπτοῦντες αὐτῷ πληγάς.

Different then-also two they-had-been-manifested unto-it new-belongings unto-the-one unto-a-strength indeed befittinged-out, most-seemly then-also to-the-one to-a-tongue, befittinged-through then-also to-the-one to-a-casting-about; which and having-had-stood-about out of-more-each of-a-portioneedness they-were-en-thrashing to-it unto-un-remaindered-through, to-much flinging-upon unto-it to-smitings.

3:26 δυο εφανησαν αυτω νεανιαι] προσεφανησαν δυο νεαν. V | εκπρεπεις] εκτρεπεις A ευπρ. Va | γλωσσαν] δοξαν V | διαπρεπεις] διατρ. A | παρασταντες Va | om εξ V | αυτον] εαυτον A | επιριπτουντε| εαυτω A*vid | επιρρ. Va

(180-175 B.C.)

2Ma 3:27 ἄφνω δὲ πεσόντα πρὸς τὴν γῆν καὶ πολλῷ σκότει περιχυθέντα συναρπάσαντες καὶ εἰς φόριον ἐνθέντες,

Unto-un-manifested then-also to-having-had-fallen toward to-the-one to-a-soil and unto-much unto-a-dimmeedness to-having-been-poured-about having-together-snatched-to and into to-a-beareelet having-had-placed-in,

3:27 πεσοντα] επεσον τα Avid | προς] εις V

(180-175 B.C.)

2Ma 3:28 τὸν ἄρτι μετὰ πολλῆς παραδρομῆς καὶ πάσης δορυφορίας εἰς τὸ προειρημένον εἰσελθόντα γαζοφυλάκιον, ἔφερον ἀβοήθητον αὐτὸν τοῖς ὅλοις καθεστῶτα, φανερῶς τὴν δυναστίαν ἐπεγνωκότα.

to-the-one thus-to-a-one with of-much of-a-circuiting-beside and of-all of-a-shank-beareeing-unto into to-the-one to-having-had-come-to-be-said-before to-having-had-came-into to-a-treasure-guarderylet, they-were-bearing to-un-holler-ran-unto to-it unto-the-ones unto-whole to-having-hath-had-come-to-stand-down, unto-en-manifested to-the-one to-an-abling-unto to-having-had-come-to-acquaint-upon.

3:28 αυτον τοις ολοις (χολ. A)] εαυτω V | δυναστιαν (-τειαν Va)] pr του θεου V

(180-175 B.C.)

2Ma 3:29 καὶ ὁ μὲν διὰ τὴν θείαν ἐνέργειαν ἄφωνος καὶ πάσης ἐστερημένος ἐλπίδος καὶ σωτηρίας ἔριπτο·

And the-one indeed through to-the-one to-Deity-belonged to-a-working-in-of un-sounded and of-all having-had-come-to-be-destituted-unto of-a-droved-sureeing and of-a-savioring-unto it-had-come-to-have-been-flung;

3:29 ενεργειαν] ανεργειαν A εργειαν V* (ενεργ. V1) | ερεριπτο V* ερερριπτο Va

(180-175 B.C.)

2Ma 3:30 οἱ δὲ τὸν κύριον εὐλόγουν τὸν παραδοξάζοντα τὸν ἑαυτοῦ τόπον· καὶ τὸ μικρῷ πρότερον δέους καὶ ταραχῆς γέμον ἱερόν, τοῦ παντοκράτορος ἐπιφανέντος κυρίου, χαρᾶς καὶ εὐφροσύνης ἐπλήρωτο.

the-ones then-also to-the-one to-Authority-belonged they-were-goodly-fortheeing-unto to-the-one to-beside-reckoning-to to-the-one of-self to-an-occasion; and the-one unto-small to-more-before of-a-direedness and of-a-stirring saturating sacred, of-the-one of-an-All-Securer of-having-had-been-manifested-upon of-Authority-belonged, of-a-joyedness and of-a-goodly-centeringedness it-had-come-to-have-been-en-filled.

3:30 ηυλογουν V | κυριου] χυ̅ A | επεπληρωτο V

(180-175 B.C.)

2Ma 3:31 Ταχὺ δέ τινες τῶν τοῦ Ἡλιοδώρου συνήθων ἠξίουν τὸν Ὀνίαν ἐπικαλέσασθαι τὸν ὕψιστον, καὶ τὸ ζῇν χαρίσασθαι τῷ παντελῶς ἐν ἐσχάτῃ πνοῇ κειμένῳ.

To-quick then-also ones of-the-ones of-the-one of-a-Hêliodôros of-beplaceeinged-together they-were-en-deem-belonging to-the-one to-an-Onias to-have-called-upon-unto to-the-one to-most-lofteed, and to-the-one to-life-unto to-have-granted-to unto-the-one unto-all-finished in unto-most-bordered unto-a-currenting unto-situating.

3:31 συνηθων] συνηλθων V* συνηλθον Va | επικαλεισθαι V

(180-175 B.C.)

2Ma 3:32 ὕποπτος δὲ γενόμενος ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς μή ποτε διάλημψιν ὁ βασιλεὺς σχῇ κακουργίαν τινὰ περὶ τὸν Ἡλιόδωρον ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων συντετελέσθαι, προσήγαγεν θυσίαν ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ ἀνδρὸς σωτηρίας.

Beheld-under then-also having-had-became, the-one a-first-sacreder-of, lest whither-also to-a-taking-through the-one a-ruler-of it-might-have-had-held to-a-wedge-wedged-working-unto to-a-one about to-the-one to-a-Hêliodôros under of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged to-have-had-come-to-be-finished-together-unto, it-had-led-toward to-a-surging-unto over of-the-one of-the-one of-a-man of-a-savioring-unto.

3:32 προσηγαγεν] προσηνεγκεν V

(180-175 B.C.)

2Ma 3:33 ποιουμένου δὲ τοῦ ἀρχιερέως τὸν ἱλασμὸν οἱ αὐτοὶ νεανίαι πάλιν ἐφάνησαν τῷ Ἡλιοδώρῳ ἐν ταῖς αὐταῖς ἐσθήσεσιν ἐστολισμένοι, καὶ στάντες εἶπαν Πολλὰ Ὀνίᾳ τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ χάριτας ἔχε, διὰ γὰρ αὐτόν σοι κεχάρισται τὸ ζῇν Κύριος.

Of-doing-unto then-also of-the-one of-a-first-sacreder-of to-the-one to-a-sectionating-to-of the-ones them new-belongings unto-furthered they-manifested unto-the-one unto-a-Hêliodôros in unto-the-ones unto-them unto-clothings having-had-come-to-be-seteed-to, and having-had-stood they-said, To-much unto-an-Onias unto-the-one unto-a-first-sacreder-of to-grantings thou-should-hold, through too-thus to-it unto-thee it-had-come-to-grant-to to-the-one to-life-unto, Authority-belonged.

Note: having-had-come-to-be-seteed-to : used to refer to putting on a setting of clothing.

Note: to-much (POLLA) in 02 : possibly referring to things being granted, but possible error for to-much (POLLAS).

3:33 οι αυτοι νεανιαι] αυτοι οι νεαν. V | ειπον V | πολλας V | κεχαρισται σοι V | Κυριος] pr ο V

(180-175 B.C.)

2Ma 3:34 σὺ δὲ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ μεμαστιγωμένος διάγγελλε πᾶσι τὸ μεγαλεῖον τοῦ θεοῦ κράτος. ταῦτα δὲ εἰπόντες ἀφανεῖς ἐγένοντο.

Thou then-also out of-a-sky having-had-come-to-be-en-thrashed thou-should-leadeeer-through unto-all to-the-one to-great-belonged of-the-one of-a-Deity to-a-securement. To-the-ones-these then-also having-had-said un-manifestinged they-had-became.

3:34 εξ ουρανου] υπ αυτου V | μεμαστιγωμενος] μεν μαστιγωμενος (sic) A | ταυτα δε] ταυτ V

(180-175 B.C.)

2Ma 3:35 ὁ δὲ Ἡλιόδωρος θυσίαν ἀνενεγκὼν τῷ θεῷ, καὶ εὐχὰς μεγίστας εὐξάμενος τῷ τὸ ζῇν περιποιήσαντι, καὶ τὸν Ὀνίαν ἀποδεξάμενος, ἀνεστρατοπέδευσεν πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα·

The-one then-also a-Hêliodôros to-a-surging-unto having-had-beared-up unto-the-one unto-a-Deity, and to-goodly-holdings to-most-great goodly-holding unto-the-one to-the-one to-life-unto unto-having-done-about-unto, and to-the-one to-an-Onias having-receiving-off, it-foot-amassed-up-of toward to-the-one to-a-ruler-of;

3:35 ανενεγκας V | τω θεω] τω κω̅ V | om ευξαμενος V | ανεστρατοπεδευσεν] εστρατοπαιδευσεν V* -πεδευσε Va

(180-175 B.C.)

2Ma 3:36 ἐξεμαρτύρει δὲ πᾶσιν ἅπερ ἦν ὑπ' ὄψιν τεθεαμένος ἔργα τοῦ μεγίστου θεοῦ.

it-was-witnessing-out-unto then-also unto-all to-which-very it-was under to-a-beholding having-had-come-to-spectate to-works of-the-one of-most-great of-a-Deity.

3:36 αργα του] εργαζου A | μεγιστου] μεγαλου V

(180-175 B.C.)

2Ma 3:37 Τοῦ δὲ βασιλέως ἐπερωτήσαντος τὸν Ἡλιόδωρον ποῖός τις εἴη ἐπιτήδειος ἔτι ἅπαξ διαπεμφθῆναι εἰς Ἰεροσόλυμα, ἔφησεν

Of-the-one then-also of-a-ruler-of of-upon-entreating-unto to-the-one to-a-Hêliodôros whither-belonged a-one it-may-be avail-belonged-upon if-to-a-one to-once to-have-been-volleyed-through into to-Ierosoluma', it-declared,

3:37 ειη] ειν V* ην Va | εφησεν] εφη V

(180-175 B.C.)

2Ma 3:38 Εἴ τινα ἔχεις πολέμιον ἢ πραγμάτων ἐπίβουλον, πέμψον αὐτὸν ἐκεῖ, καὶ μεμαστιγωμένον αὐτὸν προσδέξῃ, ἐάνπερ καὶ διασωθῇ, διὰ τὸ περὶ τὸν τόπον ἀληθῶς εἶναί τινα θεοῦ δύναμιν.

If to-a-one thou-hold to-war-belonged or of-practicings-to to-purposed-upon, thou-should-have-volleyed to-it thither, and to-having-had-come-to-be-en-thrashed to-it thou-shall-receive-toward, if-ever-very and it-might-have-been-saved-through-to, through to-the-one about to-the-one to-an-occasion unto-un-secludinged to-be to-a-one of-a-Deity to-an-ability.

3:38 θεου δυναμιν τινα V

(180-175 B.C.)

2Ma 3:39 αὐτὸς γὰρ ὁ τὴν κατοικίαν ἐπουράνιον ἔχων ἐπόπτης ἐστὶν καὶ βοηθὸς ἐκείνου τοῦ τόπου, καὶ τοὺς παραγινομένους ἐπὶ κακώσει τύπτων ἀπολλύει.

It too-thus the-one to-the-one to-a-housing-down-unto to-upon-sky-belonged holding beholdinged-upon it-be and holler-ran of-the-one-thither of-the-one of-an-occasion, and to-the-ones to-becoming-beside upon unto-a-wedge-wedging strikering it-destructeth-off.

3:39 επουρανιον] π ex ττ fec vid A? | απολλυσιν V

(180-175 B.C.)

2Ma 3:40 καὶ τὰ μὲν καθ' Ἡλιόδωρον καὶ τὴν τοῦ γαζοφυλακίου τήρησιν οὕτως ἐχώρησεν.

And to-the-ones indeed down to-a-Hêliodôros and to-the-one of-the-one of-a-treasure-guarderylet to-a-keeping unto-the-one-this it-spaced-unto.

3:40 καθ] κατα V

(180-175 B.C.)

2Ma 4:1 Ὁ δὲ προειρημένος Σίμων, ὁ τῶν χρημάτων καὶ τῆς πατρίδος ἐνδείκτης γεγονώς, ἐκακολόγει τὸν Ὀνίαν ὡς οὗτός τε εἴη τὸν Ἡλιόδωρον ἐπισεσεικὼς καὶ τῶν κακῶν δημιουργὸς καθεστηκώς·

The-one then-also having-had-come-to-be-said-before a-Simôn the-one of-the-ones of-affordings-to and of-the-one of-a-fathering a-shewer-in having-hath-had-come-to-become, it-was-wedge-wedge-fortheeing-unto to-the-one to-an-Onias as the-one-this also it-may-be to-the-one to-a-Hêliodôros having-had-come-to-shake-belong-upon and of-the-ones of-wedge-wedged a-locality-belonged-worker having-had-come-to-stand-down;

Note: a-shewer-in : one who shews (shows), used to avoid confusion with shower.

4:1 ουτος] αυτος V

(180-175 B.C.)

2Ma 4:2 καὶ τὸν εὐεργέτην τῆς πόλεως καὶ τὸν κηδεμόνα τῶν ὁμοεθνῶν καὶ ζηλωτὴν τῶν νόμων, ἐπίβουλον τῶν πραγμάτων ἐτόλμα λέγειν.

and to-the-one to-a-goodly-worker of-the-one of-a-city and to-the-one to-a-regarder of-the-ones of-placeedness-belonging-to-alonginged and an-en-craver of-the-ones of-parcelees, to-purposed-upon of-the-ones of-practicings-to it-was-venturing-unto to-forth.

of-placeedness-belonging-to-alonginged

4:2 τον κηδ.] om τον V

(180-175 B.C.)

2Ma 4:3 τῆς δὲ ἔχθρας ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον προβαινούσης, ὥστε καὶ διά τινος τῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ Σίμωνος δεδοκιμασμένων φόνους συντελεῖσθαι,

Of-the-one then-also of-an-en-enmitying upon to-the-one-which-the-one-this of-stepping-before, as-also and through of-a-one of-the-ones under of-the-one of-a-Simôn of-having-had-come-to-be-assessed-to to-slayers to-be-finished-together-unto,

(180-175 B.C.)

2Ma 4:4 συνορῶν Ὀνίας τὸ χαλεπὸν τῆς φιλονεικίας καὶ Ἀπολλώνιον Μενεσθέως, τῶν Κοίλης Φοινίκης καὶ Συρίας στρατηγόν, συναύξοντα τὴν κακίαν τοῦ Σίμωνος,

together-seeeeing-unto, an-Onias, to-the-one to-harrowed of-the-one of-a-non-belongeedness-of-caring-unto and to-an-Apollônios of-a-Menestheus, of-the-ones of-a-Koilê of-a-Foinikê and of-a-Suria to-an-amass-leader, to-largening-together to-the-one to-a-wedge-wedging-unto of-the-one of-a-Simôn,

Note: a-non-belongeedness-of-caring-unto (FILONEIKIA) : from FILOS and NH (see NHPIOS); contentiousness.

4:4 Ονιας] pr ο V | του χαλεπον V* (το χαλ. Va) | Μενεσθεως coniec Hort] μαινεσθαι εως A μ. ως V | των] τον V | Συριας κ. Φοινικης V | συναυξοντο A

(180-175 B.C.)

2Ma 4:5 πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα διεκομίσθη, οὐ γινόμενος τῶν πολιτῶν κατήγορος, τὸ δὲ σύμφορον κοινῇ καὶ κατ' ἰδίαν παντὶ τῷ πλήθει σκοπῶν.

toward to-the-one to-a-ruler-of it-was-tended-through-to, not becoming of-the-ones of-city-belongers lead-alongednessed-down, to-the-one then-also to-beareed-together unto-together-belonged-to and down to-private-belonged unto-all unto-the-one unto-a-repleteedness scouting-unto.

4:5 προς] ως V | διεκοσμηθη] διεκομισθη Va | συμφερον Va | om και V

(180-175 B.C.)

2Ma 4:6 ἑώρα γὰρ ἄνευ βασιλικῆς προνοίας ἀδύνατον εἶναι τυχεῖν εἰρήνης ἔτι τὰ πράγματα, καὶ τὸν Σίμωνα παῦλαν οὐ λημψόμενον τῆς ἀνοίας.

It-was-seeeeing-unto too-thus un-nodded of-ruler-belonged-of of-an-en-mulling-before-unto to-un-able to-be to-have-had-actuanated of-a-joinifying if-to-a-one to-the-ones to-practicings-to, and to-the-one to-a-Simôn to-a-ceasedness not to-shall-having-taken of-the-one of-an-un-mulling-unto.

4:6 επι] ετι V | παυλαν] αναπαυλαν V

(175-172 B.C.)

2Ma 4:7 Μεταλλάξαντος δὲ τὸν βίον Σελεύκου, καὶ παραλαβόντος τὴν βασιλείαν Ἀντιόχου τοῦ προσαγορευθέντος Ἐπιφανοῦς, ὑπενόθευσεν Ἰάσων ὁ ἀδελφὸς Ὀνίου τὴν ἀρχιερωσύνην·

Of-having-othered-with then-also to-the-one to-a-dureeation of-a-Seleukos, and of-having-had-taken-beside to-the-one to-a-ruling-of of-an-Antiochos of-the-one of-having-been-lead-alongednessed-toward-of of-an-Epifanês, it-spurioused-under-of, an-Iasôn the-one brethrened of-an-Onias, to-the-one to-a-first-en-sacredingedness;

Note: Antiochus IV Eupator ruler begins 2Ma 4:7-33.

4:7 αρχιεροσυνην A

(175-172 B.C.)

2Ma 4:8 ἐπαγγειλάμενος τῷ βασιλεῖ δι' ἐντεύξεως ἀργυρίου τάλαντα ἑξήκοντα πρὸς τοῖς τριακοσίοις, καὶ προσόδου τινὸς ἄλλης τάλαντα ὀγδοήκοντα.

having-leadeeered-upon unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of through of-an-actuating-in of-a-silverlet to-talantons to-sixty toward unto-the-ones unto-three-hundred, and of-a-way-toward of-a-one of-other to-talantons to-eighty.

4:8 τριακοσιος V* (-σιοις V1)

(175-172 B.C.)

2Ma 4:9 πρὸς δὲ τούτοις ὑπισχνεῖτο καὶ ἕτερα διαγράφειν πεντήκοντα πρὸς τοῖς ἑκατόν, ἐὰν ἐπιχωρηγηθῇ διὰ τῆς ἐξουσίας αὐτοῦ γυμνάσιον καὶ ἐφηβίον αὐτῷ συστήσασθαι, καὶ τοὺς ἐν Ἰεροσολύμοις Ἀντιοχεῖς ἀναγράψαι.

Toward then-also unto-the-ones-these it-was-force-holding-under-unto and to-different to-scribe-through to-fifty toward unto-the-ones unto-hundred, if-ever it-might-have-been-spaced-upon-unto through of-the-one of-a-being-out-unto of-it to-a-striplet and to-attain-belonged-upon unto-it to-have-been-stood-together, and to-the-ones in unto-Ierosoluma' to-Antiochers-of to-have-scribed-up.

Note: to-a-striplet : used to refer to a place of excercise with the removal clothing or to a place of education with the removal of previous beliefs.

Note: to-attain-belonged-upon : used to refer to reaching the physical prime, either in terms of age or conditioning or both.

4:9 υπεισχνοιτο A | διαγραψειν V | αυτου γυμνασιον· σαι V

(175-172 B.C.)

2Ma 4:10 ἐπινεύσαντος δὲ τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς κρατήσας, εὐθέως πρὸς τὸν Ἑλληνικὸν χαρακτῆρα τοὺς ὁμοφύλους μετέστησε.

Of-having-nodded-upon-of then-also of-the-one of-a-ruler-of and of-the-one of-a-firsting having-secured-unto, unto-straight toward to-the-one to-Hellên-belonged-of to-a-paler to-the-ones to-along-tribed it-stood-with.

Note: to-a-paler : used to refer to an implement or a person using such that causes a paling leaving a depression.

4:10 κρατησας της αρχης V | προς] επι V | μετεστησε] μετηγαγεν V

(175-172 B.C.)

2Ma 4:11 καὶ τὰ κείμενα τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις φιλάνθρωπα βασιλικὰ διὰ Ἰωάννου τοῦ πατρὸς Εὐπολέμου, τοῦ ποιησαμένου τὴν πρεσβίαν ὑπὲρ φιλίας καὶ συμμαχίας πρὸς τοὺς Ῥωμαίους, παρώσας, καὶ τὰς μὲν νομίμας καταλύων πολιτίας, παρανόμους ἐθισμοὺς ἐκαίνιζεν.

And to-the-ones to-situating unto-the-ones unto-Iouda-belonged to-mankind-cared to-ruler-belonged-of through of-an-Iôannês of-the-one of-a-father of-a-Eupolemos, of-the-one of-having-done-unto to-the-one to-an-eldering-unto over of-a-caring-unto and of-a-battling-together-unto toward to-the-ones to-Rômê-belonged, having-pushed-beside-unto, and to-the-ones indeed to-parcelee-belonged-unto loosing-down to-city-belongings-unto, to-parceleed-beside to-placeeings-to-of it-was-freshening-in-to.

4:11 Ιουδαιοις] seq ras I lit (ε vel σ) in A | πρεσβειαν V | νομιμους V | πολιτειας Va εκαινιζεν] επιωνιζεν Va

(175-172 B.C.)

2Ma 4:12 ἀσμένως γὰρ ὑπ' αὐτὴν ἀκρόπολιν γυμνάσιον καθίδρυσεν, καὶ τοὺς κρατίστους τῶν ἐφ' ἡμῶν ὑποτάσσων ὑπὸ πέτασον ἤγαγεν.

Unto-pleasured-along too-thus under to-it to-an-extremitied-city to-a-striplet it-settled-down, and to-the-ones to-most-secured of-the-ones upon of-us arranging-under under to-a-spreadth it-had-led.

Note: to-a-striplet : used to refer to a place of excercise with the removal clothing or to a place of education with the removal of previous beliefs.

Note: to-a-spreadth : used to refer to something brimmed or leafed, usually of a kind of hat.

4:12 ακροπ.] pr την V | εφ ημων] εφηβων V | om υποτασσων V

(175-172 B.C.)

2Ma 4:13 ἦν δ' οὕτως ἀκμὴ τις Ἑλληνισμοῦ καὶ πρόσβασις ἀλλοφυλισμοῦ διὰ τὴν τοῦ ἀσεβοῦς καὶ οὐκ ἀρχιερέως Ἰάσονος ὑπερβάλλουσαν ἀναγνείαν,

It-was then-also unto-the-one-this an-apexing a-one of-a-Hellên-belonging-to-of and a-stepping-toward of-an-other-tribing-to-of through to-the-one of-the-one of-un-reveringed and not of-a-first-sacreder-of of-an-Iasôn to-casting-over to-an-un-purifying-of,

4:13 ακμη] αγκμη A | Εασονος A* Ειασονος A1 Ιασωνος V | αναγνειαν] αγνειαν A

(175-172 B.C.)

2Ma 4:14 ὥστε μηκέτι περὶ τὰς τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου λειτουργίας προθύμους εἶναι τοὺς ἱερεῖς, ἀλλὰ τοῦ μὲν νεὼ καταφρονοῦντες καὶ τῶν θυσιῶν ἀμελοῦντες ἔσπευδον μετέχειν τῆς ἐν παλαίστρῃ παρανόμου χορηγίας, μετὰ τὴν τοῦ δίσκου πρόσκλησιν·

as-also lest-if-to-a-one about to-the-ones of-the-one of-a-surgerlet to-public-workings-unto to-passioned-before to-be to-the-ones to-sacreders-of, other of-the-one indeed of-a-temple centering-down and of-the-ones of-surgings-unto un-vying-unto they-were-hastening to-hold-with of-the-one in unto-a-clench-en-standedness of-parceleed-beside of-a-chorus-leading-unto, with to-the-one of-the-one of-a-disk to-a-calling-toward;

Note: unto-a-clench-en-standedness : used to refer to a place for wrestling.

Note: to-the-one of-the-one of-a-disk to-a-calling-toward : refering to a game using a disk.

4:14 του μεν νεω] τους μεν ναιω A | καταφρονουντας A καταφρονουντος Va (rescr) | σπουδον V* εσπουδ. V1 (εσπευδ. Va) | παρανομοχορηγιας V

(175-172 B.C.)

2Ma 4:15 καὶ τὰς μὲν πατρῴας τιμὰς ἐν οὐδενὶ τεθειμένοι, τὰς δὲ Ἑλληνικὰς δόξας καλλίστας ἡγούμενοι.

and to-the-ones indeed to-en-fathered to-valuations in unto-not-then-also-one having-had-come-to-place, to-the-ones then-also to-Helên-belonged-of to-reckonednesses to-most-seemly leading-unto.

4:15 πατρωους V | τιθεμενοι V | καλλιστοις A

(175-172 B.C.)

2Ma 4:16 ὧν καὶ χάριν περιέσχεν αὐτοὺς χαλεπὴ περίστασις, καὶ ὧν ἐζήλουν τὰς ἀγωγὰς καὶ καθ' ὃ ἅπαν ἤθελον ἐξομοιοῦσθαι, τοὺς πολεμίους καὶ τιμωρητὰς ἔσχον.

Of-which and to-a-granting it-had-held-about to-them harrowed a-standing-about, and of-which they-were-en-craving to-the-ones to-leadings and down to-which to-along-all they-were-determining to-be-en-along-belonged, to-the-ones to-war-belongers and to-value-warders they-had-held,

4:16 καθ ο απαν] κατα παν Va (rescr.) | τους πολ.] τουτους πολ. V | εχον V* (εσχον Va)

(175-172 B.C.)

2Ma 4:17 ἀσεβεῖν γὰρ εἰς τοὺς θείους νόμους οὐ ῥᾴδιον· ἀλλὰ ταῦτα ὁ ἀκόλουθος καιρὸς δηλώσει.

To-un-revere-unto too-thus into to-the-ones to-deity-belonged to-parcelees not facile-belonged; other to-the-ones-these the-one pathed-along a-time it-shall-en-distinct.

4:17 ταυτα] + μεν V

(175-172 B.C.)

2Ma 4:18 Ἀγομένου δὲ πενταετηρικοῦ ἀγῶνος ἐν Τύρῳ, καὶ τοῦ βασιλέως παρόντος,

Of-being-led then-also of-five-yeareedness-belonged-of of-a-struggling in unto-a-Turos, and of-the-one of-a-ruler-of of-being-beside,

(175-172 B.C.)

2Ma 4:19 ἀπέστειλεν Ἰάσων ὁ μιερὸς θεωροὺς ὡς ἀπὸ Ἰεροσολύμων Ἀντιοχέας παρακομίζοντας ἀργυρίου δραχμὰς τριακοσίους εἰς τὴν τοῦ Ἡρακλέους θυσίαν, ἃς καὶ ἠξίωσαν οἱ παρακομίσαντες μὴ χρῆσθαι εἰς θυσίαν,

it-set-off, an-Iasôn the-one stained, to-spectators as off of-Ierosoluma' to-Antiochers-of to-tending-beside-to of-a-silverlet to-graspings to-three-hundred into to-the-one of-the-one of-a-Hêrakleês to-a-surging-unto, to-which and they-en-deem-belonged, the-ones having-tended-beside-to, lest to-afford-unto into to-a-surging-unto,

Note: to-three-hundred in 02 : referring to the number Antiochers; possible scribal error for to-three-hundred.

4:19 μιεος A* (μιερος A1) μιαρος V | Αντιοχιας A Αντιοχεις οντας V | τριακοσιας V | θυσαιν 2°] + εις ετεραν δε καταθεσθαι δαπανην V

(175-172 B.C.)

2Ma 4:20 ἕνεκα δὲ τῶν παρόντων εἰς τὰς τῶν τριηρέων κατασκευάς.

to-in-out-which then-also of-the-ones of-being-beside into to-the-ones of-the-ones of-three-rowinged to-equippings-down.

4:20 ενεκα] pr επεισε δε ταυτα δια μεν τον αποστειλαντα εις την Ηρακλεους θυσια̅| V | παροντων] παρακομιζοντων V | τριηρων V | κατασκευας] παρασκευας V

(175-172 B.C.)

2Ma 4:21 Ἀποσταλέντος δὲ εἰς Αἴγυπτον Ἀπολλωνίου τοῦ Μενεσθέως διὰ τὰ πρωτοκλίσια τοῦ Φιλομήτορος βασιλέως, μεταλαβὼν Ἀντίοχος ἀλλότριον αὐτὸν τῶν αὐτοῦ γεγονότων πραγμάτων, τῆς καθ' αὑτὸν ἀσφαλίας ἐφρόντιζεν· ὅθεν εἰς Ἰόππην παραγενόμενος, κατήντησεν εἰς Ἰεροσόλυμα.

Of-having-had-been-set-off then-also into to-an-Aiguptos of-an-Apollônios of-the-one of-a-Menestheus through to-the-ones to-most-before-clinelets of-the-one of-a-Filomêtôr of-a-ruler-of, having-had-taken-with, an-Antiochos, to-other-belonged to-it of-the-ones of-it of-having-hath-had-come-to-become of-practicings-to, of-the-one down to-itself of-an-un-befailing-unto it-was-centressing-to; which-from into to-an-Ioppê having-had-became-beside, it-down-ever-a-oned-unto into to-Ierosoluma'.

4:21 Μενεσθεσεως A (Μενεσθεως V) | μεταλαβων] μεταβαλων V | γεγονοτων] γεγονεναι V | καθ αυτον] κατ αυτων V | ασφαλειας Va | Ιοππην] Ιππην A

(175-172 B.C.)

2Ma 4:22 μεγαλομερῶς δὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰάσονος καὶ τῆς πόλεως ἀποδεχθεὶς μετὰ δᾳδουχίας καὶ βοῶν εἰσεδέχθη· εἶθ' οὕτως εἰς τὴν Φοινίκην κατεστρατοπέδευσεν.

Unto-great-portioned then-also under of-the-one of-an-Iasôn and of-the-one of-a-city having-been-received-off with of-a-torch-holding-unto and of-oxen it-was-received-in; if-also unto-the-one-this into to-the-one to-a-Foinikê it-foot-amassed-down-of.

4:22 Ιασωνος V | αποδεχθεις] παραδεχθεις V | εισεδεχθη] εισπεπορευται V

(175-172 B.C.)

2Ma 4:23 Μετὰ δὲ τριετῆ χρόνον ἀπέστειλεν Ἰάσων Μενέλαον, τὸν τοῦ προσημαινομένου Σίμωνος ἀδελφόν, παρακομίζοντα τὰ χρήματα τῷ βασιλεῖ, καὶ περὶ πραγμάτων ἀναγκαίων ὑπομνηματισμοὺς τελέσοντα.

With moreoever to-three-yearinged to-a-while it-set-off, an-Iasôn, to-a-Menelaos, to-the-one of-the-one of-being-signified-before of-a-Simôn to-brethrened, to-tending-beside-to to-the-ones to-affordings-to unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of, and about of-practicings-to of-armed-up-belonged to-memoryings-under-to-of to-shall-having-finished-unto.

4:23 πραγματων . . . τελεσοντα (-τας A)] παντων των αναγκαιω̅| χρηματισμους τελεσαντα V

(175-172 B.C.)

2Ma 4:24 ὁ δὲ συσταθεὶς τῷ βασιλεῖ καὶ δοξάσας αὐτὸν τῷ προσώπῳ τῆς ἐξουσίας, εἰς ἑαυτὸν κατήντησεν ἀρχιερωσύνην, ὑπερβάλλων τὸν Ἰάσονα τάλαντα ἀργυρίου τριακόσια.

The-one then-also having-been-stood-together unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of and having-reckoned-to to-it unto-the-one unto-looked-toward of-the-one of-a-being-out-unto, into to-self it-down-ever-a-oned-unto to-a-first-en-sacredingedness, casting-over to-the-one to-an-Iasôn to-talantons of-a-silverlet to-three-hundred.

4:24 συνσταθεις V | κατηντησεν] κατεστησε V | αρχιερωσυνην (-ρος. V*)] pr την V | υπερβαλων V | Ιασωνα A

(175-172 B.C.)

2Ma 4:25 λαβὼν δὲ τὰς βασιλικὰς ἐντολὰς παρεγίνετο, τῆς μὲν ἀρχιερωσύνης οὐδὲν ἄξιον φέρων, θυμοὺς δὲ ὠμοῦ τυράννου καὶ θηρὸς βαρβάρου ὀργὰς ἔχων.

Having-had-taken then-also to-the-ones to-ruler-belonged-of to-finishings-in it-was-becoming-beside, of-the-one indeed of-a-first-en-sacredingedness to-not-then-also-one to-deem-belonged bearing, to-passions then-also of-raw of-a-tyrant and of-a-beast of-aliened to-stressings holding.

4:25 παρεγενετο V

(175-172 B.C.)

2Ma 4:26 καὶ ὁ μὲν Ἰάσων ὁ τὸν ἴδιον ἀδελφὸν ὑπονοθεύσας, ὑπονοθευθεὶς ὑφ' ἑτέρου φυγὰς εἰς τὴν Ἀμμανῖτιν χώραν συνήλαστο.

And the-one indeed an-Iasôn the-one to-the-one to-private-belonged to-brethrened having-spurioused-under-of, having-been-spurioused-under-of under of-different to-fleeings into to-the-one to-an-Ammanitis to-a-spacedness it-had-come-to-have-been-drove-together.

4:26 om ο 2° V | υπονομευθεις A

(175-172 B.C.)

2Ma 4:27 ὁ δὲ Μενέλαος τῆς μὲν ἀρχῆς ἐκράτει, τῶν δὲ ἐπηγγελμένων τῷ βασιλεῖ χρημάτων οὐδὲν εὐτάκτει·

The-one moreoever a-Menelaos of-the-one indeed of-a-firsting it-was-securing-unto, of-the-ones then-also of-having-had-come-to-be-leadeeered-off unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of of-affordings-to to-not-then-also-one it-was-goodly-arranging-unto;

(175-172 B.C.)

2Ma 4:28 ποιουμένου δὲ τὴν ἀπαίτησιν Σωστράτου τοῦ τῆς ἀκροπόλεως ἐπάρχου· (2Ma 4:28) πρὸς τοῦτον γὰρ ἦν ἡ τῶν διαφόρων πρᾶξις· δι' ἣν αἰτίαν οἱ δύο ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως προσεκλήθησαν·

of-doing-unto then-also to-the-one to-an-appealing-off of-a-Sôstratos of-the-one of-the-one of-an-extremitied-city of-a-firster-upon; (2Ma 4:28) toward to-the-one-this too-thus it-was the-one of-the-ones of-beareed-through a-practice; through to-which to-an-appealing-unto the-ones two under of-the-one of-a-ruler-of they-were-called-toward-unto.

4:28 Σοστρατου V | υπο] επι V

(175-172 B.C.)

2Ma 4:29 καὶ ὁ μὲν Μενέλαος ἀπέλειπεν τῆς ἀρχιερωσύνης διάδοχον Λυσίμαχον τὸν ἑαυτοῦ ἀδελφόν, Σώστρατος δὲ Κράτητα τὸν ἐπὶ τῶν Κυπρίων.

And the-one indeed a-Menelaos it-was-remaindering-off of-the-one of-a-first-en-sacredingedness to-a-receiver-through to-a-Lusimachos to-the-one of-self to-brethrened, a-Sôstratos then-also to-a-Kratês to-the-one upon of-the-ones of-Kupros-belonged.

4:29 αρχιερωσυνης] ιερωσυνης V | Σοστρατος V* | Κρατητα τον] κρατησας των V

(175-172 B.C.)

2Ma 4:30 Τοιούτων δὲ συνεστηκότων, συνέβη Ταρσεῖς καὶ Μαλλώτας στασιάζειν, διὰ τὸ Ἀντιοχίδι τῇ παλλακῇ τοῦ βασιλέως ἐν δωρεᾷ διδόσθαι.

Of-the-ones-unto-the-ones-these then-also of-having-had-come-to-stand-together, it-had-stepped-together to-Tarsers-of and to-Mallôters to-stand-belong-to, through to-the-one unto-an-Antiochis unto-the-one unto-a-wrigglery of-the-one of-a-ruler-of in unto-a-giftedness to-be-given.

Note: unto-a-wrigglery : used to refer to women as defined by seductive movements, as in a coital role, usually referring to a concubine (not a lawful wife); also of the ritual of prostitution.

4:30 Ταρσις AV* | Αντιοχειδι Va | δεδοσθαι V

(175-172 B.C.)

2Ma 4:31 θᾶττον οὖν ὁ βασιλεὺς ἧκεν καταστεῖλαι τὰ πράγματα, καταλείπων τὸν διαδεχόμενον Ἀνδρόνικον, τῶν ἐν ἀξιώματι κειμένων.

To-quickinged-of accordingly the-one a-ruler-of it-was-arriving to-have-set-down to-the-ones to-practicings-to, remaindering-down to-the-one to-receiving-through to-an-Andronikos, of-the-ones in unto-an-en-deem-belonging-to of-situating.

4:31 καταλειπων (-λιπ. Va)] pr τουτοις V

(175-172 B.C.)

2Ma 4:32 νομίσας δὲ ὁ Μενέλαος εἰληφέναι καιρὸν εὐφυῆ, χρυσώματά τινα τῶν τοῦ ἱεροῦ νοσφισάμενος ἐχαρίσατο τῷ Ἀνδρονίκῳ, καὶ ἕτερα ἐτύγχανεν πεπρακὼς εἴς τε Τύρον καὶ τὰς κύκλῳ πόλεις.

Having-parceleed-to then-also, the-one a-Menelaos, to-have-hath-had-come-to-take to-a-time to-goodly-spawninged, to-en-goldings-to to-ones of-the-ones of-the-one of-sacred having-sundered-to it-granted-to unto-the-one unto-an-Andronikos, and to-different it-was-actuanating having-had-come-to-en-acrossate into also to-a-Turos and to-the-ones unto-a-circle to-cities.

4:32 ευφυη] ευφη V* | εχαρισατο τω] εχαρισατω V* (-το τω V1) | και 2°] + εις V

(175-172 B.C.)

2Ma 4:33 καὶ σαφῶς ἐπεγνωκὼς ὁ Ὀνείας, ἀπήνεγκεν ἀποκεχωρηκὼς εἰς ἄσυλον τόπον, ἐπὶ Δάφνης τῆς πρὸς Ἀντιόχειας κειμένης.

And unto-evidentinged having-had-come-to-acquaint-upon, the-one an-Oneias, it-beared-off having-had-come-to-space-off-unto into to-un-rummaged to-an-occasion, upon of-a-Dafnê of-the-one toward to-an-Antiocheias of-situating.

Note: it-beared-off (APHNEGKEN) in 02 : possible error for it-was-forthing-off (APHLEGKEN).

Note: to-an-Antiocheias (ANTIOXEIAS) in 02 : probable error for to-an-Antiocheia (ANTIOXEIAN).

4:33 και] pr α V | Ονιας V | απηνεγκεν] απηλεγχεν V | Αντιοχειαν V

(172 B.C.)

2Ma 4:34 ὅθεν ὁ Μενέλαος λαβὼν ἰδίᾳ τὸν Ἀνδρόνικον, παρεκάλει χειρώσασθαι τὸν Ὀνίαν· ὁ δὲ παραγενόμενος ἐπὶ τὸν Ὀνίαν καὶ πεισθεὶς ἐπὶ δόλῳ καὶ δεξιασθεὶς μεθ' ὅρκων, δοὺς δεξιάν, καίπερ ἐν ὑποψίᾳ κείμενος, ἔπεισεν ἐκ τοῦ ἀσύλου προελθεῖν· ὃν καὶ παραχρῆμα παρέκλεισεν, οὐκ αἰδεσθεὶς τὸ δίκαιον.

Which-from the-one a-Menelaos having-had-taken unto-private-belonged to-the-one to-an-Andronikos, it-was-calling-beside-unto to-have-en-handed to-the-one to-an-Onias; the-one then-also having-had-became-beside upon to-the-one to-an-Onias, and having-been-sured upon unto-a-guile and having-been-right-belonged with of-fencees, having-had-given to-right-belonged and-very in unto-a-beholding-under-unto situating it-sured out of-the-one of-un-rummaged to-have-had-came-before, to-which and beside-to-an-affording-to it-latch-belonged-beside not having-been-un-sighted-unto to-the-one to-course-belonged.

Note: murder of Onias; Menelaus 2Ma 4:34-38.

4:34 om επι τον Ονιαν V | δεξιὰς θεὶς V | μεθ] μετ AV* | δεξιαν] δεξιας V | ασυλου] ασυλλου V | το δικαιον] τον δ. V

(172 B.C.)

2Ma 4:35 δι' ἣν αἰτίαν οὐ μόνον Ἰουδαῖοι, πολλοὶ δὲ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἐθνῶν ἐδείναζον καὶ ἐδυσφόρουν ἐπὶ τῷ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἀδίκῳ φόνῳ.

Through to-which to-an-appealing-unto not to-stayeed Iouda-belonged, much then-also and of-the-ones of-other of-placeedness-belongings-to they-were-diring-to and they-were-onerously-beareeing-unto upon unto-the-one of-the-one of-a-man unto-un-coursed unto-a-slayee.

4:35 φονου A

(172 B.C.)

2Ma 4:36 τοῦ δὲ βασιλέως ἐπανελθόντος ἀπὸ τῶν κατὰ Κιλικίαν τόπων, ἐνετύγχανον οἱ κατὰ πόλιν Ἰουδαῖοι, συνμισοπονηρούντων καὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων, ὑπὲρ τοῦ παρὰ λόγον τὸν Ὀνίαν ἀπεκτονῆσθαι.

Of-the-one then-also of-a-ruler-of of-having-had-came-up-upon off of-the-ones down to-a-Kilikia of-occasions, they-were-actuanating-in, the-ones down to-a-city Iouda-belonged of-en-necessitated-hating-together-unto and of-the-ones of-Hellên', over of-the-one beside to-a-forthee to-the-one to-an-Onias to-have-killed-off.

4:36 Κιλιαν V* (Κιλικιαν V1) | συμμισοπον. Va | απεκτονησθαι V] απεκτονησεν A

(172 B.C.)

2Ma 4:37 ψυχικῶς οὖν ὁ Ἀντίοχος ἐπιλυπηθεὶς καὶ τραπεὶς ἐπὶ ἔλεος, καὶ δακρύσας διὰ τὴν τοῦ μετηλλαχότος σωφροσύνην καὶ πολλὴν εὐταξίαν,

Unto-breath-belonged-of accordingly the-one an-Antiochos having-been-throed-unto and having-had-been-turned upon to-a-besectionateedness, and having-biten-tractanted through to-the-one of-the-one of-having-othered-with to-a-rational-centeringedness and to-much to-a-goodly-arranging-unto,

Note: to-a-besectionateedness : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc.

Note: having-biten-tractanted : i.e., shedding tears, usually from emotional "bite"; also, leaking sap.

4:37 υπολυπηθεις] επι λυπη λυπηθεις V | επι ελεος] υπ ελεους V

(172 B.C.)

2Ma 4:38 καὶ πυρωθεὶς τοῖς θυμοῖς, παραχρῆμα τὴν τοῦ Ἀνδρονίκου πορφύραν περιελόμενος καὶ τοὺς χιτῶνας περιρήξας, περιαγαγὼν καθ' ὅλην τὴν πόλιν ἐπ' αὐτὸν τὸν τόπον οὗπερ τὸν Ὀνίαν ἠσέβησεν, ἐκεῖ τὸν μιαιφόνον ἀπεκόσμησεν, τοῦ κυρίου τὴν ἀξίαν αὐτῷ κόλασιν ἀποδόντος.

and having-been-en-fired unto-the-ones unto-passions, beside-to-an-affording-to to-the-one of-the-one of-an-Andronikos to-a-flushedness having-had-sectioned-about and to-the-ones to-tunics having-en-bursted-about, having-had-led-about down to-whole to-the-one to-a-city upon to-it to-the-one to-an-occasion of-which-very to-the-one to-an-Onias it-un-revered-unto, thither to-the-one to-slayee-stain-belonged it-orderationed-off-unto, of-the-one of-Authority-belonged to-the-one to-deem-belonged unto-it to-a-stricturing of-having-had-given-off.

Note: to-a-flushedness : used to refer to a kind of mussel from the blueish-red dye it yields because of its flush of color visual affect, and to the dye itself; also used of clothing and adornments as assigned to the flushed color category, i.e. bright red to blueish-red.

4:38 Ανδρονιου A* (-νικου A1) | περιρρηξας V | την πολιν] om την V | κολασιν] κολασασιν A

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 4:39 Γενομένων δὲ πολλῶν ἱεροσυλημάτων κατὰ τὴν πόλιν ὑπὸ τοῦ Λυσιμάχου μετὰ τῆς τοῦ Μενελάου γνώμης, καὶ διαδοθείσης ἔξω τῆς φήμης, ἐπισυνήχθη τὸ πλῆθος ἐπὶ τὸν Λυσίμαχον, χρυσωμάτων ἤδη πολλῶν διενηνεγμένων.

Of-having-had-became then-also of-much of-sacred-rummagings-to down to-the-one to-a-city under of-the-one of-a-Lusimachos with of-the-one of-the-one of-a-Menelaos of-an-acquaintance, and of-having-been-given-through out-unto-which of-the-one of-a-declaring, it-was-led-together-upon the-one a-repleteedness upon to-the-one to-a-Lusimoachos, of-en-goldings-to which-then of-much of-having-had-come-to-be-beared-through.

Note: abuses in Judea; rise of Judas 2Ma 4:39-7:42.

4:39 ιεροσυληματων] Ιεροσολυμητων V* (-μιτων Va)

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 4:40 ἐπεγειρομένων δὲ τῶν ὄχλων καὶ ταῖς ὀργαῖς διεμπιπλαμένων, καθοπλίσας ὁ Λυσίμαχος πρὸς τρισχιλίους, κατήρξατο χειρῶν ἀδίκων, προηγησαμένου τινὸς Αὑρανοῦ προβεβηκότος τὴν ἡλικίαν, οὐδὲν δὲ ἧττον καὶ τὴν ἄνοιαν.

Of-being-roused-upon then-also of-the-ones of-crowds and unto-the-ones unto-stressings of-being-repleted-in-through, having-implemented-down-to, the-one a-Lusimachos, toward to-thrice-thousand, it-firsted-down of-hands of-un-coursed, of-having-led-before-unto of-a-one of-a-Hauranos of-having-had-come-to-step-before to-the-one to-a-staturing-unto, to-not-then-also-one then-also to-lessinged-of and to-the-one to-an-un-mulling-unto.

4:40 καθοπλησαμενος V* (καθοπλισαμ. Va) | Λυσιμαχος] + τους χιλιαρχους V | Αυρανου] + τυραννου V | την αγνοιαν] τη ανοια V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 4:41 συνιδόντες δὲ καὶ τὴν ἐπίθεσιν τοῦ Λυσιμάχου, συναρπάσαντες οἱ μὲν πέτρους, οἱ δὲ ξύλων πάχη, τινὲς δὲ ἐκ τῆς παρακειμένης σποδοῦ δρασσόμενοι, φύρδην ἐνετίνασσον εἰς τοὺς περὶ τὸν Λυσίμαχον.

Having-had-seen-together then-also and to-the-one to-a-placing-upon of-the-one of-a-Lusimachos, having-together-snatched-to, the-ones indeed, to-rocks, the-ones then-also, of-woods to-to-thickeednesses, ones then-also out of-the-one of-being-situated-beside of-an-ash grasping, to-a-jumbling they-were-jolting-in into to-the-ones about to-the-one to-a-Lusimachos.

4:41 συνειδοντες V* συνιδοντ. Va | ταχη ξυλων V | σποδου] εποδου A (sic) | Λυσιμαχον] + επιτιθεμενους V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 4:42 δι' ἣν αἰτίαν πολλοὺς μὲν αὐτῶν τραυματίας ἐποίησαν, τινὰς δὲ καὶ κατέβαλον, πάντας δὲ εἰς φυγὴν συνήλασαν, αὐτὸν δὲ τὸν ἱερόσυλον παρὰ τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον ἐχειρώσαντο.

Through to-which to-an-appealing-unto to-much indeed of-them to-wounded-belongers they-did-unto, to-a-one then-also and they-had-casted-down, to-all then-also into to-a-fleeing they-droved-together, to-it then-also to-the-one to-sacred-rummaged beside to-the-one to-a-treasure-guarderylet they-en-handed.

Note: they-droved-together : from ELAW; not contracted.

4:42 ην] η̅|ν V | κατεβαλον] pr και V | συνηλασον V | παρα] κατα V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 4:43 Περὶ δὲ τούτων ἐνέστη κρίσις ἐπὶ τὸν Μενέλαον.

About then-also of-the-ones-these it-had-stood-in, a-separating, upon to-the-one to-a-Menelaos.

4:43 om δε V | επι] προς V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 4:44 καταντήσαντος δὲ τοῦ βασιλέως εἰς Τύρον, ἐπ' αὐτοῦ τὴν δικαιολογίαν ἐποιήσαντο οἱ πεμφθέντες τρεῖς ἄνδρες ὑπὸ τῆς γερουσίας.

Of-having-down-ever-a-oned-unto then-also of-the-one of-a-ruler-of into to-a-Turos, upon of-it to-the-one to-a-course-belonged-fortheeing-unto they-did-unto, the-ones having-been-volleyed three men under of-the-one of-a-senioring-unto.

4:44 om εις Τυρον V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 4:45 ἤδη δὲ λελιμμένος ὁ Μενέλαος ἐπηγγείλατο χρήματα ἱκανὰ τῷ Πτολεμαίῳ Δορυμένους, πρὸς τὸ πεῖσαι τὸν βασιλέα.

Which-then then-also having-had-come-to-be-remaindered the-one a-Menelaos it-leadeeered-upon to-affordings-to to-ampled unto-the-one unto-a-Ptolemaios of-a-Dorumenês, toward to-the-one to-have-sured to-the-one to-a-ruler-of.

4:45 ηδη δε λελιμμ. ο Μενελαος] λελειμμενος δε ο Μ. ηδη V | Δορυμενου A δωρουμενος V | πεισαι] πεσαι A

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 4:46 ὅθεν ἀπολαβὼν ὁ Πτολεμαῖος εἴς τι περίστυλον ὡς ἀναψύχοντα τὸν βασιλέα μετέθηκεν.

Which-from having-had-taken-off, the-one a-Ptolemaios, into to-a-one to-pillared-about as to-breathing-up to-the-one to-a-ruler-of it-placed-with.

4:46 αναψυξοντα V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 4:47 καὶ τὸν μὲν τῆς ὅλης κακίας αἴτιον Μενέλαον ἀπέλυσεν τῶν κατηγορημένων, τοῖς δὲ ταλαιπώροις, οἵτινες εἰ καὶ ἐπὶ Σκυθῶν ἔλεγον ἀπελύθησαν ἀκατάγνωστοι, τούτοις θάνατον ἀπέκρινεν.

And to-the-one indeed of-the-one of-whole of-a-wedge-wedging-unto to-appeal-belonged to-a-Menelaos it-loosed-off of-the-ones of-having-had-come-to-be-lead-alongednessed-down-unto, unto-the-ones then-also unto-burden-dureeated, which-ones if and upon of-Skuthians they-were-forthing they-were-loosed-off un-acquainted-down, unto-the-ones-these to-a-death it-separated-off.

4:47 κατηγορουμενων V | ταγνωστοι τ. θ. απεκρ. evan in V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 4:48 ταχέως οὖν τὴν ἄδικον ζημίαν ὑπέσχον οἱ περὶ πόλεως καὶ δήμων καὶ τῶν ἱερῶν σκευῶν προηγορήσαντες.

Unto-quick accordingly to-the-one to-un-coursed to-a-damaging-unto they-had-held-under, the-ones about of-a-city and of-localities and of-the-ones of-sacred of-equipeednesses having-lead-alongednessed-before-unto.

4:48 δημου V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 4:49 δι' ἣν αἰτίαν καὶ Τύριοι μισοπονηρήσαντες τὰ πρὸς τὴν κηδίαν αὐτῶν μεγαλοπρεπῶς ἐχορήγησαν.

Through to-which to-an-appealing-unto and Turos-belonged having-en-necessitated-hated-unto to-the-ones toward to-the-one to-a-regarding-unto of-them unto-greatly-befittinged they-chorus-led-unto.

4:49 μισοπονηρησαντες V | κηδειαν. V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 4:50 ὁ δὲ Μενέλαος διὰ τὰς τῶν κρατούντων πλεονεξίας ἔμενεν ἐπὶ τῇ ἀρχῇ, ἐπιφυόμενος τῇ κακίᾳ, μέγας τῶν πολιτῶν ἐπίβουλος καθεστώς.

The-one then-also a-Menelaos through to-the-ones of-the-ones of-securing-unto to-holdings-beyond-unto it-was-staying upon unto-the-one unto-a-firsting, spawning-upon unto-the-one unto-a-wedge-wedging-unto, great of-the-ones of-city-belongers purposed-upon having-hath-had-come-to-stand-down.

4:50 επι] εν V | πολιτων (-λειτ. A)] πολεμιων V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 5:1 Περὶ δὲ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον τὴν δευτέραν ἄφοδον ὁ Ἀντίοχος εἰς Αἴγυπτον ἐστείλατο.

About then-also to-the-one to-a-time to-the-one-this to-the-one to-second to-a-way-off the-one an-Antiochos into to-an-Aiguptos it-set.

5:1 τον καιρον] των καιρων A* (ο bis sup ras Aa) | εφοδον V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 5:2 συνέβη δὲ καθ' ὅλην τὴν πόλιν σχεδὸν ἐφ' ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα φαίνεσθαι διὰ τῶν ἀέρων τρέχοντας ἱππεῖς διαχρύσους στολὰς ἔχοντας, καὶ λόγχας σπειρηδὸν ἐξωπλισμένους,

It-had-stepped-together then-also down to-whole to-the-one to-a-city to-holdened upon to-dayednesses to-forty to-be-manifested through of-the-ones of-airs to-circuiting to-horsers-of to-goldened-through to-seteeings to-holding, and to-lancings to-whorledly to-having-had-come-to-implement-out-to,

5:2 εφ ημερας τεσσερακοντα A εφ ημ. τεσσαρακ. V | διατρεχοντας V | εξοπλ. V*

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 5:3 καὶ μαχαιρῶν σπασμούς, καὶ εἴλας ἵππων διατεταγμένας, καὶ προσβολὰς γινομένας καὶ καταδρομὰς ἑκατέρων, καὶ ἀσπίδων κινήσεις, καὶ καμάκων πλήθη, καὶ βελῶν βολάς, καὶ χρυσέων κόσμων ἐκλάμψεις, καὶ παντοίους θωρακισμούς.

and of-battle-section-alongednesses to-drawings-of, and to-curlings of-horses to-having-had-come-to-be-arranged-through, and to-castings-toward to-becoming and to-circuitings-down of-more-each, and of-spar-alongs to-movings, and of-posts to-repleteednesses, and of-casteednesses to-castings, and of-golden of-orderations to-lampings-out, and to-all-belonged to-cuirassings-to-of.

Note: of-spar-alongs : used of shields and asps.

5:3 ελας] ιλας V | καταδρομας] δρομας sup ras A1 | καματων] καμακων V | παντοιους θωρακισμους] παντοιοις τεθωρακισμενοις V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 5:4 διὸ πάντες ἠξίουν ἐπ' ἀγαθῷ τὴν ἐπιφανίαν γεγενῆσθαι.

Through-to-which all they-were-en-deem-belonging upon unto-excess-placed to-the-one to-a-manifesting-upon-unto to-have-had-come-to-become.

5:4 επιφανειαν Va | γεγενησθαι] γενεσθαι V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 5:5 Γενομένης δὲ λαλιᾶς ψευδοῦς, ὡς μετηλλαχότος Ἀντιόχου τὸν βίον, παραλαβὼν ὁ Ἰάσων οὐκ ἐλάττους τῶν χιλίων, ἐφνιδίως ἐπὶ τὴν πόλιν συνετελέσατο ἐπίθεσιν· τῶν δὲ ἐπὶ τῷ τείχει συνελασθέντων, καὶ τέλος ἤδη καταλαμβανομένης τῆς πόλεως, ὁ Μενέλαος εἰς τὴν ἀκρόπολιν ἐφυγάδευσεν.

Of-having-had-became then-also of-a-speaking-unto of-falsinged, as of-having-had-come-to-other-with of-an-Antiochos to-the-one to-a-dureeation, having-had-taken-beside, the-one an-Iasôn, not to-lackinged-of of-the-ones of-thousand, unto-un-manifest-belonged upon to-the-one to-a-city it-finished-together-unto to-a-placing-upon; of-the-ones then-also upon unto-the-one unto-a-lineationeedness of-having-been-driven-together, and to-a-finisheedness which-then of-being-casted-down of-the-one of-a-city, the-one a-Menelaos into to-the-one to-an-extremitied-city it-flee-hithered-of.

5:5 μετηλλαχοντος A μετηλαχοτος V | συνετελεσατο] συνεστησατο V | εφυγαδευσεν] εφυγεν V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 5:6 ὁ δὲ Ἰάσων ἐποιεῖτο σφαγὰς τῆς πόλεως τῶν ἰδίων ἀφειδῶς, οὐ συννοῶν τὴν εἰς τοὺς συγγενεῖς εὐημερίαν δυσημερίαν εἶναι τὴν μεγίστην, δοκῶν δὲ πολεμίων καὶ οὐχ ὁμοεθνῶν τρόπαια καταβάλλεσθαι.

The-one then-also an-Iasôn it-was-doing-unto to-slaughterings of-the-one of-a-city of-the-ones of-private-belonged unto-un-spared, not en-mulling-together-unto to-the-one into to-the-ones to-together-becominged to-a-goodly-daying-unto to-an-onerous-daying-unto to-be to-the-one to-most-great, thinking-unto then-also of-war-belonged and not of-placeedness-belonging-to-alonginged to-turnlets to-cast-down.

Note: to-turnlets : used to refer to trophies from a favorous turn in battle, usually made from the booty.

5:6 της πολεως] των πολιτων V | ου συννοων] ουκ εννοων V | τους συγγ.] την συγγ. (sic) A | δε 2° seq ras 2 ut vid litt in A

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 5:7 τῆς μὲν ἀρχῆς οὐκ ἐκράτησεν, τὸ δὲ τέλος τῆς ἐπιβουλῆς αἰσχύνην λαβών, φυγὰς πάλιν εἰς τὴν Ἀμμανῖτιν παρῆλθεν.

Of-the-one indeed of-a-firsting not it-secured-unto, to-the-one then-also to-a-finisheedness of-the-one of-a-purposing-upon to-a-shamening having-had-taken, to-fleeings unto-furthered into to-the-one to-an-Ammanitis it-had-came-beside.

5:7 Αμανιτην V* | παρηλθεν] απηλθεν V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 5:8 πέρας οὖν κακῆς καταστροφῆς ἔτυχεν, ἐγκλεισθεὶς πρὸς Ἀρέταν τὸν τῶν Ἀράβων τύραννον, πόλιν ἐκ πόλεως φεύγων, διωκόμενος ὑπὸ πάντων, στυγούμενος ὡς τῶν νόμων ἀποστάτης καὶ βδελυσσόμενος ὡς πατρίδος καὶ πολιτῶν δήμιος, εἰς Αἴγυπτον ἐξεβράσθη.

Of-across accordingly of-wedge-wedged of-a-beturning-down it-had-actuanated, having-been-latch-belonged-in toward to-an-Aretas to-the-one of-the-ones of-Arabians to-a-tyrant, to-a-city out of-a-city fleeing, being-pursued under of-all, being-hostiled-unto as of-the-ones of-parcelees a-stander-off and being-abhorrered as of-a-fathering and of-city-belongers locality-belonged, into to-an-Aiguptos it-was-out-spumed-to.

5:8 ετυχεν] ελαβεν V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 5:9 ὁ συχνοὺς τῆς πατρίδος ἀποξενώσας ἐπὶ ξένης ἀπώλετο, πρὸς Λακεδαιμονίους ἀναχθείς, ὡς διὰ τὴν συγγενίαν τευξόμενος σκέπης·

The-one to-many of-the-one of-a-fathering having-en-guested-off upon of-guested it-had-destructed-off, toward to-Lakedaimôn-belonged having-been-led-up, as through to-the-one to-a-together-becoming-unto shall-having-actuated of-a-covering;

5:9 ο συχνους (συνχν. A)] pr και V | πατριδος] pr οικειας V | απολετο V* | Λακαιδαιμ. A | αναχθεις] αναδιχθεις V* (-δειχθ. Va) | συγγενειαν Va | σκεηης (sic) V* (σκεπης V1?)

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 5:10 καὶ ὁ πλῆθος ἀτάφων ἐκρίψας ἀπένθητος ἐγενήθη, καὶ κηδίας οὐδ' ἥστινος οὔτε πατρῴου νόμου μετέσχεν.

and the-one to-a-repleteedness of-un-buriaged having-flung-out un-grieved it-was-became, and of-a-regarding-unto not-then-also of-which-a-one not-also of-en-fathered of-a-parcelee it-had-held-with.

5:10 αταφον V | απενθητος εγενηθη] αταφος γενηθεις V | κηδειας V | ητινος V | ουτε] ουδε V | νομου] ταφου V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 5:11 Προσπεσόντων δὲ τῷ βασιλεῖ περὶ τῶν γεγονότων, διέλαβεν ἀποστάτιν τὴν Ἰουδαίαν· ὅθεν ἀναζεύξας ἐξ Αἰγύπτου τεθηριωμένος τῇ ψυχῇ, ἔλαβεν τὴν μὲν πόλιν δοριάλωτον.

Of-having-had-fallen-toward then-also unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of about of-the-ones of-having-hath-had-come-to-become, it-had-taken-through to-a-standress-off to-the-one to-an-Ioudaia; which-from having-en-coupled-up out of-an-Aiguptos having-had-come-to-be-en-beast-belonged unto-the-one unto-a-breathing, it-had-taken to-the-one indeed to-a-city to-shank-captured.

5:11 αποστατειν V | την ψυχην | δορυαλωτον Va

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 5:12 καὶ ἐκέλευσεν τοῖς στρατιώταις κόπτειν ἀφειδῶς τοὺς ἐνπίπτοντας, καὶ τοὺς ἐν ταῖς οἰκίαις ἀναβαίνοντας κατασφάζειν.

And it-bade-of unto-the-ones unto-amass-belongers to-fell unto-un-spared to-the-ones to-falling-in, and to-the-ones in unto-the-ones unto-housings-unto to-stepping-up to-down-slaughter-to.

5:12 εμπιπτοντας V | εν ταις οικιαις] εις τας οικειας V | κατασφαζειν] κατασφαττειν V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 5:13 ἐγίνετο δὲ νέων καὶ πρεσβυτέρων ἀναίρεσις, ἀνήβων τε καὶ γυναικῶν καὶ τέκνων ἀφανισμός, παρθένων τε καὶ νηπίων σφαγαί.

It-was-becoming then-also of-new and of-more-eldered a-sectioning-along-up, of-un-attained-up also and of-women and of-creationees an-un-manifesting-to-of, of-maidens also and of-non-word-belonged slaughterings.

Note: of-un-attained-up : used to refer to not having attained maturity, manhood, etc.

Note: of-non-word-belonged : used to refer to unlearned in words, to baby talk, to infants, etc.

5:13 εγινετο] εγινοντο V | om ανηβων τε και V | γυναικων] + τε V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 5:14 ὀκτὼ δὲ μυριάδες ἐν ταῖς πάσαις ἡμέραις τρισὶν κατεφθάρησαν, τέσσαρες μὲν ἐν χειρῶν νόμοις, οὐχ ἧττον δὲ τῶν ἐσφαγμένων ἐπράθησαν.

Eight then-also myriads in unto-the-ones unto-all unto-dayednesses unto-three they-were-degraded-down, four indeed in of-hands unto-parcelees, not lessinged-of then-also of-the-ones of-having-had-come-to-be-slaughtered-to they-were-en-acrossated.

5:14 τεσσαρες] τεσσερας A* vid (α I° sup ras Aa) | νομαις V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 5:15 οὐκ ἀρκεσθεὶς δὲ τούτοις, κατετόλμησεν εἰς τὸ πάσης τῆς γῆς ἁγιώτατον ἱερὸν εἰσελθεῖν, ὁδηγὸν ἔχων τὸν Μενέλαον, τὸν καὶ τῶν νόμων καὶ τῆς πατρίδος προδότην γεγονότα,

Not having-been-lift-belonged-of-unto then-also unto-the-ones-these, it-down-ventured-unto into to-the-one of-all of-the-one of-a-soil to-most-hallow-belonged to-sacred to-have-had-came-into, to-a-way-leader holding to-the-one to-a-Menelaos, to-the-one and of-the-ones of-parcelees and of-the-one of-a-fathering to-a-giver-before to-having-hath-had-come-to-become,

5:15 τον Μεν.] om τον V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 5:16 καὶ ταῖς μιεραῖς χερσὶν τὰ ἱερὰ σκεύη λαμβάνων, καὶ τὰ ὑπὸ πολλῶν βασιλέων ἀνατεθέντα πρὸς αὔξησιν καὶ δόξαν τοῦ τόπου καὶ τιμήν, ταῖς βεβήλοις χερσὶν συνσύρων.

and unto-the-ones unto-stained unto-hands to-the-ones to-sacred to-equipeednesses taking, and to-the-ones under of-much of-rulers-of to-having-been-placed-up toward to-a-largening and to-a-reckonedness of-the-one of-an-occasion and to-a-valuation, unto-the-ones unto-step-stepped-of unto-hands dragging-together.

Note: unto-step-stepped-of : used to refer to commonly allowable to be trodden or of a person overstepping what is allowable.

5:16 μιαραις V | χερσι bis Va | υπο πολλων] πολλ sup ras Aa υπ αλλων V | ανασταθεντα] ανατεθημενα V* (ανατεθειμ. Va) | συνσυρω (ad fin lin) A

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 5:17 καὶ ἐμετεωρίζετο τὴν διάνοιαν ὁ Ἀντίοχος, οὐ συνορῶν ὅτι διὰ τὰς ἁμαρτίας τῶν τὴν πόλιν οἰκούντων ἀπώργισται βραχέως ὁ δεσπότης, διὸ γέγονεν περὶ τὸν τόπον παρόρασις.

And it-was-lift-houring-with-to to-the-one to-an-en-mulling-through-unto, the-one an-Antiochos, not together-seeeeing-unto to-which-a-one through to-the-ones to-un-adjustings-along-unto of-the-ones to-the-one to-a-city of-housing-unto it-had-come-to-be-stressed-off-to unto-short the-one a-Bind-doer, through-to-which it-hath-had-come-to-become about to-the-one to-an-occasion a-seeeeing-beside.

5:17 μετεωριζετο V | διο] δι αις V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 5:18 εἰ δὲ μὴ συνέβη προσενέχεσθαι πολλοῖς ἁμαρτήμασιν, καθάπερ ἦν ὁ Ἡλιόδωρος ὁ πεμφθεὶς ὑπὸ Σελεύκου τοῦ βασιλέως ἐπὶ τὴν ἐπίσκεψιν τοῦ γαζοφυλακίου, οὗτος προαχθεὶς παραχρῆμα μαστιγωθεὶς ἀνετράπη τοῦ θράσους.

If then-also lest it-had-stepped-together to-have-had-come-to-be-beared-toward unto-much unto-un-adjustings-along-to, down-to-which-very it-was the-one a-Hêliodôros the-one having-been-volleyed under of-a-Seleukos of-the-one of-a-ruler-of upon to-the-one to-a-scouting-upon of-the-one of-a-treasure-guarderylet, the-one-this having-been-led-before beside-to-an-affording-to having-been-en-thrashed it-had-been-turned-up of-the-one of-a-boldeedness;

5:18 συνεβαινεν V | προενεχεσθαι V | αμαρτημασι Va | om ην ο V | Ιλιοδωρος V | ουτος] και αυτος V | om προαχθεις V | ανετραπη] + αν V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 5:19 ἀλλ' οὐ διὰ τὸν τόπον τὸ ἔθνος, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ ἔθνος τὸν τόπον ὁ κύριος ἐξελέξατο.

other not through to-the-one to-an-occasion to-the-one to-a-placeedness-belonging-to, other through to-the-one to-a-placeedness-belonging-to to-the-one to-an-occasion the-one Authority-belonged it-forthed-out;

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 5:20 διόπερ καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ τόπος συνμετασχὼν τοῦ ἔθνους δυσπετημάτων γενομένων, ὕστερον εὐεργετημάτων ἐκοινώνησεν· καὶ ὁ καταληφθεὶς ἐν τῇ τοῦ παντοκράτορος ὀργῇ, πάλιν ἐν τῇ τοῦ μεγάλου δεσπότου καταλλαγῇ μετὰ πάσης δόξης ἐπανωρθώθη.

through-to-which-very and it the-one an-occasion having-had-held-with-together of-the-one of-a-placeedness-belonging-to of-onerous-fallings-to of-having-had-became, to-latter of-goodly-workings-to it-en-together-belonged-to-unto; and the-one having-been-taken-down in unto-the-one of-the-one of-an-All-Securer unto-a-stressing, unto-furthered in unto-the-one of-the-one of-great of-a-Bind-doer unto-an-othering-down with of-all of-a-reckonedness it-was-en-straightly-jutted-up-upon.

5:20 συμμετασχων V | του εθνους] pr των V | εκοινωνησαν A | καταλημφθης V* (-ληφθεις Va) | επανορθωθη V*

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 5:21 Ὁ οὖν Ἀντίοχος ὀκτακόσια πρὸς τοῖς χιλίοις ἀπενεγκάμενος ἐκ τοῦ ἱεροῦ τάλαντα θᾶττον εἰς τὴν Ἀντιοχίαν ἐχωρίσθη, οἰόμενος ἀπὸ τῆς ὑπερηφανίας τὴν μὲν γῆν πλωτὴν καὶ τὸ πέλαγος πορευτὸν θέσθαι, διὰ τὸν μετεωρισμὸν τῆς καρδίας.

The-one accordingly an-Antiochos to-eight-hundred toward unto-the-ones unto-thousand having-beared-off out of-the-one of-sacred to-talantons to-quickinged-of into to-the-one to-an-Antiochia it-was-spaced-to, which-belonging off of-the-one of-a-manifesting-over-unto to-the-one indeed to-a-soil to-floated and to-the-one to-a-vasteedness to-traversable-of to-have-had-placed, through to-the-one to-a-lift-houring-with-to-of of-the-one of-a-heart.

Note: of-an-Antiochia in 01 02 : to-an-Antiocheia is correct as in NT; primitive assimilation.

Note: to-a-vasteedness : i.e. of the ocean.

5:21 ο ουν] ο γ ουν (sic) V | Αντιοχειαν V | απο] υπο V | γην πλωτην] την πρωτην A

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 5:22 κατέλειπεν δὲ καὶ ἐπιστάτας τοῦ κακοῦν τὸ γένος, ἐν μὲν Ἰεροσολύμοις Φίλιππον τὸ μὲν γένος Φρύγα, τὸν δὲ τρόπον βαρβαρώτερον ἔχοντα τοῦ καταστήσαντος·

It-was-remaindering-down then-also and to-standers-upon of-the-one to-en-wedge-wedge to-the-one to-a-becomeedness, in indeed unto-Ierosoluma' to-a-Filippos to-the-one indeed to-a-becomeedness to-a-Frugian, to-the-one then-also to-a-turn to-more-aliened to-holding of-the-one of-having-stood-down;

5:22 Φιλιππον . . . γενος] ιππον το μεν γεν|ος sup ras et in mg Aa

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 5:23 ἐν δὲ Γαριζεὶν Ἀνδρόνικον· πρὸς δὲ τούτοις Μενέλαος χείριστα τῶν ἄλλων ὑπερῄρετο τοῖς πολίταις, ἀπεχθῆ δὲ πρὸς τοὺς πολίτας Ἰουδαίους ἔχων διάθεσιν.

in then-also unto-a-Garizein to-an-Andronikos; toward then-also unto-the-ones-these a-Menelaos to-most-worsinged-of of-the-ones of-other it-was-being-lifted-over unto-the-ones unto-city-belongers, to-enmityinged-off then-also toward to-the-ones to-city-belongers to-Iouda-belonged holding to-a-placing-through.

5:23 Γαριζιν V | Μενελαος] Μενελαον· ος V | χειριστας A | υπερηρετο] υπερηρτο V | απεχθη (απηχθη A) . . . διαθεσιν] εχων δε προς τους Ιουδαιους διαθεσιν απεχθη V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 5:24 ἔπεμψεν δὲ τὸν μυσάρχην Ἀπολλώνιον μετὰ στρατεύματος, δισμυρίους δὲ τοῖς δισχιλίοις, προστάξας τοὺς ἐν ἡλικίᾳ πάντας κατασφάξαι, τὰς δὲ γυναῖκας καὶ τοὺς νεωτέρους πωλεῖν.

It-volleyed then-also to-the-one to-a-foulness-firster to-an-Apollônios with of-an-amassing-to, to-twice-myriaded then-also unto-the-ones unto-twice-thousand, having-arranged-toward to-the-ones in unto-a-staturing-unto to-all to-have-down-slaughtered-to, to-the-ones then-also to-women and to-the-ones to-more-new to-traffick-unto.

5:24 om δε I° V | τοις δισχιλιοις] προς τοις χιλιοις V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 5:25 οὗτος δὲ παραγενόμενος εἰς Ἰεροσόλυμα καὶ τὸν εἰρηνικὸν ὑποκριθείς, ἐπέσχεν ἕως τῆς ἁγίας ἡμέρας τοῦ σαββάτου· καὶ λαβὼν ἀργοῦντας τοὺς Ἰουδαίους τοῖς ὑφ' ἑαυτὸν ἐξοπλησίαν παρήγγειλεν.

The-one-this then-also having-had-became-beside into to-Ierosoluma' and to-the-one to-joinify-belonged-of having-been-separated-under, it-had-held-upon unto-if-which of-the-one of-hallow-belonged of-a-dayedness of-the-one of-a-sabbath; and having-had-taken to-un-working-unto to-the-ones to-Iouda-belonged unto-the-ones under to-self to-an-implementing-out-unto it-leadeeered-beside.

5:25 εξοπλησιν V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 5:26 καὶ τοὺς ἐλθόντας πάντας ἐπὶ τὴν θεωρίαν συνεξεκέντησεν, καὶ εἰς τὴν πόλιν σὺν τοῖς ὅπλοις εἰσδραμὼν ἱκανὰ κατέστησεν πλήθη.

And to-the-ones to-having-had-came to-all upon to-the-one to-a-surveiling-unto it-pricked-out-together-unto, and into to-the-one to-a-city together unto-the-ones unto-implements having-had-circuited-into to-ampled it-stood-down to-a-repleteedness.

5:26 ελθοντας] εξελθοντας V | θεωριαν] θεαν V | συνεκεντησεν V | εισδραμων] δραμων V | κατεστησεν] κατεστρωσεν V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 5:27 Ἰούδας δὲ ὁ καὶ Μακκαβαῖος, δέκατός που γενηθεὶς καὶ ἀναχωρήσας, ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσιν θηρίων τρόπον διέζη σὺν τοῖς μετ' αὐτοῦ· καὶ τὴν χορτώδη τροφὴν σιτούμενοι διετέλουν, πρὸς τὸ μὴ μετασχεῖν τοῦ μολυσμοῦ.

An-Ioudas then-also the-one and Makkaba-belonged, tenth of-whither having-been-became and having-spaced-up-unto, in unto-the-ones unto-jutteednesses of-beastlets to-a-turn it-had-been-through-lifed-unto together unto-the-ones with of-it; and to-the-one to-victulage-seen to-a-nourishing being-grained-unto they-were-finishing-through-unto, toward to-the-one lest to-have-had-held-with of-the-one of-a-sullying-of.

5:27 γεννηθεις A | αναχωρησας] + εις την ερημον V | εν τοις ορεσιν θηριων τροπον] κτηνων βιον εν τοις ορ. V | τροφην] ο sup ras Aa

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 6:1 Μετ' οὐ πολὺν δὲ χρόνον ἐξαπέστειλεν ὁ βασιλεὺς γέροντα Ἀθηναῖον, ἀναγκάζειν τοὺς Ἰουδαίους μεταβαίνειν ἀπὸ τῶν πατρίων νόμων, καὶ τοῖς τοῦ θεοῦ νόμοις μὴ πολιτεύεσθαι·

With not to-much then-also to-a-while it-set-off-out, the-one a-ruler-of, to-a-senior to-Athênê-belonged, to-up-arm-to to-the-ones to-Iouda-belonged to-step-with off of-the-ones of-father-belonged of-parcelees, and unto-the-ones of-the-one of-a-Deity unto-parcelees lest to-citizen-of;

6:1 εξαπεστειλεν] απεστειλεν V | νομοις] νομου A

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 6:2 μολῦναι δὲ καὶ τὸν ἐν Ἰεροσολύμοις νεὼ καὶ προσονομάσαι Διὸς Ὀλυμπίου, καὶ τὸν ἐν Γαριζείν, καθὼς ἐτύγχανον οἱ τὸν τόπον οἰκοῦντες, Διὸς ξενίου.

to-have-sullied then-also and to-the-one in unto-Ierosoluma' to-a-temple and to-have-toward-named-to of-a-Zeus of-Olumpia-belonged, and to-the-one in unto-a-Garizein, down-as they-were-actuanating, the-ones to-the-one to-an-occasion housing-unto, of-a-Zeus of-guest-belonged.

6:2 νεων V | Γαριζει ÅV | οικουντες] κατοικουντες V | Διος ξενιου] Διοξενιου A

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 6:3 χαλεπὴ δὲ καὶ τοῖς ὅλοις ἦν δυσχερὴς ἡ ἐπίστασις τῆς κακίας.

Harrowed then-also and unto-the-ones unto-whole it-was onerously-handinged the-one a-standing-upon of-the-one of-a-wedge-wedging-unto.

6:3 επιτασις Va

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 6:4 τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἱερὸν ἀσωτίας καὶ κώμων ὑπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν ἐπεπληροῦτο ῥᾳθυμούντων μεθ' ἑταιρῶν, καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς περιβόλων γυναιξὶ πλησιαζόντων, ἔτι δὲ τὰ μὴ καθήκοντα ἔνδον εἰσφερόντων.

The-one indeed too-thus sacred of-an-un-saving-unto and of-carousings under of-the-ones of-placeedness-belongings-to it-was-being-en-filled-upon of-lolling-unto with of-comradednesses, and in unto-the-ones unto-sacred of-castees-about unto-women of-nigh-belonging-to, if-to-a-one then-also to-the-ones lest to-arriving-down to-given-in of-bearing-into.

Note: of-castees-about : a walled perimeter.

6:4 επεπληρουτο] πεπληρωτο V | εταιρων (? ἑταίρων)] ετερων ÅV | περιβολοις V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 6:5 τὸ δὲ θυσιαστήριον τοῖς ἀποδιεσταλμένοις ἀπὸ τῶν νόμων ἀθεμίτοις ἐπεπλήρωτο.

The-one then-also a-surgerlet unto-the-ones unto-having-had-come-to-be-set-through-off off of-the-ones of-parcelees unto-un-placeed it-had-come-to-have-been-en-filled-upon.

Note: unto-un-placeed : refers to something unlawful.

6:5 αποδιεσταλμενων A

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 6:6 ἦν δ' οὔτε σαββατίζειν, οὔτε πατρῴους ἑορτὰς διαφυλάττειν, οὔτε ἁπλῶς Ἰουδαῖον ὁμολογεῖν εἶναι.

It-was then-also not-also to-sabbath-to, not-also to-en-father-belonged to-festivals to-guarder-through, not-also unto-folded-along to-Iouda-belonged to-along-forthee-unto to-be.

6:6 πατρο|ους Afort πατριους V | ουτε 3°] ουδ V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 6:7 ἦγον δὲ μετὰ πικρᾶς ἀνάγκης εἰς τὴν κατὰ μῆνα τοῦ βασιλέως γενέθλιον ἡμέραν ἐπὶ σπλαγχνισμόν· γενομένης δὲ Διονυσίων ἑορτῆς ἠναγκάζοντο κισσοὺς ἔχοντες πομπεύειν τῷ Διονύσῳ.

They-were-leading then-also with of-bittered of-an-arming-up into to-the-one down to-a-month of-the-one of-a-ruler-of to-becomeednessed-belonged to-a-dayedness upon to-a-boweling-to-of; of-becoming then-also of-Dionusia' of-a-festival they-were-up-arming-to to-ivies holding to-volleyee-of unto-the-one unto-a-Dionusos.

6:7 ηγον] ηγοντο V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 6:8 ψήφισμα δὲ ἐξέπεσεν εἰς τὰς ἀστυγείτονας Ἑλληνίδας πόλεις, Πτολεμαίου ὑποθεμένου, τὴν αὐτὴν ἀγωγὴν κατὰ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἄγειν καὶ σπλαγχνίζειν,

A-pebbling-to then-also it-had-fallen-out into to-the-ones to-town-soilinged-of to-Hellênis' to-cities, of-a-Ptolemaios of-having-placed-under, to-the-one to-it to-a-leading down of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged to-lead and to-bowel-to,

6:8 αστυγειτονας] αστυγεις A | om Ελληνιδας V | πολις Πτολεμαιου· (sic) A π. Πτολεμαιος V* vid (-ου V1)

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 6:9 τοὺς δὲ μὴ προαιρουμένους μεταβαίνειν ἐπὶ τὰ Ἑλληνικὰ κατασφάζειν. παρῆν οὖν ὁρᾷν τὴν ἐνεστῶσαν ταλαιπωρίαν.

to-the-ones then-also lest to-sectioning-along-before-unto to-step-with upon to-the-ones to-Hellên-belonged-of to-down-slaughter-to. It-was-being-beside accordingly to-seeee-unto to-the-one to-having-had-come-to-stand-in to-a-burden-callousing-unto.

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 6:10 δύο γὰρ γυναῖκες ἀνήχθησαν περιτετμηκυῖαι τὰ τέκνα· τούτων δὲ ἐκ τῶν μαστῶν κρεμάσαντες τὰ βρέφη, καὶ δημοσίᾳ περιαγαγόντες αὐτὰς τὴν πόλιν, κατὰ τοῦ τείχους ἐκρήμνισαν.

Two too-thus women they-were-led-up having-had-come-to-cut-about to-the-ones to-creationees; of-the-ones-these then-also out of-the-ones of-breasts having-hanged-unto to-the-ones to-babes, and unto-locality-belonged having-had-led-about to-them to-the-one to-a-city, down of-the-one of-a-lineationeedness they-precipiced-to.

6:10 ανηχθησαν] ανηνεχθησαν V | εκ των μαστων κρεμασαντες] εκκρεμασαντων εκ τ. μ. V | αγαγοντες V | εκρημνησαν V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 6:11 ἕτεροι δὲ πλησίον συνδραμόντες εἰς τὰ σπήλαια λεληθότως ἄγειν τὴν ἑβδομάδα, μηνυθέντες τῷ Φιλίππῳ συνεφλογίσθησαν, διὰ τὸ εὐλαβῶς ἔχειν βοηθῆσαι αὑτοῖς κατὰ δόξαν τῆς σεμνοτάτης ἡμέρας.

Different then-also to-nigh-belonged having-had-circuited-together into to-the-ones to-cavelets unto-having-had-come-to-seclude to-lead to-the-one to-a-seven, having-been-en-memoried unto-the-one unto-a-Filippos they-were-blazed-together-to, through to-the-one unto-goodly-taken to-hold to-have-holler-ran-unto unto-themselves down to-a-reckonedness of-the-one of-most-solemn of-a-dayedness.

6:11 αυτοις] εαυτοις V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 6:12 Παρακαλῶ οὖν τοὺς ἐντυγχάνοντας τῇδε τῇ βίβλῳ μὴ συστέλλεσθαι διὰ τὰς συμφοράς, λογίζεσθαι δὲ τὰς τιμωρίας μὴ πρὸς ὄλεθρον, ἀλλὰ πρὸς παιδίαν τοῦ γένους ἡμῶν εἶναι.

I-call-beside-unto accordingly to-the-ones to-actuanating-in unto-the-one-then-also unto-the-one unto-a-paper lest to-be-set-together through to-the-ones to-bearednesses-together, to-be-fortheed-to then-also to-the-ones to-value-wardings-unto lest toward to-an-en-destructing, other toward to-a-childing-unto of-the-one of-a-becomeedness of-us to-be.

6:12 ουν] δε V | παιδειαν Va

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 6:13 καὶ γὰρ τὸ μὴ πολὺν χρόνον ἐᾶσθαι τοὺς δυσσεβοῦντας, ἀλλ' εὐθέως περιπίπτειν τοῖς ἐπιτίμοις, μεγάλης εὐεργεσίας σημεῖόν ἐστιν.

And too-thus the-one lest to-much to-a-while to-be-letted-unto to-the-ones to-onerously-revering-unto, other unto-straight to-fall-about unto-the-ones unto-valued-upon, of-great of-a-goodly-working-unto a-signlet-of it-be.

6:13 πολυν] + ειναι V | τοις επιτιμοις] επιτιμιοις V | ευγεργεσιας (sic) V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 6:14 οὐ γὰρ καθάπερ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἐθνῶν ἀναμένει μακροθυμῶν ὁ δεσπότης μέχρι τοῦ καταντήσαντας αὐτοὺς πρὸς ἐκπλήρωσιν ἁμαρτιῶν κολάσῃ, οὕτως καὶ ἐφ' ἡμῶν ἔκρινεν εἶναι·

Not too-thus down-to-which-very and upon of-the-ones of-other of-placeedness-belongings-to it-stayeth-up en-long-passioning-unto, the-one a-Bind-doer, unto-lest-whilst of-the-one to-having-down-ever-a-oned-unto to-them toward to-an-en-filling-out of-un-adjusting-alongs-unto it-might-have-strictured-to, unto-the-one-this and upon of-us it-separated to-be;

6:14 καταντησαντος A καταναντησαντας V | κολασει Va | om ειναι V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 6:15 ἵνα μὴ πρὸς τέλος ἀφικομένων ἡμῶν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ὕστερον ἡμᾶς ἐκδικᾷ.

so lest toward to-a-finisheedness of-having-had-tracked-off-unto of-us of-the-ones of-un-adjustings-along-unto to-latter to-us it-might-out-course-unto.

6:15 εκδικη V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 6:16 διόπερ οὐδέποτε μὲν τὸν ἔλεον ἀφ' ἡμῶν ἀφίστησιν· παιδεύων δὲ μετὰ συμφορᾶς οὐκ ἐνκαταλείπει τὸν ἑαυτοῦ λαόν.

Through-to-which-every not-then-also-whither-also indeed to-the-one to-a-besectionation off of-us it-standeth-off; childing-of then-also with of-a-beareeedness-together not it-remaindereth-down-in to-the-one of-self to-a-people.

Note: to-a-besectionation : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc., as having been applied.

6:16 αφ υμων τον ελεον V | εγκαταλειπει V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 6:17 πλὴν ἕως ὑπομνήσεως ταῦθ' ἡμῖν εἰρήσθω· δι' ὀλίγων δὲ ἐλευστέον ἐπὶ τὴν διήγησιν.

To-beyond unto-if-which of-a-memorying-under the-ones-these unto-us it-should-have-had-come-to-be-said; through of-little then-also comeable upon to-the-one to-a-beleading-through.

6:17 ταυτ AV

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 6:18 Ἐλεάζαρός τις τῶν πρωτευόντων γραμματέων, ἀνὴρ ἤδη προβεβηκὼς τὴν ἡλικίαν καὶ τὴν πρόσοψιν τοῦ προσώπου κάλλιστος, ἀναχαίνων ἠναγκάζετο φαγεῖν ὕειον κρέας.

An-Eleazaros a-one of-the-ones of-most-beforing-of of-scribing-toers-of, a-man which-then having-had-come-to-step-before to-the-one to-a-staturing-unto and to-the-one to-a-beholding-toward of-the-one of-looked-toward of-most-seemly, having-had-gaped-up it-was-being-up-armed-to to-have-had-devoured to-swine-belonged to-a-meat.

6:18 Ελεαζαρος] + δε V | την προσοψιν] om την V* (hab V1) | om αναχαινων V | υειον] υιον AV*

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 6:19 ὁ δὲ τὸν μετ' εὐκλείας θάνατον μᾶλλον ἢ τὸν μετὰ μύσους βίον ἀναδεξάμενος αὐθαιρέτως ἐπὶ τὸ τύμπανον προσῆγεν,

The-one then-also to-the-one with of-a-goodly-reporting-of to-a-death more-such or to-the-one with of-foulness to-a-dureeation having-receiving-up unto-self-sectioned-along upon to-the-one to-racked-of it-was-leading-toward,

6:19 ευκλιας AV* | προσηγεν] προσηγετο V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 6:20 προπτύσας δέ, καθ' ὃν ἔδει τρόπον προσέρχεσθαι τοὺς ὑπομένοντας ἀμύνασθαι ὧν οὐ θέμις γεύσασθαι διὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸ ζῇν φιλοστοργίαν.

having-spewed-before then-also down to-which it-was-binding to-a-turn to-come-toward to-the-ones to-staying-under to-have-heedened of-which not a-placeeing to-have-tasted through to-the-one toward to-the-one to-life-unto to-an-affection-caring-unto.

Note: to-have-heedened : from Greek ANUMW; Active voice is to give heed, i.e. come to aid or defense, Middle voice is to cause the Object to heed to the purpose of the Subject, i.e. to various degrees of purpose from fending off to avenging upon, etc.

6:20 προπτυσας] προ . . . V* πρωτευσας Va (rescr) | αμυνεσθαι V | om δια την A

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 6:21 οἱ δὲ πρὸς τῷ παρανόμῳ σπλαγχνισμῷ τεταγμένοι διὰ τὴν ἐκ τῶν παλαιῶν χρόνων πρὸς τὸν ἄνδρα γνῶσιν ἀπολαμβόντες αὐτὸν κατ' ἰδίαν ἐνεκάλουν, ἐνέγκαντα κρέα, οἷς καθῆκον αὐτῷ χρᾶσθαι, δι' αὐτοῦ παρασκευασθέντα, ὑποκρῖναι δὲ ὡς ἐσθίοντα τὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως τεταγμένα τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς θυσίας κρεῶν,

The-ones then-also toward unto-the-one unto-parceleed-beside unto-a-boweling-to-of having-had-come-to-be-arranged through to-the-one out of-the-ones of-past-belonged of-whiles toward to-the-one to-a-man to-an-acquainting, taking-off to-it down to-private-belonged, they-were-calling-in-unto to-having-beared to-meats unto-which they-were-arriving-down unto-it to-afford-unto, through of-it to-having-been-beside-equipped-to, to-have-separated-under then-also as to-eat-belonging to-the-ones under of-the-one of-a-ruler-of to-having-had-come-to-be-arranged of-the-ones off of-the-one of-a-surging-unto of-meats,

6:21 τω παρανομω] το παρ. V* | των ταλαιων] om των V | απολαμβανοντες] απολαβοντες V | ενεκαλουν] παρεκαλουν V | ενεγκαντα V | χρασθαι] χρησασθαι V | υποκριναι] υποκριθηναι V | εσθοντα V | τεταγμενα] προστεταγμενα V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 6:22 ἵνα τοῦτο πράξας ἀπολυθῇ τοῦ θανάτου, καὶ διὰ τὴν ἀρχαίαν πρὸς αὐτοὺς φιλίαν τύχοι φιλανθρωπίας.

so to-the-one-this having-practiced it-might-have-been-loosed-off of-the-one of-a-death, and through to-the-one to-first-belonged toward to-them to-a-caring-unto it-may-have-had-actuanated of-mankind-caring-unto.

6:22 τυχοι] τυχη V | φιλανθρωπιας] pr τησδε της V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 6:23 ὁ δὲ λογισμὸν ἀστεῖον ἀναλαβὼν καὶ ἄξιον τῆς ἡλικίας καὶ τῆς τοῦ γήρους ὑπεροχῆς καὶ τῆς ἐπικτήτου καὶ ἐπιφανοῦς πολιτείας καὶ τῆς ἐκ παιδὸς καλλίστης ἀναστροφῆς, μᾶλλον δὲ τῆς ἁγίας καὶ θεοκτίστου νομοθεσίας ἀκολούθως ἀπεφῄνατο, ταχέως λέγων προπέμπειν εἰς τὸν ᾅδην

The-one then-also to-a-fortheeing-to-of to-town-belonged having-had-taken-up and to-deem-belonged of-the-one of-a-staturing-unto and of-the-one of-the-one of-an-oldeness of-a-holding-over and of-the-one of-befoundeed-upon and of-manifestinged-upon of-a-city-belonging-of and of-the-one out of-a-child of-most-seemly of-a-beturning-up, more-such then-also of-the-one of-hallow-belonged and of-Deity-befounded of-a-parcelee-placing-unto unto-pathed-along it-manifested-off, unto-quick forthing to-volley-before into to-the-one to-a-hadês,

6:23 γηρως V | επικτητους A | και επιφανους πολιτειας] επιφανιας (-νειας Va) και της πολιας V | θεοκτιστου] pr της V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 6:24 Οὐ γὰρ τῆς ἡμετέρας ἡλικίας ἄξιόν ἐστιν ὑποκριθῆναι, ἵνα πολλοὶ τῶν νέων ὑπολαβόντες Ἐλεάζαρον τὸν ἐνενηκονταετῆ μεταβεβηκέναι εἰς ἀλλοφυλισμόν,

Not too-thus of-the-one of-ours of-a-staturing-unto deem-belonged it-be to-have-been-separated-under, so much of-the-ones of-new having-had-taken-under to-a-Eleazaros to-the-one to-ninety-yearinged to-have-had-come-to-step-with into to-an-other-tribing-to-of,

6:24 πολλοι των νεων] πολλοις των νεω (sic, sed ν fort evan ad fin lin) A | μεταβεβηναι A

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 6:25 καὶ αὐτοὶ διὰ τὴν ἐμὴν ὑπόκρισιν καὶ διὰ τὸ μικρὸν καὶ ἀκαριαῖον ζῇν πλανηθῶσιν δι' ἐμέ, καὶ μύσος καὶ κηλῖδα τοῦ γήρως κατακτήσωμαι.

and them through to-the-one to-mine to-a-separating-under and through to-the-one to-small and to-un-shear-belonged to-life-unto they-might-have-been-wandered-unto through to-ME, and to-a-foulness and to-a-tarnish of-the-one of-an-oldeness I-might-have-down-befounded-unto.

6:25 ακαριαιον] ακαιρεον A ακεραιον V | δι] εις V | κατακτησωμαι] καταστησωμαι V* καταστησομαι Va

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 6:26 εἰ γὰρ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος ἐξελοῦμαι τὴν ἐξ ἀνθρώπων τιμωρίαν, ἀλλὰ τὰς τοῦ παντοκράτορος χεῖρας οὔτε ζῶν οὔτε ἀποθανὼν ἐκφεύξομαι.

If too-thus and upon of-the-one of-being-beside I-shall-section-out to-the-one out of-mankinds to-a-value-warding-unto, other to-the-ones of-the-one of-an-All-Securer to-hands not-also lifing-unto not-also having-had-died-off I-shall-flee-out.

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 6:27 διόπερ ἀνδρείως μὲν νῦν διαλλάξας τὸν βίον τοῦ μὲν γήρως ἄξιος φανήσομαι,

Through-to-which-very unto-man-belonged indeed now having-othered-through to-the-one to-a-dureeation of-the-one indeed of-an-oldeness deem-belonged I-shall-have-been-manifested,

6:27 διαλλαξας] μεταλλαξας Va (rescr)

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 6:28 τοῖς δὲ νέοις ὑπόδιγμα γενναῖον καταλελοιπὼς εἰς τὸ προθύμως καὶ γενναίως ὑπὲρ τῶν σεμνῶν καὶ ἁγίων νόμων ἀπευθανατίζειν. τοσαῦτα δὲ εἰπὼν ἐπὶ τὸ τύμπανον εὐθέως ἦλθεν,

unto-the-ones then-also unto-new to-a-showing-under-to to-generated-belonged having-had-come-to-remainder-down into to-the-one unto-passioned-before and unto-generated-belonged over of-the-ones of-solemn and of-hallow-belonged of-parcelees to-goodly-die-off-to. To-the-ones-which-the-ones-these then-also having-had-said upon to-the-one to-racked-of unto-straight it-had-came,

6:28 υποδειγμα V | ειπως A | ηλθεν] ειλκετο V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 6:29 τῶνδε ἀγόντων πρὸς αὐτὸν τὴν μικρῷ πρότερον εὐμένειαν δυσμένειαν διὰ τὴν τῶν προειρημένων λόγων, ὡς αὐτοὶ ὑπελάμβανον, ἀπόνοιαν.

of-the-ones-then-also of-strugglings toward to-it to-the-one unto-small to-more-before to-a-goodly-staying-of to-an-onerous-staying-of through to-the-one of-the-ones of-having-had-come-to-be-said-before of-forthees, as them they-were-taking-under, to-an-en-mulling-off-unto.

6:29 αγοντων] απαντων V | προς αυτον την μικρω προτερον ευμενειαν δυσμενειαν (η δυσμ. A)] την μ. προτ. προς αυτον ευμ. εις δυσμενειαν απαγοντων V (γοντων rescr) | om την 2° A (hab V) | απονοιαν] + ειναι AV

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 6:30 μέλλων δὲ ταῖς πληγαῖς τελευτᾷν, ἀναστενάξας εἶπεν Τῷ κυρίῳ τῷ τὴν ἁγίαν γνῶσιν ἔχοντι φανερόν ἐστιν ὅτι δυνάμενος ἀπολυθῆναι τοῦ θανάτου, σκληρὰς ὑποφέρω κατὰ σῶμα ἀλγηδόνας μαστιγούμενος, κατὰ ψυχὴν δὲ ἡδέως διὰ τὸν αὐτοῦ φόβον ταῦτα πάσχω.

Pending then-also unto-the-ones unto-smitings to-finish-of-unto, having-up-narrowed-to it-had-said, Unto-the-one unto-Authority-belonged unto-the-one to-the-one to-hallow-belonged to-an-acquainting unto-holding en-manifested it-be to-which-a-one abling to-have-been-loosed-off of-the-one of-a-death, to-stiffened I-bear-under down to-an-en-capsuling-to to-paineeings having-had-come-to-be-en-thrashed, down to-a-breathing then-also unto-en-pleasured through to-the-one of-it to-a-fearee to-the-ones-these I-trek.

6:30 σωμα] pr το V | δια] pr και V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 6:31 καὶ οὗτος οὖν τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον μετήλλαξεν, οὐ μόνον τοῖς νέοις, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς πλείστοις τοῦ ἔθνους τὸν ἑαυτοῦ θάνατον ὑπόδιγμα γενναιότητος καὶ μνημόσυνον ἀρετῆς καταλείπων.

And the-one-this accordingly to-the-one-this to-the-one to-a-turn it-othered-with, not to-alone unto-the-ones unto-new, other and unto-the-ones unto-most-beyond of-the-one of-a-placeedness-belonging-to to-the-one of-self to-a-death to-a-showing-under-to of-a-generated-belongness and to-a-remembrance of-a-meriting remaindering-down.

6:31 τον τροπον τουτον V | νεοις] υιοις V | υποδειγμα V | καταλιπων Va

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 7:1 Συνέβη δὲ καὶ ἑπτὰ ἀδελφοὺς μετὰ τῆς μητρὸς συλλημφθέντας ἀναγκάζεσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως ἀπὸ τῶν ἀθεμίτων ὑείων κρεῶν ἐφάπτεσθαι, μάστιξιν καὶ νευραῖς αἰκιζομένους.

It-had-stepped-together then-also and to-seven to-brethrened with of-the-one of-a-mother to-having-been-taken-together to-be-up-armed-to under of-the-one of-a-ruler-of off of-the-ones of-un-placeed of-swine of-meats to-fasten-upon, unto-thrashes and unto-sinewings to-being-un-resembled-to.

Note: of-un-placeed : refers to something unlawful.

7:1 συλληφθεντας V | υμιν AV* | μαστιξι V | νευροις V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 7:2 εἷς δὲ αὐτῶν γενόμενος προήγορος εἶπεν Μέλλεις ἐρωτᾷν καὶ μανθάνειν ἡμῶν; ἕτοιμοι γὰρ ἀποθνήσκειν ἐσμὲν ἢ πατρῴους νόμους παραβαίνειν.

One then-also of-them having-had-became lead-alongednessed-before it-had-said, Thou-pend to-entreat-unto and to-learn of-us? Readied-of too-thus to-die-off we-be or to-en-father-belonged to-parcelees to-step-beside.

7:2 εις] ει A* (ς superscr A1) | ειπεν] ουτως εφη V | μελλεις] pr τι V | ημων] pr παρ V | πατρωους νομους παραβαινεν] παραβ. τους πατριους νομ. V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 7:3 ἔκθυμος δὲ γενόμενος ὁ βασιλεὺς προσέταξεν τήγανα καὶ λέβητας ἐκπυροῦν.

Passioned-out then-also having-had-became, the-one a-ruler-of, it-arranged-toward to-pans and to-cauldrons to-en-fire-out.

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 7:4 τῶν δὲ παραχρῆμα ἐκπυρωθέντων, τὸν γενόμενον αὐτῶν προήγορον προσέταξεν γλωσσοτομεῖν, καὶ περισκυθίσαντας ἀκρωτηριάζειν, τῶν λοιπῶν ἀδελφῶν καὶ τῆς μητρὸς συνορώντων.

Of-the-ones then-also beside-to-an-affording-to of-having-been-en-fired-out, to-the-one to-having-had-became of-them to-lead-alongednessed-before it-arranged-toward to-tongue-cut-unto, and to-having-Skuthianed-about-to to-extremitilet-to, of-the-ones of-remaindered of-brethrened and of-the-one of-a-mother of-together-seeeeing-unto.

Note: to-having-Skuthianed-about-to : the term Skuthian used as a verb, a crude people known for drinking immoderately and scalping slain enemies.

Note: to-extremitilet-to : used to refer to sectioning off the extremities of the en-capsuling-to.

7:4 τον γεν.] το γεν. A | γλωσσοτι|μειν (sic) A γλωττοτομειν V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 7:5 ἄχρηστον δὲ αὐτὸν τοῖς λοιποῖς γενόμενον ἐκέλευσεν τῇ πυρᾷ προσάγειν ἔνπνουν καὶ τηγανίζειν. τῆς δὲ ἀτμίδος ἐφ' ἱκανὸν διδούσης τοῦ τηγάνου ἀλλήλους παρεκάλουν σὺν τῇ μητρὶ γενναίως τελευτᾷν, λέγοντες οὕτως

Un-afforded then-also to-it unto-the-ones unto-remaindered to-having-had-became it-bade-of unto-the-one unto-a-fireness to-lead-toward to-currented-in and to-pan-to. Of-the-one then-also of-a-misting upon to-ampled of-giving of-the-one of-a-pan to-other-to-other they-were-calling-beside-unto together unto-the-one unto-a-mother unto-generated-belonged to-finish-of-unto, forthing unto-the-one-this,

Note: to-pan-to : used to refer placing into a pan usually with the implication of cooking.

7:5 αχριστον V | λοιποις] ολοις V | εκελευσεν] προσεταξεν V | προσαγειν] προσαγαγειν V | εμπνουν V | διδουσης] διαδουσης V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 7:6 Ὁ κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἐφορᾷ, καὶ ταῖς ἀληθείαις ἐφ' ἡμῖν παρακαλεῖται, καθάπερ διὰ τῆς κατὰ πρόσωπον ἀντιμαρτυρούσης ᾠδῆς διεσάφησεν Μωσῆς, λέγων Καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ παρακληθήσεται.

The-one Authority-belonged the-one a-Deity it-upon-seeeeth-unto, and unto-the-ones unto-un-secludings-of upon unto-us it-be-called-beside-unto, down-to-which-very through of-the-one down to-looked-toward of-ever-a-one-witnessing-unto of-a-song it-evidented-through-unto, a-Môsês, forthing, And upon unto-the-ones unto-bondees of-it it-shall-be-called-beside-unto.

7:6 ο κυριος] om ο V | Μωυσης V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 7:7 Μεταλλάξαντος δὲ τοῦ πρώτου τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον, τὸν δεύτερον ἦγον ἐπὶ τὸν ἐμπαιγμόν· καὶ τὸ τῆς κεφαλῆς δέρμα σὺν ταῖς θριξὶν περισύραντες ἐπηρώτων Εἰ φάγεσαι πρὸ τοῦ τιμωρηθῆναι κατὰ μέλος τὸ σῶμα;

Of-having-othered-with then-also of-the-one of-most-before to-the-one to-a-turn to-the-one-this, to-the-one to-second they-were-leading upon to-the-one to-a-childing-in-of; and to-the-one of-the-one of-a-head to-an-aparting-to together unto-the-ones unto-hairs having-dragged-about they-were-upon-entreating-unto, If thou-shall-devour before of-the-one to-have-been-value-warded-unto down to-a-membereedness to-the-one to-an-en-capsuling-to?

7:7 μεταλλαξαντος] ras 2 vel 3 litt inter ξαν et τος A? | περισυραντες V | φαγεσθαι] φαγεσαι V | επηρωτουν A | το σωμα κατα μελος V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 7:8 ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς τῇ πατρίῳ φωνῇ προσεῖπεν Οὐχί. διόπερ καὶ οὗτος τὴν ἑξῆς ἔλαβεν βάσανον, ὡς ὁ πρῶτος.

The-one then-also having-been-separated-off unto-the-one unto-fathered-belonged unto-a-sound it-had-said-toward, Unto-not. Through-to-which-very and the-one-this to-the-one of-held it-had-taken to-an-abradant, as the-one most-before.

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 7:9 ἐν ἐσχάτῃ δὲ πνοῇ γενόμενος εἶπεν Σὺ μέν, ἀλάστωρ, ἐκ τοῦ παρόντος ἡμᾶς ζῇν ἀπολύεις, ὁ δὲ τοῦ κόσμου βασιλεὺς ἀποθανόντας ἡμᾶς ὑπὲρ τῶν αὐτοῦ νόμων εἰς αἰώνιον ἀναβίωσιν ζωῆς ἡμᾶς ἀναστήσει.

In unto-most-bordered then-also unto-a-currenting having-had-became it-had-said, Thou indeed, an-un-secluder, out of-the-one of-being-beside to-us to-life-unto thou-destruct-off, the-one then-also of-the-one of-an-orderation a-ruler-of to-having-had-died-off to-us over of-the-ones of-it of-parcelees into to-aged-belonged to-an-en-dureeating-up of-a-lifing to-us it-shall-stand-up.

7:9 αλαστορ Va | αιωνιον] + ημας A

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 7:10 Μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον ὁ τρίτος ἐνεπαίζετο, καὶ τὴν γλῶσσαν αἰτηθεὶς ταχέως προέβαλλεν καὶ τὰς χεῖρας εὐθαρσέως προέτεινεν·

With then-also to-the-one-this the-one third it-was-being-childed-in-to, and to-the-one to-a-tongue having-been-appealed-unto unto-quick it-was-casting-before and to-the-ones to-hands unto-goodly-braveried it-stretched-before;

7:10 ταχεως] ευθεως V | προεβαλεν V | ευθαρσως V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 7:11 καὶ γενναίως εἶπεν Ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ταῦτα κέκληται, καὶ διὰ τοὺς αὐτοῦ νόμους ὑπερορῶ ταῦτα, καὶ παρ' αὐτοῦ ταῦτα πάλιν ἐλπίζω κομίζεσθαι.

and unto-generated-belonged it-had-said, Out of-a-sky the-ones-these it-had-come-to-be-called-unto, and through to-the-ones of-it to-parcelees I-over-seeee-unto to-the-ones-these, and beside of-it to-the-ones-these unto-furthered I-drove-suree-to to-have-tended-to.

7:11 κεκληται] κεκτημαι V | κομιζεσθαι] νομισασθαι V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 7:12 ὥστε αὐτὸν τὸν βασιλέα καὶ τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ ἐκπλήσσεσθαι τὴν τοῦ νεανίσκου ψυχήν, ὡς ἐν οὐδενὶ τὰς ἀλγηδόνας ἐτίθετο.

As-also to-it to-the-one to-a-ruler-of and to-the-ones together unto-it to-be-smitten-out to-the-one of-the-one of-a-new-belonging-of to-a-breathing, as in unto-not-then-also-one to-the-ones to-paineeings it-was-being-placed.

7:12 εκπλησσεσθαι] καταπλησσεσθαι V | νεανισκου] νεανιου V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 7:13 Καὶ τούτου δὲ μεταλλάξαντος τὸν τέταρτον ὡσαύτως ἐβασάνιζον αἰκιζόμενοι.

And of-the-one-this then-also of-having-othered-with to-the-one to-fourth as-unto-it they-were-abrading-to being-un-resembled-to.

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 7:14 καὶ γενόμενος πρὸς τῷ τελευτᾷν οὕτως ἔφη Αἱρετὸν μεταλλάσσοντας ἀπὸ ἀνθρώπων τὰς ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ προσδοκᾷν ἐλπίδας πάλιν ἀναστήσεσθαι ὑπ' αὐτοῦ· σοὶ μὲν γὰρ ἀνάστασις εἰς ζωὴν οὐκ ἔσται.

And having-had-became toward unto-the-one to-finish-together-of unto-the-one-this it-was-declaring, Sectioned-along to-othering-with off of-mankinds to-the-ones under of-the-one of-a-Deity to-toward-think-unto to-droved-sureeings unto-furthered to-shall-have-stood-up under of-it; unto-thee indeed too-thus a-standing-up into to-a-lifing not it-shall-be.

7:14 τω τελευταν] το τελ. αυτον V | μεταλασσοντας (sic) V | απο] υπ V | υπο] παρα V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 7:15 Ἐχομένως δὲ τὸν πέμπτον προσάγοντες ᾐκίζοντο.

Unto-being-held then-also to-the-one to-fifth leading-toward they-were-being-un-resembled-to.

7:15 εχομενως δε τον πεμπτον προσαγοντες] ως δε προσαγαγοντες τον πεμπτον V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 7:16 ὁ δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἰδὼν εἶπεν Ἐξουσίαν ἐν ἀνθρώποις ἔχων ὃ θέλεις ποιεῖς, φθαρτὸς ὤν· μὴ δόκει δὲ τὸ γένος ἡμῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ καταλελεῖφθαι.

The-one then-also toward to-it having-had-seen it-had-said, To-a-being-out-unto in unto-mankinds holding to-which thou-determine thou-do-unto, degradable being; lest thou-should-think-unto then-also to-the-one to-a-becomeedness of-us under of-the-one of-a-Deity to-have-had-come-to-be-remaindered-down.

7:16 φθαρτος ων ο θελεις ποιεις V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 7:17 σὺ δὲ καρτέρει, καὶ θεώρει τὸ μεγαλεῖον αὐτοῦ κράτος, ὡς σὲ καὶ τὸ σπέρμα σου βασανιεῖ.

Thou then-also thou-should-more-secure-unto, and thou-should-surveil-unto to-the-one to-great-belonged of-it to-a-securement, as to-thee and to-the-one to-a-whorling-to of-thee it-shall-abrade-to.

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 7:18 Μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον ἦγον τὸν ἕκτον, καὶ μέλλων ἀποθνήσκειν ἔφη Μὴ πλανῶ μᾶλλον, ἡμεῖς γὰρ δι' ἑαυτοὺς ταῦτα πάσχομεν, ἁμαρτόντες εἰς τὸν ἑαυτῶν θεόν· ἄξια θαυμασμοῦ γέγονεν·

With then-also to-the-one-this they-were-leading to-the-one to-sixth, and pending to-die-off it-was-declaring, Lest thou-should-have-wandered-unto more-such, we too-thus through to-selves to-the-ones-these we-trek, having-had-un-adjusted-along into to-the-one of-selves to-a-Deity; deem-belonged of-a-marveling-to-of it-hath-had-come-to-become;

7:18 μαλλον] ματην V | πασχωμεν V* | αμαρτανοντες V | εατον V* | αξια] αξιο V* αξιοι Va | γεγονεν] γεγοναμεν V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 7:19 σὺ δὲ μὴ νομίσῃς ἀθῷος ἔσεσθαι θεομαχεῖν ἐπιχειρήσας.

Thou then-also lest thou-might-have-parceleed-to un-guilted to-shall-have-been to-deity-battle-unto having-handed-upon-unto.

7:19 εσεθαι V* (εσεσθαι V1)

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 7:20 Ὑπεραγόντως δὲ ἡ μήτηρ ἀγαθὴ καὶ μνήμης ἀγαθῆς ἀξία, ἥτις ἀπολλυμένους υἱοὺς ἑπτὰ συνορῶσα μιᾶς ὑπὸ καιρὸν ἡμέρας εὐψύχως ἔφερεν διὰ τὰς ἐπὶ Κύριον ἐλπίδας.

Unto-led-over then-also the-one a-mother excess-placed and of-a-memory of-excess-placed deem-belonged, which-a-one to-being-destructed-off to-sons to-seven together-seeeeing-unto of-one under to-a-time of-a-dayedness unto-goodly-breathed it-was-bearing through to-the-ones upon to-Authority-belonged to-droved-sureeings.

7:20 υπεραγοντος V | αγαθη] θαυμαστη V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 7:21 ἕκαστον δὲ αὐτῶν παρεκάλει τῇ πατρίῳ φωνῇ, γενναίῳ πεπληρωμένη φρονήματι καὶ τὸν θῆλυν λογισμὸν ἄρσενι θυμῷ διεγείρασα, λέγουσα πρὸς αὐτούς

To-each then-also of-the-ones of-mankinds it-was-calling-beside-unto unto-the-one unto-fathered-belonged unto-a-sound, unto-generated-belonged having-had-come-to-be-en-filled unto-a-centering-to and to-the-one to-female to-a-fortheeing-to-of unto-male unto-a-passion having-roused-through, forthing toward to-them.

7:21 των ανθρωπων] αυτων V | πεπληρωμενω A | θηλυ AV | αρσενι] αρρενι V | λεγουσα προς αυτους] και λεγουσα V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 7:22 Οὐκ οἶδ' ὅπως εἰς τὴν ἐμὴν ἐφάνητε κοιλίαν, οὐδὲ ἐγὼ τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ τὴν ζωὴν ὑμῖν ἐχαρισάμην, καὶ τὴν ἑκάστου στοιχείωσιν οὐκ ἐγὼ διερύθμισα.

Not I-had-come-to-see unto-which-whither into to-the-one to-mine ye-had-been-manifested to-a-hollowing-unto, not-then-also I to-the-one to-a-currenting-to and to-the-one to-a-lifing unto-ye I-granted-to, and to-the-one of-each to-an-en-belineation-belonging-of not I I-rhythmned-through-to.

Note: to-an-en-belineation-belonging-of : a having been en-lined; i.e. an indoctrination, etc.

7:22 διερυθνισα (sic) Α

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 7:23 τοιγαροῦν ὁ τοῦ κόσμου κτίστης, ὁ πλάσας ἀνθρώπου γένεσιν καὶ πάντων ἐξευρὼν γένεσιν, καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ τὴν ζωὴν ὑμῖν πάλιν ἀποδίδωσιν μετ' ἐλέους, ὡς νῦν ὑπερορᾶτε ἑαυτοὺς διὰ τοὺς αὐτοῦ νόμους.

Unto-the-one-too-thus-accordingly the-one of-the-one of-an-orderation a-befounder, the-one having-fashioned of-a-mankind to-a-becoming and of-all having-had-found-out to-a-becoming, and to-the-one to-a-currenting-to and to-the-one to-a-lifing unto-us unto-furthered it-giveth-off with of-a-besectionateedness, as now ye-over-seeee-unto to-selves through to-the-ones of-it to-parcelees.

Note: of-a-besectionateedness : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc.

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 7:24 Ὁ δὲ Ἀντίοχος οἰόμενος καταφρονεῖσθαι καὶ τὴν ὀνειδίζουσαν ὑφορώμενος φωνήν, ἔτι τοῦ νεωτέρου περιόντος, οὐ μόνον διὰ λόγων ἐποιεῖτο τὴν παράκλησιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ δι' ὅρκων ἐπίστου ἅμα πλουτιεῖν καὶ μακαριστὸν ποιήσειν καὶ μεταθέμενον ἀπὸ τῶν πατρίων, καὶ φίλον ἕξειν καὶ χρείας ἐμπιστεύσειν.

The-one then-also an-Antiochos which-belonging to-be-centered-down-unto and to-the-one to-reproaching-to under-seeeeing-unto to-a-sound, if-to-one of-the-one of-more-new of-being-about, not to-stayeed through of-forthees it-was-doing-unto to-the-one to-a-calling-beside, other and through of-fencees it-was-en-trusting along to-wealth-to and to-bless-belonged to-shall-have-done-unto, and to-having-had-placed-with off of-the-ones of-father-belonged and to-cared to-shall-have-held and to-affordings-of to-shall-have-trusted-of.

7:24 επιστουτο V | om αμα V | μακαρ.] + αμα V | ποιησεν V* ( -σειν V1) | om και 4° V | πατριων] + νομων V | εμπιστευσαμενος V* (εμπιστευσειν V1)

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 7:25 τοῦ δὲ νεανίου μηδαμῶς προσέχοντος, προσκαλεσάμενος ὁ βασιλεὺς τὴν μητέρα παρῄνει γενέσθαι τοῦ μειρακίου σύμβουλον ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ.

Of-the-one then-also of-a-new-belonging unto-lest-then-also-any of-holding-toward, having-called-toward-unto, the-one a-ruler-of, to-the-one to-a-mother it-was-lauding-beside-unto to-have-had-became of-the-one of-a-youthlet to-a-purposer-together upon unto-a-savioring-unto.

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 7:26 πολλὰ δὲ αὐτοῦ παραινέσαντος, ἐπεδέξατο πείσειν τὸν υἱόν.

To-much then-also of-it of-having-lauded-beside-unto, it-received-upon to-shall-have-sured to-the-one to-a-son.

7:26 δε] δ V | παραινησαντος A

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 7:27 προσκύψασα δὲ αὐτῷ, χλευάσασα τὸν ὠμὸν τύραννον, οὕτως ἔφησεν τῇ πατρίῳ φωνῇ Υἱέ, ἐλέησόν με τὴν ἐν γαστρὶ περιενέγκασάν σε μῆνας ἐννέα, καὶ θηλάσασάν σε ἔτη τρία, καὶ ἐκθρέψασάν σε καὶ ἀγαγοῦσαν εἰς τὴν ἡλικίαν ταύτην καὶ τροφοφορήσασαν.

Having-leaned-toward then-also unto-it, having-jeered-to to-the-one to-raw to-a-tyrant, unto-the-one-this it-declared unto-the-one unto-fathered-belonged unto-a-sound, Son, thou-should-have-besectionated-unto to-me to-the-one in unto-a-stomach to-having-beared-about to-thee to-months to-nine, and to-having-teated-to to-thee to-yeareednesses to-three, and to-having-nourished-out to-thee and to-having-had-led into to-the-one to-a-staturing-unto to-the-one-this and to-having-nourish-beareed-unto.

7:27 χλευασασα (χλευγασ. V* χλευασ. Va)] pr και V | ωμοτυραννον V* (ωμον τ. Va) | εφη V | τη πατριω] πατρωα V | γαστρι] pr τη V | εννεα] ενεα V* | σετη V* (σε ετη Va) | om και εκθρεψασαν σε V | τροφοφορησασαν] + σε V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 7:28 ἀξιῶ σε, τέκνον, ἀναβλέψαντα εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς πάντα ἰδόντα γνῶναι, ὅτι οὐκ ἐξ ὄντων ἐποίησεν αὐτὰ ὁ θεός, καὶ τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος οὕτω γίνεται.

I-en-deem-belong to-thee, Creationee, to-having-viewed-up into to-the-one to-a-sky and to-the-one to-a-soil and to-the-ones in unto-them to-all to-having-had-seen to-have-had-acquainted, to-which-a-one not out of-being it-did-unto to-them, the-one a-Deity, and the-one of-the-ones of-mankinds a-becomeedness of-which-unto-the-one it-becometh.

7:28 ουτως V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 7:29 μὴ φοβηθῇς τὸν δήμιον τοῦτον, ἀλλὰ τῶν ἀδελφῶν σου ἄξιος γενόμενος ἐπίδεξαι τὸν θάνατον, ἵνα ἐν τῷ ἐλέει σὺν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς σου κομίσωμαί σε.

Lest thou-might-have-been-feareed-unto to-the-one to-locality-belonged to-the-one-this, other of-the-ones of-brethrened of-thee deem-belonged having-had-became thou-should-have-received-upon to-the-one to-a-death, so in unto-the-one unto-a-besectionateedness together unto-the-ones unto-brethrened of-thee I-might-have-tended-to to-thee.

Note: unto-a-besectionateedness : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc.

7:29 φοβηθης] φοβηθηναι V | αλλα] αλα (sic) V | σου αξιος γενομενος επιδεξαι] αξιον γενομενον επιδεξασθαι V | κομισωμαι] κομισαιμε A

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 7:30 Ἔτι δὲ ταύτης καταληγούσης ὁ νεανίας εἶπεν Τίνα μένετε; οὐχ ὑπακούω τοῦ προστάγματος τοῦ βασιλέως· τοῦ δὲ προστάγματος ἀκούω τοῦ νόμου τοῦ δοθέντος τοῖς πατράσιν ἡμῶν διὰ Μωσῆ.

If-to-a-one then-also of-the-one-this of-abating-down the-one a-new-belonging it-had-said, To-what-one ye-stay? Not I-hear-under of-the-one of-an-arranging-toward-to of-the-one of-a-ruler-of; of-the-one then-also of-an-arranging-toward-to I-hear of-the-one of-a-parclee of-the-one of-having-been-given unto-the-ones unto-fathers of-us through of-a-Môsês.

7:30 καταληγουσης] καταλγηγουσης (sic) A | νεανισκος V | υπακουω] ενακουω V | Μωση] Μωσην A Μωυσεως V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 7:31 σὺ δὲ πάσης κακίας εὑρετὴς γενόμενος εἰς τοὺς Ἐβραίους οὐ μὴ διαφύγῃς τὰς χεῖρας τοῦ θεοῦ.

Thou then-also of-all of-a-wedge-wedging-unto a-finder having-had-became into to-the-ones to-Ebra-belonged not lest thou-might-have-had-fled-through to-the-ones to-hands of-the-one of-a-Deity.

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 7:32 ἡμεῖς γὰρ διὰ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἁμαρτίας πάσχομεν·

We too-thus through to-the-ones of-selves to-un-adjustings-along-unto we-trek;

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 7:33 εἰ δὲ χάριν ἐπιπλήξεως καὶ παιδίας ὁ ζῶν κύριος ἡμῶν βραχέως ἐπώργισται, καὶ πάλιν καταλλαγήσεται τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ δούλοις.

if then-also to-a-granting of-a-smittening-upon and of-a-childing-unto the-one lifing-unto, Authority-belonged of-us, unto-short it-had-come-to-be-stressed-upon-to, and unto-furthered it-shall-other-down unto-the-ones of-self unto-bondees.

7:33 παιδειας Va | παρωργισται V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 7:34 σὺ δέ, ὦ ἀνόσιε καὶ πάντων ἀνθρώπων μιερώτατε, μὴ μάτην μετεωρίζου φρυττόμενος ἀδήλοις ἐλπίσιν, ἐπὶ τοὺς οὐρανίους παῖδας ἐπαιρόμενος χεῖρα·

Thou then-also, Oh Un-holy and of-all of-mankinds Most-stained, lest to-follied thou-should-be-lift-houred-with-to being-snorted unto-un-distincted unto-droved-sureeings, upon to-the-ones to-skyed-belonged to-children lifting-upon to-a-hand;

7:34 om ανθρωπων V | φρυττομενος] φρυαττομενος V | επαιρομενος V | χειρας V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 7:35 οὔπω γὰρ τὴν τοῦ παντοκράτορος ἐπόπτου θεοῦ κρίσιν ἐκπέφευγας.

not-unto-whither too-thus to-the-one of-the-one of-an-All-Securer of-beholdinged-upon of-a-Deity to-a-separating thou-hath-had-come-to-flee-out.

7:35 ουπω] pr ημεις γαρ δια τας εαυτων αμαρτιας πασχομεν V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 7:36 οἱ μὲν γὰρ νῦν ἡμέτεροι ἀδελφοὶ βραχὺν ἐπενέγκαντες πόνον ἀενάου ζωῆς ὑπὸ διαθήκην θεοῦ πεπτώκασιν· σὺ δὲ τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ κρίσει δίκαια τὰ πρόστιμα τῆς ὑπερηφανίας ἀποίσῃ.

The-ones indeed too-thus now ours brethrened to-short having-beared-upon to-a-necessitatee of-ever-iffed of-a-lifing under to-a-placement-through of-a-Deity they-had-come-to-fall; thou then-also unto-the-one of-the-one of-a-Deity unto-a-separating to-course-belonged to-the-ones to-valuatings-toward-to of-the-one of-a-manifesting-over-unto thou-shall-bear-off.

7:36 om μεν V | υπενεγκαντες V | αενναου V | πεπωκασιν coniec Hort | αποισει V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 7:37 ἐγὼ δέ καθάπερ οἱ ἀδελφοί καὶ σῶμα καὶ ψυχὴν προδίδωμι περὶ τῶν πατρίων νόμων, ἐπικαλούμενοι τὸν θεὸν ἵλεων ταχὺ τῷ ἔθνει γενέσθαι, καὶ σὲ μετὰ ἐτασμῶν καὶ μαστίγων ἐξομολογήσασθαι διότι μόνος αὐτὸς θεός ἐστιν·

I then-also down-to-which-very the-ones brethrened and to-an-en-capsuling-to and to-a-breathing I-give-before about of-the-ones of-father-belonged of-parcelees, calling-upon-unto to-the-one to-a-Deity unto-sectionated to-quick unto-the-one unto-a-placeedness-belonging-to to-have-had-became, and to-thee with of-testings-to-of and of-thrashes to-have-fortheed-along-out through-to-which-a-one stayeed it a-Deity it-be;

7:37 αδελφοι] + μου V | τυχην] ψυχην V | επικαλουμενος V | ιλεως A | om και σε . . . εξομολογησασθαι V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 7:38 ἐν ἐμοὶ δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς μου στῆσαι τὴν τοῦ παντοκράτορος ὀργὴν τὴν ἐπὶ τὸ σύμπαν ἡμῶν γένος δικαίως ἐπημμένην.

in unto-ME then-also and unto-the-ones unto-brethrened of-me to-have-stood to-the-one of-the-one of-an-All-Securer to-a-stressing to-the-one upon to-the-one to-together-all of-us to-a-becomeedness unto-course-belonged to-having-had-come-to-fasten-upon.

Note: to-having-had-come-to-fasten-upon (EPHMMENHN) in 02; see form in Num 19:18 : to-having-had-come-to-be-led-upon (EPHGMENHN) is offered by some as a correction.

7:38 στησαι] στηναι V | το συμπαν] του συμπ. A | επηγμενην V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 7:39 ἔκθυμος δὲ γενόμενος ὁ βασιλεὺς τούτῳ παρὰ τοὺς ἄλλους χειρίστως ἀπήντησεν, πικρῶς φέρων ἐπὶ τῷ μυκτηρισμῷ.

Passioned-out then-also having-had-became, the-one a-ruler-of, unto-the-one-this beside to-the-ones to-other unto-most-worse it-off-ever-a-oned-unto, unto-bittered bearing upon unto-the-one unto-a-snouting-to-of.

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 7:40 καὶ οὗτος οὖν καθαρῶς μετήλλαξεν, παντελῶς ἐπὶ τῷ κυρίῳ πεποιθώς.

And the-one-this together unto-cleansed it-othered-with, unto-all-finished upon unto-the-one unto-Authority-belonged having-hath-had-come-to-sure.

7:40 ουτος] ουτως V* | καθαρος V

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 7:41 ἐσχάτη δὲ τῶν υἱῶν ἡ μήτηρ ἐτελεύτησεν.

Most-bordered then-also of-the-ones of-sons the-one a-mother it-finished-of-unto.

(172-167 B.C.)

2Ma 7:42 Τὰ μὲν οὖν περὶ τοὺς σπλαγχνισμοὺς καὶ τὰς ὑπερβαλλούσας αἰκίας ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον δεδηλώσθω.

The-ones indeed accordingly about to-the-ones to-bowelings-to-of and to-the-ones to-casting-over to-un-resemblings-unto upon to-the-one-which-the-one-this it-should-have-had-come-to-be-en-distincted.

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 8:1 Ἰούδας δὲ ὁ καὶ Μακκαβαῖος καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ παρεισπορευόμενοι λεληθότως εἰς τὰς κώμας προσεκαλοῦντο τοὺς συγγενεῖς, καὶ τοὺς μεμενηκότας ἐν τῷ Ἰουδαϊσμῷ προσλαμβανόμενοι συνήγαγον εἰς ἑξακισχιλίους.

An-Ioudas then-also the-one and Makkaba-belonged and the-ones together unto-it traversing-into-beside-of unto-having-had-come-to-seclude into to-the-ones to-villages they-were-calling-toward-unto to-the-ones to-together-becominged, and to-the-ones to-having-had-come-to-stay in unto-the-one unto-an-Ioudas-belonging-to-of taking-toward they-had-led-together into to-six-oft-thousand.

Note: successes of Judas, 2Ma 8:1-10:9.

8:1 om και I° V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 8:2 καὶ ἐπεκαλοῦντο τὸν κύριον ἐφιδεῖν τὸν ὑπὸ πάντων καταπατούμενον λαόν, οἰκτεῖραι δὲ καὶ τὸν ναὸν τὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀσεβῶν ἀνθρώπων βεβηλωθέντα·

And they-were-calling-upon-unto to-the-one to-Authority-belonged to-have-had-seen-upon to-the-one under of-all to-being-treaded-down-unto to-a-people, to-have-pitiered-unto then-also and to-the-one to-a-temple to-the-one under of-the-ones of-un-reveringed of-mankinds to-having-been-en-step-stepped-of;

Note: to-having-been-en-step-stepped-of : used to refer to overstepping what is allowable.

8:2 κυριον] θεον V | καταπονουμενον] καταπατουμενον V | των ασεβων] om των V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 8:3 ἐλεῆσαι δὲ καὶ τὴν καταφθειρομένην πόλιν καὶ μέλλουσαν ἰσόπεδον γίνεσθαι, καὶ τῶν καταβοώντων πρὸς αὐτὸν αἱμάτων εἰσακοῦσαι·

to-have-besectionated-unto then-also and to-the-one to-being-degraded-down to-a-city and to-pending to-same-footed to-become, and of-the-ones of-down-hollering-unto toward to-it of-rusherings-to to-have-heard-into;

8:3 om και των . . . επακουσαι V | καταβοουντων A

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 8:4 καὶ μνησθῆναι δὲ καὶ τῆς τῶν ἀναμαρτήτων νηπίων παρανόμου ἀπωλίας, καὶ περὶ τῶν γενομένων εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ βλασφημιῶν, καὶ μισοπονηρῆσαι.

and to-have-been-memoried-unto then-also and of-the-one of-the-ones of-un-un-adjusted-along of-non-word-belonged of-parceleed-beside of-a-destructing-off-unto, and about of-the-ones of-having-had-became into to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-it of-ill-declarings-unto, and to-have-en-necessitated-hated-unto.

Note: of-un-un-adjusted-along : double un intended.

Note: of-non-word-belonged : used to refer to unlearned in words, to baby talk, to infants, etc.

8:4 om και I° V | αναμαρτητων] αμαρτητων A αμαρτημων V* αναμαρτ. V1 (vid) | απωλειας Va | γινομενων V | εις] + τε V | om και 4° V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 8:5 γενόμενος δὲ ὁ Μακκαβαῖος ἐν συστέματι, ἀνυπόστατος ἤδη τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἐγίνετο, τῆς ὀργῆς τοῦ κυρίου εἰς ἔλεον τραπείσης.

Having-had-became then-also the-one Makkab-belonged in unto-a-standing-together-to un-standable-under which-then unto-the-ones unto-placeedness-belongings-to it-was-becoming, of-the-one of-a-stressing of-the-one of-Authority-belonged into to-graced of-having-had-been-turned.

Note: to-a-besectionation : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc., as having been applied.

8:5 ο Μακκαβαιος εν συστεματι] εν συστηματι ο Μακκ. V | τραπισιν A

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 8:6 πόλεις δὲ καὶ κώμας ἀπροσδοκήτως ἐρχόμενος ἐνεπίμπρα· καὶ τοὺς ἐπικαίρους τόπους ἀπολαμβάνων, οὐκ ὀλίγους τῶν πολεμίων τροπούμενος,

To-cities then-also and to-villages unto-un-thought-toward coming it-flamed-in; and to-the-ones to-timed-upon to-occasions taking-off, not to-little of-the-ones of-war-belonged en-turneeing,

8:6 πολις A | χωρας] κωμας V | ερχομενος] επερχομενος V | ενεπιπρα V | ουκ ολιγους . . . τροπουμενος] ουχ (ουκ Va) ολιγων δε πτοματων (πτωμ. Va) των πολεμιων εποιειτο πληθη V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 8:7 μάλιστα τὰς νύκτας πρὸς τὰς τοιαύτας ἐπιβολὰς συνεργοὺς ἐλάμβανεν· καὶ λαλιὰ τῆς εὐανδρείας αὐτοῦ διηχεῖτο πανταχῆ.

most-such to-the-ones to-nights toward to-the-ones to-the-ones-unto-the-ones-these to-castings-upon to-worked-together it-was-taking; and a-speaking-unto of-the-one of-a-goodly-manning-of of-it it-was-being-reverberated-through-unto unto-all-spaced.

8:7 μαλιστα] + δε V | επιβουλας V | λαλιαν A | διηχειτο] διεχειτο V | πανταχου V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 8:8 Συνορῶν δὲ ὁ Φίλιππος κατὰ μικρὸν εἰς προκοπὴν ἐρχόμενον τὸν ἄνδρα, πυκνότερον δὲ ἐν ταῖς εὐημερίαις προβαίνοντα, πρὸς Πτολεμαῖον τὸν Κοίλης Συρίας καὶ Φοινίκης στρατηγὸν ἔγραψεν ἐπιβοηθεῖν τοῖς τοῦ βασιλέως πράγμασιν.

Together-seeeeing-unto then-also, the-one a-Filippos, down to-small into to-a-felling-before to-coming to-the-one to-a-man, to-more-meshed then-also in unto-the-ones unto-goodly-dayings-unto to-stepping-before, toward to-a-Ptolemaios to-the-one of-a-Koilê of-a-Suria and of-a-Foinikê to-an-amass-leader it-scribed to-holler-run-upon-unto unto-the-ones of-the-one of-a-ruler-of unto-practicings-to.

Note: to-more-meshed : used to refer to more in sync with things, i.e. having it more together.

8:8 δε I°] δ V | ερχομενος A | om εν V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 8:9 ὁ δὲ ταχέως προχειρισάμενος Νικάνορα τὸν τοῦ Πατρόκλου τῶν πρώτων φίλων, ἀπέστειλεν, ὑποτάξας πανφύλων ἔθνη οὐκ ἐλάττους τῶν δισμυρίων, τὸ πᾶν τῆς Ἰουδαίας ἐξᾶραι γένος· συνέστησεν δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ Γοργίαν ἄνδρα στρατηγὸν καὶ εὖ πολεμικαῖς χρείαις ἔχοντα πεῖραν.

The-one then-also unto-quick having-handed-before-to to-a-Nikanôr to-the-one of-the-one of-a-Patroklos of-the-ones of-most-before of-cared, it-set-off, having-arranged-under of-all-tribed to-placeedness-belongings-to not to-lackinged-of of-the-ones of-twice-myriaded, to-the-one to-all of-the-one of-an-Ioudaia to-have-lifted-out to-a-becomeedness; it-stood-together then-also unto-it and to-a-Gorgias to-a-man to-an-amass-leader and to-goodly unto-war-belonged-of unto-affordings-of to-holding to-an-across-belongedness.

8:9 των I°] τον V* (των V1) | πανφυλων εθνη] οχλου παμφιλου V | παν] συμπαν V | συνεστησα A συνεστησε V | ευ] εν V | πειραν εχοντα V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 8:10 διεστήσατο δὲ ὁ Νικάνωρ τὸν φόρον τῷ βασιλεῖ τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις, ὄντα ταλάντων δισχιλίων, ἐκ τῆς τῶν Ἰουδαίων αἰχμαλωσίας ἐκπληρώσειν.

It-stood-through then-also, the-one a-Nikanôr, to-the-one to-a-bearee unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of unto-the-ones unto-Rômê-belonged, to-being of-talantons of-twice-thousand, out of-the-one of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged of-a-spear-capturing-unto to-shall-have-en-filled-out.

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 8:11 εὐθέως δὲ εἰς τὰς παραθαλασσίους πόλεις ἀπέστειλεν προκαλούμενος ἐπ' ἀγορασμὸν Ἰουδαίων σωμάτων, ὑπισχνούμενος ἐνενήκοντα σώματα ταλάντου παραχωρήσειν· οὐ προσδεχόμενος τὴν παρὰ τοῦ παντοκράτορος μέλλουσαν παρακολουθήσειν ἐπ' αὐτῷ δίκην.

Unto-straight then-also into to-the-ones to-beside-flourisherednessed-belonged to-cities it-set-off calling-before-unto upon to-a-lead-alongednessing-to-of of-Iouda-belonged of-en-capsulings-to, force-holding-under-unto to-ninety to-en-capsulings-to of-a-talanton to-shall-have-spaced-beside-unto; not receiving-toward to-the-one beside of-the-one of-an-All-Securer to-pending to-shall-have-pathed-along-beside-unto upon unto-it to-a-coursing.

8:11 προκαλουμενος] προσκαλ. V | Ιουδιακων V | σωματα ταλαντου] σωματα|λαντου A | παρακολουθουσαν] παρακολουθησειν V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 8:12 τῷ δὲ Ἰούδᾳ προσέπεσεν περὶ τῆς τοῦ Νικάνορος ἐφόδου· καὶ μεταδόντος τοῖς σὺν αὐτῷ τὴν παρουσίαν τοῦ στρατοπέδου,

Unto-the-one then-also unto-an-Ioudas it-had-fallen-toward about of-the-one of-the-one of-a-Nikanôr of-a-way-upon; and of-having-had-given-with unto-the-ones together unto-it to-the-one to-a-being-beside-unto of-the-one of-an-amassed-footment,

8:12 περι] pr των V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 8:13 οἱ δειλανδροῦντες καὶ ἀπιστοῦντες τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ δίκην διεδίδρασκον ἑαυτοὺς καὶ ἐξετόπιζον·

the-ones dire-manning-unto and un-trusting-unto to-the-one of-the-one of-a-Deity to-a-coursing they-were-circuiting-through to-selves and they-were-occasioning-out-to;

8:13 οι δειλ.] οι δε δειλ. V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 8:14 οἱ δὲ τὰ περιλελιμμένα πάντα ἐπώλουν, ὁμοῦ δὲ τὸν κύριον ἠξίουν ῥύσασθαι τοὺς ὑπὸ τοῦ δυσσεβοῦς Νικάνορος πρὶν συντυχεῖν πεπραμένους·

the-ones then-also to-the-ones to-having-had-come-to-be-remaindered-about to-all they-were-trafficking-unto, of-alonged then-also to-the-one to-Authority-belonged they-were-en-deem-belonging to-have-tracted to-the-ones under of-the-one of-onerously-reveringed of-a-Nikanôr ere to-have-had-actuanated-together to-having-had-come-to-be-en-acrossated;

8:14 περιλελειμμ. Va | ηξιον (sic) A

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 8:15 καὶ εἰ μὴ δι' αὐτούς, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὰς πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας αὐτῶν διαθήκας, καὶ ἕνεκα τῆς ἐπ' αὐτοὺς ἐπικλήσεως τοῦ σεμνοῦ καὶ μεγαλοπρεποῦς ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ.

and if lest through to-them, other through to-the-ones toward to-the-ones to-fathers of-them to-placements-through, and to-in-out-which of-the-one upon to-them of-a-calling-upon of-the-one of-solemn and of-greatly-befittinged of-a-naming-to of-it.

8:15 δι αυτοις] incep δι αυτοι V* (δι αυτους V1) | διαθηκας] συνθηκας V | ενεκεν V | αυτους 2°] αυτου A

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 8:16 Συναγαγὼν δὲ ὁ Μακκαβαῖος τοὺς περὶ αὐτὸν ὄντας ἀριθμὸν ἑξακισχιλίους παρεκάλει μὴ καταπλαγῆναι τοῖς δεσμίοις μηδὲ εὐλαβεῖσθαι τὴν τῶν ἀδίκως παραγενομένων ἐπ' αὐτοὺς ἐθνῶν πολυπλήθειαν, ἀγωνίσασθαι δὲ γενναίως,

Having-had-led-together then-also, the-one Makkaba-belonged, to-the-ones about to-it to-being to-a-number to-six-oft-thousand it-was-calling-beside-unto lest to-have-had-been-smitten-down unto-the-ones unto-bindee-belonged lest-then-also to-be-goodly-taken-unto to-the-one of-the-ones unto-un-coursed of-having-had-became-beside upon to-them of-placeedness-belongings-to to-a-much-repleting-of, to-have-struggled-to then-also unto-generated-belonged,

Note: to-be-goodly-taken-unto : the Passive form is used to infer being affected into holding a goodly-taking mindset, i.e. into willingly giving attention to, as having been persuaded by the gravity of the Object.

8:16 αριθμον] pr τον V | παρεκαλη V* | τοις δεσμιοις] τους πολεμιους V | παραγινομενων V | πολυπληθιαν Va

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 8:17 πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν λαβόντας τὴν ἀνόμως εἰς τὸν ἅγιον τόπον συντετελεσμένην ὑπ' αὐτῶν ὕβριν καὶ τὸν τῆς ἐμπεπαιγμένης πόλεως αἰκισμόν, ἔτι δὲ τὴν τῆς προγονικῆς πολιτίας κατάλυσιν.

before of-eyes to-having-had-taken to-the-one unto-un-parceleed into to-the-one to-hallow-belonged to-an-occasion to-having-had-come-to-be-finished-together-unto under of-them to-an-abuse and to-the-one of-the-one of-having-had-come-to-be-childed-in-to of-a-city to-an-un-resembling-to-of, if-to-a-one then-also to-the-one of-the-one of-became-before-belonged-of of-a-city-belonging-unto to-a-loosing-down.

8:17 ανομως] των ανομων V | εμπεπεγμενης (-πειμεν. A? fort) A εμπεπαγμ. V* (-παιγμ. V1) | πολιτειας V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 8:18 οἱ μὲν γὰρ ὅπλοις πεποίθασιν ἅμα καὶ τόλμαις, ἔφησεν, ἡμεῖς δὲ ἐπὶ τῷ παντοκράτορι θεῷ, δυναμένῳ καὶ τοὺς ἐρχομένους ἐφ' ἡμᾶς καὶ τὸν ὅλον κόσμον ἑνὶ νεύματι καταλαβεῖν, πεποίθαμεν.

The-ones indeed too-thus unto-implements they-hath-had-come-to-sure along and unto-venturednesses, it-declared; we then-also upon unto-the-one unto-an-All-Securer unto-a-Deity, unto-abling and to-the-ones to-coming upon to-us and to-the-one to-whole to-an-orderation unto-one unto-a-nodding-to to-have-had-taken-down, we-hath-had-come-to-sure.

8:18 πεποιθοσιν A | εφησαν A | καταλαβειν] καταβαλειν V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 8:19 προσαναλεξάμενος δὲ αὐτοῖς καὶ τὰς ἐπὶ τῶν προγόνων γενομένας ἀντιλήμψεις, καὶ τὴν ἐπὶ Σενναχηρείμ, ἑκατὸν ὀγδοήκοντα πέντε χιλιάδες ὡς ἀπώλοντο,

Having-forthed-up-toward then-also unto-them and to-the-ones upon of-the-ones of-became-before to-having-had-became to-ever-a-one-takings, and to-the-one upon to-a-Sennachêreim, a-hundred eighty five thousands as they-had-destructed-off,

8:19 γενομενας] γεγονυιας V | αντιληψεις V | Σεναχηρειμ V* (-χειρ. Va) | εκατον] pr των V | χιλιαδες ως απωλοντο] χιλιαδων απωλειαν V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 8:20 καὶ τὴν ἐν τῇ Βαβυλωνίᾳ τὴν πρὸς τοὺς Γαλάτας παράταξιν γενομένην, ὡς οἱ πάντες ἐπὶ τὴν χρείαν ἦλθον ὀκτακισχίλιοι σὺν Μακεδόσιν τετρακισχιλίοις, τῶν Μακεδόνων ἀπορουμένων, οἱ ὀκτακισχίλιοι τὰς δώδεκα μυριάδας ἀπώλεσαν διὰ τὴν γινομένην αὐτοῖς ἀπ' οὐρανοῦ βοήθειαν, καὶ ὠφέλειαν πολλὴν ἔλαβον.

and to-the-one in unto-the-one unto-a-Babulônia to-the-one toward to-the-ones to-Galatians to-an-arranging-beside to-having-had-became, as the-ones all upon to-the-one to-an-affording-of they-had-came eight-oft-thousand together unto-Makedians unto-four-oft-thousand, of-the-ones of-Makedians of-un-traversing-unto, the-ones eight-oft-thousand to-the-ones to-two-ten to-myriads they-destructed-off through to-the-one to-becoming unto-them off of-a-sky to-a-holler-running-of, and to-an-aidancing-of to-much they-had-taken.

8:20 τη Βαβ.] τη V | οκτακισχιλιους V | μυριαδας] χειλιαδας A*(fort) (μυρ sup ras A1) | ωφελιαν V* (-λειαν Va)

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 8:21 ἐφ' οἷς εὐθαρσεῖς αὐτοὺς παραστήσας καὶ ἑτοίμους ὑπὲρ τῶν νόμων καὶ τῆς πατρίδος ἀποθνήσκειν τετραμερές τι ἐποίησεν τὸ στράτευμα·

Upon unto-which to-goodly-bravinged to-them having-stood-beside and to-readied-of over of-the-ones of-parcelees and of-the-one of-a-fathering to-die-off, to-four-portioninged to-a-one it-did-unto to-the-one to-an-amassing-to;

8:21 ευθαρσις A | παραστησας] ποιησας V | τι] δε V | το στρατευμα εποιησεν V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 8:22 τάξας ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ προηγουμένους ἑκατέρας τάξεως, Σίμωνα καὶ Ἰώσηπον καὶ Ἰωνάθην, ὑποτάξας ἑκάστῳ χιλίους πρὸς τοῖς πεντακοσίοις,

having-arranged to-brethrened of-it to-leading-before-unto of-each of-an-arranging, to-a-Simôn and to-an-Iôsêpos and to-an-Iônathês, having-arranged-under unto-each to-thousand toward unto-the-ones unto-five-hundred,

8:22 ταξας] + δε V | αδελφους] pr τους V | εκατερας] + δε V | Ιωσηφον V | Ιωναθαν V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 8:23 ἔτι δὲ καὶ Ἐλεάζαρον· παραναγνοὺς τὴν ἱερὰν βίβλον, καὶ δοὺς σύνθημα θεοῦ βοηθείας, τῆς πρώτης σπείρης αὐτὸς προηγούμενος συνέβαλε τῷ Νικάνορι.

if-to-a-one then-also and to-an-Eleazaros; having-had-acquainted-up-beside to-the-one to-sacred to-a-paper and having-had-given to-a-placing-together-to of-a-Deity of-a-holler-running-of, of-the-one of-most-before of-whorled it leading-before-unto it-had-casted-together unto-the-one unto-a-Nikanôr.

Note: of-whorled : used to refer to structures of rope, hair styles, cloth wraps, and a cohort as whorled out into action.

8:23 συνθεμα V | προηγουμενος] αφηγουμενος V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 8:24 γενομένου δὲ αὐτοῖς τοῦ παντοκράτορος συμμάχου κατέσφαξαν τῶν πολεμίων ὑπὲρ τοὺς ἐννακισχιλίους, τραυματίας δὲ καὶ τοῖς μέλεσιν ἀναπήρους τὸ πλεῖον μέρος τῆς τοῦ Νικάνορος στρατείας, πάντας δὲ φευγεῖν ἠνάγκασαν.

Of-having-had-became then-also unto-them of-the-one of-an-All-Securer of-battled-together they-down-slaughtered-to of-the-ones of-war-belonged over to-the-ones to-nine-oft-thousand, to-wounded-belongers then-also and unto-the-ones unto-membereednesses to-besided-up to-the-one to-more-beyond to-a-portioneedness of-the-one of-the-one of-a-Nikanôr of-an-amassing-of, to-all then-also to-flee they-up-armed-to.

Note: to-besided-up in HS : to-across-belonged-up in 02.

8:24 αναπειρους AV | πλειον] πλειστον V | της του Νικ.] om της V | στρατειας (-τιας V)] + εποιησαν V | om παντας V | δε φευγειν] φευγει̅| τε V | ηνηγκασεν (sic) A

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 8:25 τὰ δὲ χρήματα τῶν παραγενομένων ἐπὶ τὸν ἀγορασμὸν αὐτῶν ἔλαβον. συνδιώξαντες δὲ αὐτοὺς ἐφ' ἱκανὸν ἀνέλυσαν ἀπὸ τῆς χώρας συνκλειόμενοι·

To-the-ones then-also to-affordings-to of-the-ones of-having-had-became-beside upon to-the-one to-a-lead-alongednessing-to-of of-them they-had-taken. Having-pursued-together then-also to-them upon to-ampled they-loosed-up off of-the-one of-a-spacedness being-latch-belonged-together;

8:25 παραγενομενων] παραγεγονοτων V | απο] υπο V | χωρας] ωρας V | συνκλεομενοι A συγκλειομ. V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 8:26 ἦν γὰρ ἡ πρὸ τοῦ σαββάτου δίκη, δι' ἣν αἰτίαν οὐκ ἐμακροτόνησαν κατατρέχοντες αὐτούς.

it-was then-also the-one before of-the-one of-a-sabbath a-coursing, through to-which to-an-appealing-unto not they-en-long-stretched-unto circuiting-down to-them.

8:26 om δικη V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 8:27 ὁπλολογήσαντες δὲ αὐτοὺς καὶ τὰ σκῦλα ἐκδύσαντες τῶν πολεμίων περὶ τὸ σάββατον ἐγίνοντο, περισσῶς εὐλογοῦντες καὶ ἐξομολογούμενοι τῷ κυρίῳ τῷ διασώσαντι εἰς τὴν ἡμέραν ταύτην, ἀρχὴν ἐλέους τάξαντος αὐτοῖς.

Having-implement-fortheed-unto then-also to-them and to-the-ones to-flayed having-sunk-out of-the-ones of-war-belonged about to-the-one to-a-sabbath they-were-becoming, unto-abouted goodly-fortheeing-unto and along-fortheeing-out-unto unto-the-one unto-Authority-belonged unto-the-one unto-having-saved-through into to-the-one to-a-dayedness to-the-one-this, to-firsting of-a-besectionateedness of-having-arranged unto-them.

Note: of-a-besectionateedness : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc.

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 8:28 μετὰ δὲ τὸ σάββατον τοῖς ᾐκισμένοις καὶ ταῖς χήραις καὶ τοῖς ὀρφανοῖς μερίσαντες ἀπὸ τῶν σκύλων, τὰ λοιπὰ αὐτοὶ καὶ τὰ παιδία διεμερίσαντο.

With then-also to-the-one to-a-sabbath unto-the-ones unto-having-had-come-to-be-un-resembled-to and unto-the-ones unto-bereaved and unto-the-ones unto-orphaned having-portioned-to off of-the-ones of-flayed, to-the-ones to-remaindered them and to-the-ones to-childlets they-portioned-through-to.

8:28 ταις χηραις] om ταις V | τοις ορφ.] om τοις V | om και τα παιδα V | διεμερισαντο] εμερισαντο V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 8:29 ταῦτα δὲ διαπραξάμενοι, καὶ κοινὴν ἱκετίαν ποιησάμενοι, τὸν ἐλεήμονα κύριον ἠξίουν εἰς τέλος καταλλαγῆναι τοῖς αὐτοῦ δούλοις.

To-the-ones-these then-also having-practiced-through, and to-together-belonged-to to-a-petitioning-unto having-done-unto, to-the-one to-besectionatinged-of to-Authority-belonged they-were-en-deem-belonging into to-a-finisheedness to-have-had-been-othered-down unto-the-ones of-it unto-bondees.

8:29 ικετειαν Va | καταλλαγηναι] διαλλαγηναι V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 8:30 Καὶ τοῖς περὶ Τιμόθεον καὶ Βακχίδην συνερείσαντες ὑπὲρ τοὺς δισμυρίους αὐτῶν ἀνεῖλον, καὶ ὀχυρωμάτων ὑψηλῶν εὖ μάλα ἐνκρατεῖς ἐγένοντο, καὶ λάφυρα πλείονος ἐμερίσαντο, ἰσομοίρους αὐτοὺς καὶ τοῖς ᾐκισμένοις καὶ ὀρφανοῖς καὶ χήραις ἔτι δὲ καὶ πρεσβυτέροις ποιήσαντες.

And unto-the-ones about to-a-Timotheos and to-a-Bakchidês having-wrangled-together-to over to-the-ones to-twice-myriaded of-them they-had-sectioned-up, and of-en-holdationings-to of-lofteed-of to-goodly such securinged-in they-had-became, and to-plunders of-more-beyond they-portioned-in-to, to-same-portionedessed to-themselves and unto-the-ones unto-having-had-come-to-be-un-resembled-to and unto-orphaned and unto-bereaved, if-to-a-one then-also and unto-more-eldered having-done-unto.

8:30 τοις περι] οι π. V | Βαχιδην V* (sup χ superscr κα Va) | συνερισ. AV | οχυρωματων] το οχυρωμα των A | εγκρατεις V | πλειονα V | αυτοις AV (αυτ. V)

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 8:31 ὁπλολογήσαντες δὲ αὐτοὺς ἐπιμελῶς πάντα συνέθηκαν εἰς τοὺς ἐπικαίρους τόπους, τὰ δὲ λοιπὰ τῶν σκύλων ἤνεγκαν εἰς Ἰεροσόλυμα·

Having-implement-fortheed-unto then-also to-them unto-portioned-upon to-all they-placed-together into to-the-ones to-timed-upon to-occasions, to-the-ones then-also to-remaindered of-the-ones of-flayed they-beared into to-Ierosoluma';

8:31 αυτους] εαυτους V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 8:32 τὸν δὲ φυλάρχην τῶν περὶ Τιμόθεον ἀνεῖλον, ἀνοσιώτατον ἄνδρα καὶ πολλὰ τοὺς Ἰουδαίους ἐπιλελυπηκότα.

to-the-one then-also to-a-tribe-firster of-the-ones about to-a-Timotheos they-had-sectioned-up, to-most-un-holy to-a-man and to-much to-the-ones to-Iouda-belonged to-having-had-come-to-throe-upon-unto.

8:32 των περι] τον π. V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 8:33 ἐπινίκια δὲ ἄγοντες ἐν τῇ πατρίδι τοὺς ἐμπρήσαντας τοὺς ἱεροὺς πυλῶνας καὶ Καλλισθένην ὑφῆψαν εἰς ἐνοίκιον πεφευγότα· καὶ τὸν ἄξιον τῆς δυσσεβείας ἐκομίσατο μισθόν.

To-mull-belonging-of-belonged-upon then-also leading in unto-the-one unto-a-fathering to-the-ones to-having-kindled-in to-the-ones to-sacred to-gatings and to-a-Kallisthenês they-fastened-under into to-house-belonged-in to-having-hath-had-come-to-flee; and to-the-one to-deem-belonged of-the-one of-an-onerous-revering-of it-tended-to to-a-pay.

8:33 αγοντας A | ιερεις A | om και I° AV | υφηψαν εις ενοικιον] υφ. εις ενοικειον (? εν οικ.) A υφηψαν (υψηφ. V* υφηψ. V1 vid) εις ενοικιδιον (? εν οικ.) V | εκομισατο (εκομισσ. A*vid ras I lit post ι A?)] εκομησαντο V*

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 8:34 ὁ δὲ τρισαλιτήριος Νικάνωρ, ὁ τρισχιλίους ἐμπόρους ἐπὶ τὴν πρᾶσιν τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἀγαγὼν,

The-one then-also thrice-un-pleader-belonged a-Nikanôr, the-one to-thrice-thousand to-traversed-in upon to-the-one to-an-en-acrossating of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged having-had-led,

Note: thrice-un-pleader-belonged (TRISALITHRIOU) : used to refer to thrice unexusable of acts; probably better is to split the words, i.e. thrice un-pleader-belonged (TRIS ALITHRIOU).

8:34 τρισχιλιους] τους χιλιους V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 8:35 ταπεινωθεὶς ὑπὸ τῶν καθ' αὑτὸν νομιζομένων ἐλαχίστων εἶναι, τῇ τοῦ κυρίου βοηθείᾳ, τὴν δοξικὴν ἀποθέμενος ἐσθῆτα, διὰ τῆς μεσογείου, δραπέτου τρόπον ἔρημον ἑαυτὸν ποιήσας, ἧκεν εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν, ὑπὲρ ἅπαν εὐημερηκὼς ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ στρατοῦ διαφθορᾷ.

having-been-en-low-belonged-to under of-the-ones down to-itself of-being-parceleed-to of-most-lackened to-be, unto-the-one of-the-one of-Authority-belonged unto-a-holler-running-of, to-the-one to-reckon-belonged-of having-had-placed-off to-a-clotheness through of-the-one of-middle-soil-belonged of-a-circuiter to-a-turn to-solituded to-self having-done-unto it-was-arriving into to-an-Antiocheia, over to-along-all having-had-come-to-goodly-day-unto upon unto-the-one of-the-one of-an-amassment unto-a-degradedness-through.

Note: of-a-circuiter : used to refer to a man on the run, i.e. a fugitive.

8:35 καθ] κατ V | κυριου] θεου V | δραπετου τροπον] τραπετου τοπον· A | διαφθρα A* (ο superscr A1)

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 8:36 καὶ ὁ τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις ἀναδεξάμενος φόρον ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν ἐν Ἰεροσολύμοις αἰχμαλωσίας κατορθώσασθαι, κατήγγελλεν ὑπέρμαχον ἔχειν τοὺς Ἰουδαίους, καὶ διὰ τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον ἀτρώτους εἶναι τοὺς Ἰουδαίους, διὰ τὸ ἀκολουθεῖν τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ προτεταγμένοις νόμοις.

And the-one unto-the-ones unto-Rômê-belonged having-received-up to-a-bearee off of-the-one of-the-ones in unto-Ierosoluma' of-a-spear-capturing-unto to-have-en-straightly-jutted-down, it-was-leadeeering-down to-battled-over to-hold to-the-ones to-Iouda-belonged, and through to-the-one to-a-turn to-the-one-this to-un-wounded to-be to-the-ones to-Iouda-belonged, through to-the-one to-path-along-unto unto-the-ones of-self unto-having-had-come-to-be-arranged-before unto-parcelees.

8:36 κατορθωσασθαι] διορθωσασθαι V | εχειν] + τον θεον V | εαυτου] υπ αυτου V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 9:1 Περὶ δὲ τὸν καιρὸν ἐκεῖνον ἐτύγχανεν Ἀντίοχος ἀναλελυκὼς ἀκόσμως ἐκ τῶν περὶ τὴν Περσίδα τόπων.

About then-also to-the-one to-a-time to-the-one-thither it-was-actuanating, an-Antiochos, having-had-come-to-loose-up unto-un-orderationed out of-the-ones about to-the-one to-a-Persis of-occasions.

9:1 ακοσμος V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 9:2 εἰσεληλύθει γὰρ εἰς τὴν λεγομένην Περσέπολιν, καὶ ἐπεχείρησεν ἱεροσυλεῖν καὶ τὴν πόλιν συνέχειν· διὸ δὴ τῶν πληθῶν ὁρμησάντων, ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν ὅπλων βοήθειαν ἐτράπησαν· καὶ συνέβη τροπωθέντα τὸν Ἀντίοχον ὑπὸ τῶν ἐγχωρίων ἀσχήμονα τὴν ἀναζυγὴν ποιήσασθαι.

It-had-come-to-have-had-came-into too-thus into to-the-one to-being-forthed to-a-Persepolis, and it-handed-upon-unto to-sacred-rummage-unto and to-the-one to-a-city to-hold-together; through-to-which then of-the-ones of-repleteednesses of-having-corded-unto, upon to-the-one of-the-ones of-implements to-a-holler-running-of they-had-been-turned; and it-had-stepped-together to-having-been-en-turneed to-the-one to-an-Antiochos under of-the-ones of-space-belonged-in to-un-holdeninged-of to-the-one to-a-couplaging-up to-have-done-unto.

9:2 Περσεπολειν A Περσιπολιν V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 9:3 ὄντι δὲ αὐτῷ κατ' Ἐκβάτανα προσέπεσεν τὰ κατὰ Νικάνορα καὶ τοὺς περὶ Τιμόθεον γεγονότα.

Unto-being then-also unto-it down to-Ekbatana' it-had-fallen-toward, the-ones down to-a-Nikanôr and to-the-ones about to-a-Timotheos having-hath-had-come-to-become.

9:3 τα κατα] τακτὰ (sic) V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 9:4 ἐπαρθεὶς δὲ τῷ θυμῷ ᾤετο καὶ τῶν πεφυγαδευκότων αὐτὸν κακίαν εἰς τοὺς Ἰουδαίους ἐναπερείσασθαι· διὸ συνέταξεν τὸν ἁρματηλάτην ἀδιαλείπτως ἐλαύνοντα κατανύειν τὴν πορίαν, τῆς ἐξ οὐρανοῦ δὴ κρίσεως συνούσης αὐτῷ· οὕτως γὰρ ὑπερηφάνως εἶπεν Πολυάνδριον Ἰουδαίων Ἰεροσόλυμα ποιήσω, παραγενόμενος ἐκεῖ.

Having-been-lifted-upon then-also unto-the-one unto-a-passion it-was-which-belonging and of-the-ones of-having-had-come-to-flee-hither-of to-it to-a-wedge-wedging-unto into to-the-ones to-Iouda-belonged to-have-propped-off-in; through-to-which it-arranged-together to-the-one to-a-lifting-along-to-drover unto-un-remaindered-through to-drovening to-accomplish-down to-the-one to-a-traversing-unto, of-the-one out of-a-sky then of-a-separating of-being-together unto-it; unto-the-one-this too-thus unto-manifested-over it-had-said, To-much-manned-belonged of-Iouda-belonged to-Ierosoluma' I-shall-do-unto, having-had-became-beside thither.

9:4 των πεφυγαδ.] pr την V | κακειαν A | τον] τους V* (τον V1) | καταλυειν] κατανυει V* (-ειν V1) | πορειαν Va | δη] ηδη V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 9:5 ὁ δὲ παντεπόπτης κύριος ὁ θεὸς τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ ἐπάταξεν αὐτὸν ἀνιάτῳ καὶ ἀοράτῳ πληγῇ· ἄρτι δὲ αὐτοῦ καταλήξαντος τὸν λόγον, ἔλαβεν αὐτὸν ἀνήκεστος τῶν σπλάγχνων ἀλγηδὼν καὶ πικραὶ τῶν ἔνδον βάσανοι,

The-one then-also an-all-beholder-upon Authority-belonged the-one a-Deity of-the-one of-an-Israêl it-smote to-it unto-un-curabled and unto-un-seeeed unto-a-smiting; thus-to-a-one then-also of-it of-having-abated-down to-the-one to-a-forthee, it-had-taken to-it, un-mendable of-the-ones of-bowels a-paineeing and bitter of-the-ones to-given-in abradants,

Note: unto-un-seeeed : i.e. un something seen; same word form as employee (something employed).

9:5 παντεποπτης] π 3°ex ττ fec vid A? πανεποπτης V | βασανοι] βα superscr Α1

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 9:6 πάνυ δικαίως, τὸν πολλαῖς καὶ ξενιζούσαις συμφοραῖς ἑτέρων σπλάγχνα βασανίσαντα.

all-now unto-course-belonged, to-the-one unto-much and unto-guesting-to unto-bearednesses-together of-different to-bowels to-having-abrading-to.

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 9:7 ὁ δ' οὐδαμῶς τῆς ἀγερωχίας ἔληγεν, ἔτι δὲ καὶ τῆς ὑπερηφανίας ἐπεπλήρωτο, πῦρ πνέων τοῖς θυμοῖς ἐπὶ τοὺς Ἰουδαίους, καὶ κελεύων ἐποξύνειν τὴν πορίαν· συνέβη δὲ καὶ πεσεῖν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἅρματος φερομένου ῥοίζῳ, καὶ δυσχερεῖ πτώματι περιπεσόντα πάντα τὰ μέλη τοῦ σώματος ἀποστρεβλοῦσθαι.

The-one then-also unto-not-then-also-any of-the-one of-an-un-bestowaled-holding-unto it-was-abating, if-to-a-one then-also and of-the-one of-a-manifesting-over-unto it-had-come-to-have-been-en-filled-upon, to-a-fire currenting unto-the-ones unto-passions upon to-the-ones to-Iouda-belonged, and bidding-of to-sharpen-upon to-the-one to-a-traversing-unto; it-had-stepped-together then-also and to-have-had-fallen to-it off of-the-one of-a-lifing-along-to of-being-beared unto-a-whizzing, and unto-onerously-handinged unto-an-en-falling-to to-having-had-fallen-about to-all to-the-ones to-membereednesses of-the-one of-an-en-capsuling-to to-be-en-wrenched-off.

9:7 δ] δε V | αγερωχειας V | υπερηφανειας A | πορειαν Va | φερωμενω V* (φερομ. Va) | δυσχερη A

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 9:8 ὁ δ' ἀντιδοκῶν τοῖς τῆς θαλάσσης κύμασιν διὰ τὴν ὑπὲρ ἀνθρώπων ὑπερηφανίαν, καὶ πλάστιγγι τῶν ὀρέων οἰόμενος ὕψη στήσειν, κατὰ γῆν γενόμενος ἐν φορίῳ παρεκομίζετο, φανερὰν τοῦ θεοῦ πᾶσιν τὴν δύναμιν ἐνδεικνύμενος·

The-one then-also ever-a-one-thinking-unto unto-the-ones of-the-one of-a-flourisheredness unto-swellings-to through to-the-one over of-mankinds to-a-manifesting-over-unto, and unto-a-moldet of-the-ones of-jutteednesses which-belonging to-lofteednesses to-shall-have-stood, down to-a-soil having-had-became in unto-a-beareelet it-was-being-tended-beside-to, to-en-manifested of-the-one of-a-Deity unto-all to-the-one to-an-ability en-showing-in;

Note: unto-a-moldet : used to refer to something that takes a form from an object, usually of a type of scale which probably had a taut membrane that sagged to reveal weight; used of other things based on some maliableness trait.

9:8 δ᾿ αντιδοκων] δε αρτι δοκων V | κυμασιν] + επιτασσειν V | ανθρωπων υπερηφανιαν] ανο̅ν̅ αλαζονιαν V | των ορεων] τα των ορ. μειζονα V | om οιομενος V | υψι A | γινομενος V | ενδεικνυμενος (-δειγν. A)] ενδεικνυοντος V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 9:9 ὥστε καὶ ἐκ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ δυσσεβοῦς σκώληκας ἀναζεῖν, καὶ ζῶντος ἐν ὀδύναις καὶ ἀλγηδόσιν τὰς σάρκας αὐτοῦ διαπίπτειν, ὑπὸ δὲ τῆς ὀσμῆς αὐτοῦ πᾶν τὸ στρατόπεδον βαρύνεσθαι τὴν απρίαν.

as-also and out of-the-one of-an-en-capsuling-to of-the-one of-onerously-reveringed to-maggots to-boil-up, and of-lifing-unto in unto-anguishes and unto-paineeings to-the-ones to-fleshes of-it to-fall-through, under then-also of-the-one of-an-odor of-it to-all to-the-one to-an-amassed-footment to-be-weightened to-the-one to-an-en-decaying-unto.

9:9 του σωματος] των του σωμ. οφθαλμων V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 9:10 καὶ τὸν μικρῷ πρότερον τῶν οὐρανίων ἄστρων ἅπτεσθαι δοκοῦντα, παρακομίζειν οὐδεὶς ἐδύνατο, διὰ τὸ τῆς ὀσμῆς ἀφόρητον βάρος.

And to-the-one unto-small to-more-before of-the-ones of-skyed-belonged of-en-starrings to-fasten to-thinking-unto, to-tend-beside-to not-then-also-one it-was-abling, through to-the-one of-the-one of-an-odor to-un-beareeable to-a-weighteedness.

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 9:11 ἐνταῦθα οὖν ἤρξατο τὸ πολὺ τῆς ὑπερηφανίας λήγειν τεθραυσμένος, καὶ εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν ἔρχεσθαι θείᾳ μάστιγι, κατὰ στιγμὴν ἐπιτεινόμενος ταῖς ἀλγηδόσιν.

In-unto-the-ones-these accordingly it-firsted to-the-one to-much of-the-one of-a-manifesting-over-unto to-abate, having-had-come-to-be-crushed, and into to-an-acquainting-upon to-come unto-deity-belonged unto-a-thrash, down to-a-mark being-stretched-upon unto-the-ones unto-paineeings.

9:11 ληγειν] λεγει̅| A | τεθραυσμενος] υποτεθραυσμ. V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 9:12 καὶ μηδὲ τῆς ὀσμῆς αὑτοῦ ἀνέχεσθαι δυνάμενος, ταῦτ' ἔφη Δίκαιον ὑποτάσσεσθαι τῷ θεῷ, καὶ μὴ θνητὸν ὄντα ὑπερήφανα φρονεῖν.

And lest-then-also of-the-one of-an-odor of-itself to-hold-up abling, to-the-ones-these it-was-declaring, Course-belonged to-be-arranged-under unto-the-one unto-a-Deity, and lest to-dieable to-being to-manifested-over to-center-unto.

9:12 δυναμενος ανεχεσθαι V | υπερηφανα] ισοθεα V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 9:13 ηὔχετο δὲ ὁ μιερὸς πρὸς τὸν οὐκέτι αὐτὸν ἐλεήσοντα δεσπότην, οὕτως λέγων·

It-was-goodly-holding then-also the-one stained toward to-the-one not-if-to-a-one to-it to-shall-having-besectoinated-unto to-a-Bind-doer, unto-the-one-this forthing;

9:13 δε] ουν V | μιαρος V | om προς V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 9:14 τὴν μὲν ἁγίαν πόλιν, ἣν σπεύδων παρεγίνετο ἰσόπεδον ποιῆσαι καὶ πολυάνδριον οἰκοδομῆσαι, ἐλευθέραν ἀναδεῖξαι·

to-the-one indeed to-hallow-belonged to-a-city, to-which hastening it-was-becoming-beside to-a-samed-footment to-have-done-unto and to-much-manned-belonged to-have-house-built-unto, to-en-freed to-have-en-showed-up;

9:14 παρεγινετο] παραγινομενος V | ελευθεραν] + αυτην V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 9:15 τοὺς δὲ Ἰουδαίους, ὡς διεγνώκει μηδὲ ταφῆς ἀξιῶσαι, οἰωνοβρώτους σὺν τοῖς νηπίοις ἐκτρίψαι θηρίοις, πάντας αὐτοὺς ἴσους Ἀθηναίοις ποιήσειν·

to-the-ones then-also to-Iouda-belonged, as it-had-come-to-acquaint-through lest-then-also of-a-buriaging to-have-en-deem-belonged, to-raptor-feedeed together unto-the-ones unto-non-word-belonged to-have-rubbed-out unto-beastlets, to-all to-them to-samed unto-Athênê-belonged to-shall-have-done-unto;

Note: unto-non-word-belonged : used to refer to unlearned in words, to baby talk, to infants, etc.

9:15 ως] ους V | διεγνωκει̅| V | αξιωσειν V | οιωνοβρωτους] + δε V | εκτριψαι] εκριψειν V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 9:16 ὃν δὲ πρότερον ἐσκύλευσεν ἅγιον νεὼ καλλίστοις ἀναθήμασιν κοσμήσειν, καὶ τὰ ἱερὰ σκεύη πολυπλάσια πάντα ἀποδώσειν, τὰς δὲ ἐπιβαλλούσας πρὸς τὰς θυσίας συντάξεις ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων προσόδων χορηγήσειν·

to-which then-also to-more-before it-flayed-of to-hallow-belonged to-a-temple unto-most-seemly unto-placings-up-to to-shall-have-orderationed-unto, and to-the-ones to-sacred to-equipeednesses to-much-fold-belonged to-all to-shall-have-given-off, to-the-ones then-also to-casting-upon toward to-the-ones to-surgings-unto to-arrangings-together out of-the-ones of-private-belonged of-ways-toward to-shall-have-chorus-led-unto;

9:16 αγιον· A | newn V | καλλιστοις] καλλει̅| τοις (sic) A

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 9:17 πρὸς δὲ τούτοις καὶ Ἰουδαῖος ἔσεσθαι, καὶ πάντα τόπον οἰκητὸν ἐπελεύσεσθαι καταγγέλλοντα τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ κράτος.

toward then-also unto-the-ones-these and Iouda-belonged to-shall-have-been, and to-all to-an-occasion to-housed to-shall-have-come-upon to-leadeeering-down to-the-one of-the-one of-a-Deity to-a-securement.

9:17 Ιουδαιον V | επελευσασθαι A | καταγγελλοντας A

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 9:18 οὐδαμῶς δὲ ληγόντων τῶν πόνων, ἐπεληλύθει γὰρ ἐπ' αὐτὸν δικαία ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ κρίσις, τὰ κατ' αὐτὸν ἀπελπίσας ἔγραψεν πρὸς τοὺς Ἰουδαίους τὴν ὑπογεγραμμένην ἐπιστολήν, ἔχουσαν ἱκετηρίας τάξιν, περιέχουσαν δὲ οὕτως

Unto-not-then-also-any then-also of-abating of-the-ones of-necessitatees, it-had-come-to-have-had-came-upon too-thus upon to-it, course-belonged the-one of-the-one of-a-Deity a-separating, to-the-ones down to-it having-drove-sureed-off-to it-scribed toward to-the-ones to-Iouda-belonged to-the-one to-having-had-come-to-be-scribed-under to-a-seteeing-upon, to-holding of-a-petitionering-unto to-an-arranging, to-holding-about then-also unto-the-one-this,

9:18 τα κατ αυτον] τα δε κατ αυτων (αυτον Va) V | ικετηραις ταξιν· εχουσαν V | om περιεχουσαν V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 9:19 Τοῖς χρηστοῖς Ἰουδαίοις τοῖς πολίταις πολλὰ χαίρειν καὶ ὑγιαίνειν καὶ εὖ πράττειν βασιλεὺς Ἀντίοχος καὶ στρατηγός·

Unto-the-ones unto-afforded unto-Iouda-belonged unto-the-ones unto-city-belongers to-much to-joy and to-health and to-goodly to-practice; a-ruler-of an-Antiochos and an-amass-leader;

9:19 ευ πραττειν] διευτυχειν V | Αντιοχος και στρατηγος] και στρατ. Αντ. V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 9:20 ἔρρωσθε, καὶ τὰ τέκνα· καὶ τὰ ἴδια κατὰ γνώμην ἔσται ὑμῖν. εἰς οὐρανὸν τὴν ἐλπίδα ἔχων,

Ye-should-have-had-come-to-be-en-strengthed, and the-ones creationees; and the-ones private-belonged down to-an-acquaintance it-shall-be unto-ye. Into to-a-sky to-the-one to-a-droved-sureeing holding,

9:20 ερρωσθαι AV* (-σθε Va) | εσται] εστιν V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 9:21 ὑμῶν τὴν τιμὴν καὶ τὴν εὔνοιαν ἐμνημόνευον φιλοστόργως· ἐπαναγαγὼν ἐκ τῶν κατὰ τὴν Περσίδα τόπων, καὶ περιπεσὼν ἀσθενείᾳ δυσχερίαν ἐχούσῃ, ἀναγκαῖον ἡγησάμην φροντίσαι τῆς κοινῆς πάντων ὑμῶν ἀσφαλείας·

of-ye to-the-one to-a-valuation and to-the-one to-a-goodly-en-mulling-unto I-was-memory-stayeeing-of unto-affection-cared; having-had-led-up-upon out of-the-ones down to-the-one to-a-Persis of-occasions, and having-had-fallen-about unto-an-un-vigoring-of to-an-onerous-handing-of unto-holding, to-up-arm-belonged I-led-unto to-have-centressed-to of-the-one of-together-belonged-to of-all of-ye of-an-un-befailing-of;

9:21 την τιμην] om την V | επαναγων V | δυσχερειαν Va | om υμων 2° V | ασφαλειας (-λιας V*)] + την εις ουν̅ο̅ν̅ ελπιδα εχοντων υμων V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 9:22 οὐκ ἀπογινώσκων τὰ κατ' ἐμαυτόν, ἀλλὰ ἔχων πολλὴν ἐλπίδα ἐκφεύξεσθαι τὴν ἀσθένειαν.

not acquainting-off to-the-ones down to-myself, other holding to-much to-a-droved-sureeing to-shall-have-fled-out to-the-one to-an-un-vigoring-of.

9:22 αλλα] αλλ V | εκφευξασθαι V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 9:23 θεωρῶν δὲ ὅτι καὶ ὁ πατήρ, καθ' οὓς καιροὺς εἰς τοὺς ἄνω τόπους ἐστρατοπέδευσεν, ἀνέδειξεν τὸν διαδεξάμενον,

Surveiling-unto then-also to-which-a-one and the-one a-father, down to-which to-a-time into to-the-ones up-unto-which to-occasions it-foot-amassed-of, it-en-showed-up to-the-one to-having-received-through,

9:23 εστρατοπαιδευεν V* (-πεδευεν Va) | διαδεξαμενον] διαλεξομενον V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 9:24 ὅπως ἐάν τι παράδοξον ἀποβαίη καὶ προσαπέλθῃ τι δυσχερές, εἰδότες οἱ κατὰ τὴν χώραν ᾧ καταλέλειπται τὰ πράγματα, μὴ ἐπιταράσσωνται·

unto-which-whither if-ever a-one reckoned-beside it-may-have-had-stepped-off and it-might-have-had-came-off-toward, a-one onerously-handinged, having-had-come-to-see, the-ones down to-the-one to-a-spacedness, unto-which it-had-come-to-be-remaindered-down the-ones practicings-to, lest they-might-be-stirred-upon;

9:24 αποβαινει V -νη Va | και προσαπελθη τι δυσχερες] η και προσαγγελθη δυσχ. τι V | οι κατα] οτι κ. V | επιταρασσονται V*

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 9:25 πρὸς δὲ τούτοις κατανοῶν τοὺς παρακειμένους δυνάστας καὶ γειτνιῶντας τῆς βασιλείας τοῖς καιροῖς ἐπέχοντας καὶ προσδοκῶντας τὸ ἀποβησόμενον, ἀναδέδειχα τὸν υἱὸν Ἀντίοχον βασιλέα, ὃν πολλάκις ἀνατρέχων εἰς τὰς ἐπάνω σατραπείας τοῖς πλείστοις ὑμῶν παρεκατετιθέμην καὶ συνίστων· γέγραφα δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν τὰ ὑπογεγραμμένα.

toward then-also unto-the-ones-these en-mulling-down-unto to-the-ones to-situating-beside to-ablers and to-soil-belonging-unto of-the-one of-a-ruling-of unto-the-ones unto-times to-holding-upon and to-toward-thinking-unto to-the-one to-shall-having-stepped-off, I-had-come-to-en-show-up to-the-one to-a-son to-an-Antiochos to-a-ruler-of, to-which much-oft circuiting-up into to-the-ones upon-up-unto-which to-provincings-of unto-the-ones unto-most-beyond of-ye I-was-placing-down-beside and standing-together; I-had-come-to-scribe then-also toward to-it to-the-ones to-having-had-come-to-be-scribed-under.

9:25 γειτνιονταις V* | της βασιλειας] τη βασιλεια V | προσδοκωντας (-κοντ. V* κουντ. Va)] + δεχομενους V | σατραπιας V | παρακατετιθεμην V | om δε V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 9:26 παρακαλῶ οὖν ὑμᾶς καὶ ἀξιῶ, μεμνημένους τῶν εὐεργεσιῶν κοινῇ καὶ κατ' ἰδίαν, ἕκαστον συντηρεῖν τὴν οὖσαν εὔνοιαν εἰς ἐμὲ καὶ τὸν υἱόν·

I-call-beside-unto accordingly to-ye and I-en-deem-belong, to-having-had-come-to-be-memoried-unto of-the-ones of-goodly-workings-unto unto-together-belonged-to and down to-private-belonged, to-each to-keep-together-unto to-the-one to-being to-a-goodly-en-mulling-unto into to-ME and to-the-one to-a-son;

9:26 εις] προς V | υιον] + μου V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 9:27 πέπεισμαι γὰρ αὐτὸν ἐπιεικῶς καὶ φιλανθρώπως συνσταθέντα τῇ ἐμῇ προαιρέσει συνπεριενεχθήσεσθαι ὑμῖν.

I-had-come-to-be-sured too-thus to-it unto-resembled-upon and unto-mankind-cared to-having-been-stood-together unto-the-one unto-mine unto-a-sectioning-along-before to-shall-have-been-beared-about-together unto-ye.

9:27 συνσταθεντα] παρακολουθουντα V | συμπερεν. Va

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 9:28 Ὁ μὲν οὖν ἀνδροφόνος καὶ βλάσφημος τὰ χείριστα παθών, ὡς ἑτέρους διέθηκεν, ἐπὶ ξένης ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσιν οἰκτίστῳ μόρῳ κατέστρεψεν τὸν βίον.

The-one indeed accordingly man-slayeed and ill-declared to-the-ones to-most-worsinged-of having-had-trekked, as to-different it-placed-through, upon of-guested in unto-the-ones unto-jutteednesses unto-most-pitied unto-a-portionee it-beturned-down to-the-one to-a-dureeation.

Note: man-slayeed : used to refer to holding the act of manslaying.

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 9:29 παρεκομίζετο δὲ τὸ σῶμα Φίλιππος ὁ σύντροφος αὐτοῦ· ὃς καὶ διευλαβηθεὶς τὸν υἱὸν Ἀντιόχου πρὸς Πτολεμαῖον τὸν Φιλομήτορα εἰς Αἴγυπτον διεκομίσθη.

It-was-tending-beside-to then-also to-the-one to-an-en-capsuling-to, a-Filippos the-one turneed-together of-it; which and having-been-goodly-taken-through to-the-one to-a-son of-an-Antiochos, toward to-a-Ptolemaios to-the-one to-a-Filomêtôr into to-an-Aiguptos it-was-tended-through-to.

Note: to-a-Filomêtôr : possibly the meaning intended, to-mother-cared.

9:29 παρεκομιζετο δε το σωμα] παρεκομιζε το σωμα V | ευλαβηθεις] διευλαβηθεις V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 10:1 Μακκαβαῖος δὲ καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ, τοῦ κυρίου προάγοντος αὐτούς, τὸ μὲν ἱερὸν ἐκομίσαντο καὶ τὴν πόλιν·

Makkaba-belonged then-also and the-ones together unto-it, of-the-one of-Authority-belonged of-leading-before to-them, to-the-one indeed to-sacred they-tended-to and to-the-one to-a-city;

10:1 Μακαβαιος V* (Μακκ. Va) | αυτω] τω bis scr A

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 10:2 τοὺς δὲ κατὰ τὴν ἀγορὰν βωμοὺς ὑπὸ τῶν ἀλλοφύλων δεδημιουργημένους, ἔτι δὲ τεμένη, καθεῖλαν.

to-the-ones then-also down to-the-one to-a-lead-alongedness to-steppings-of under of-the-ones of-other-tribed to-having-had-come-to-be-locality-worked-unto, if-to-a-one then-also to-sanctuaries, they-sectioned-down.

10:2 τους δε κατα] τουςκατα V* (τους δε κ. V1) | τεμενη] pr και τα V | καθειλον V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 10:3 καὶ τὸν νεὼ καθαρίσαντες, ἕτερον θυσιαστήριον ἐποίησαν· καὶ πυρώσαντες λίθους, καὶ πῦρ ἐκ τούτων λαβόντες, ἀνήνεγκαν θυσίας μετὰ διετῆ χρόνον καὶ θυμίαμα καὶ λύχνους, καὶ τῶν ἄρτων τὴν πρόθεσιν ἐποιήσαντο.

And to-the-one to-a-temple having-cleansed-to, to-different to-a-surgerlet they-did-unto; and having-en-fired to-stones, and to-a-fire out of-the-ones-these having-had-taken, they-beared-up to-surgings-unto with to-two-yearinged to-a-while and to-an-incensing-to and to-luminatings-of, and of-the-ones of-adjustations to-the-one to-a-placing-before they-did-unto.

Note: of-adjustations : used to refer to a processed food staple, most frequently a loaf of bread.

10:3 νεων V | om και 2° V | θυσαιν V* (-ας V1 (vid))

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 10:4 ταῦτα δὲ ποιήσαντες, ἠξίωσαν τὸν κύριον πεσόντες ἐπὶ κοιλίαν, μηκέτι παραπεσεῖν τοιούτοις κακοῖς, ἀλλ' ἐάν ποτε καὶ ἁμάρτωσιν, ὑπ' αὐτοῦ μετὰ ἐπιεικείας, μὴ βλασφήμοις καὶ βαρβάροις ἔθνεσιν παραδίδοσθαι.

To-the-ones-these then-also having-done-unto, they-en-deem-belonged to-the-one to-Authority-belonged having-had-fallen upon to-a-hollowing-unto, lest-if-to-a-one to-have-had-fallen-beside unto-the-ones-unto-the-ones-these unto-wedge-wedged, other if-ever whither-also and they-might-have-had-un-adjusted-along, under of-it with of-a-resembling-upon-of, lest unto-ill-declared and unto-aliened unto-placeedness-belongings-to to-be-given-beside.

10:4 κοιλιας V | παραπεσειν] περιπεσειν V | μετα] μετ V | επιεικειας] + παιδευεσθαι V | μη] pr και V | εθνεσι V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 10:5 ἐν ᾗ δὲ ἡμέρᾳ ὁ νεὼς ὑπὸ ἀλλοφύλων ἐβεβηλώθη, συνέβη κατὰ τὴν αὐτὴν ἡμέραν τὸν καθαρισμὸν γενέσθαι τοῦ ναοῦ, τῇ πέμπτῃ καὶ εἰκάδι τοῦ αὐτοῦ μηνός, τοῦ Χασελεύ.

In unto-which then-also unto-a-dayedness the-one a-temple under of-other-tribed it-was-en-step-stepped-of, it-had-stepped-together down to-the-one to-it to-a-dayedness to-the-one to-a-cleansing-to-of to-have-had-became of-the-one of-a-temple, unto-the-one unto-fifth and unto-a-twentieth of-the-one of-it of-a-month, of-the-one of-a-Chaseleu.

Note: it-was-en-step-stepped-of : used to refer to a person overstepping what is allowable.

10:5 του αυτου μηνος] του μηνος V* (αυτου superscr V1 (vid)) | του Χασελευ] ο εστιν Χασ. V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 10:6 καὶ μετ' εὐφροσύνης ἦγον ἡμέρας ὀκτὼ σκηνωμάτων τρόπον, μνημονεύοντες ὡς πρὸ μικροῦ χρόνου τὴν τῶν σκηνῶν ἑορτὴν ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσιν καὶ ἐν τοῖς σπηλαίοις θηρίων τρόπον ἦσαν νεμόμενοι.

And with of-a-goodly-centeringedness they-were-leading to-dayednesses to-eight of-en-tentings-to to-a-turn, memory-stayeeing-of as before of-small of-a-while to-the-one of-the-ones of-tentings to-a-festival in unto-the-ones unto-jutteednesses and in unto-the-ones unto-cavelets of-beastlets to-a-turn they-were being-parceled.

10:6 ορεσι V | om εν 2° V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 10:7 διὸ θύρσους καὶ κλάδους ὡραίους, ἔτι δὲ καὶ φοίνικας ἔχοντες, ηὐχαρίστουν τῷ εὐοδώσαντι καθαρίσαι τὸν ἑαυτοῦ τόπον.

Through-to-which to-thursos' and to-branches to-hour-belonged, if-to-a-one then-also and to-palms holding, they-were-goodly-granting-unto unto-the-one unto-having-goodly-en-wayed to-have-cleansed-to to-the-one of-self to-an-occasion.

Note: to-thursos' : probably borrowed from a donor language; used to refer to wands wreathed in ivy and vine-leaves with a pine-cone at the top.

10:7 ηυχαριστουν] υμνους ανεφερον V | καθαρισαι] καθαρισθηναι V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 10:8 ἐδογμάτισάν τε μετὰ κοινοῦ προστάγματος καὶ ψηφίσματος παντὶ τῷ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἔθνει κατ' ἐνιαυτὸν ἄγειν τὰς δεκάτας ἡμέρας.

They-thinking-toed-to also with of-together-belonged-to of-an-arranging-toward-to and of-a-pebbling-to unto-all unto-the-one of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged unto-a-placeedness-belonging-to down to-a-being-in-unto-it to-lead to-the-ones to-tenth to-dayednesses.

Note: they-thinking-toed-to : Greek DOGMATIZW, DOGMA (thinking-to) incorporated into a Verb; used to refer to applying a thinking-to; i.e. in Active voice to decree to others, in Passive voice to be decreed to, in Middle voice to decree to oneself.

Note: to-tenth (DEKATAS) : probable error either in copy or in word division; to-ten (DEKA) or to-ten to-the-ones (DEKA TAS).

10:8 τε] δε V | των Ιουδαιων] om των V | δεκατας] δεκα V

(167-164 B.C.)

2Ma 10:9 Καὶ τὰ μὲν τῆς Ἀντιόχου τοῦ προσαγορευθέντος Ἐπιφανοῦς τελευτῆς οὕτως εἶχεν.

And to-the-ones indeed of-the-one of-an-Antiochos of-the-one of-having-been-lead-alongednessed-toward-of of-an-Epifanês of-a-finishing-of-unto unto-the-one-this it-was-holding.

10:9 της] τες V* vid (της Va) | του προσαγορ.] om του V* (hab Va)

(164 B.C.)

2Ma 10:10 νυνὶ δὲ τὰ κατὰ τὸν ὕπατον Ἀντίοχον, υἱὸν δὲ τοῦ ἀσεβοῦς γενόμενον, δηλώσομεν αὐτά, συντέμνοντες τὰ συνέχοντα τῶν πολέμων κακά.

Unto-now then-also to-the-ones down to-the-one to-most-over to-an-Antiochos, to-a-son then-also of-the-one of-un-reveringed to-having-had-became, we-shall-en-distinct to-them, cutting-together to-the-ones to-holding-together of-the-ones of-cities to-wedge-wedged.

Note: Antiochus V Eupator rule begins 2Ma 10:10-12:45.

10:10 υπατον] Ευπατορα V | δηλωσωμεν Va (vid) | om συνεχοντα V | πολεων] πολεμων V

(164 B.C.)

2Ma 10:11 οὗτος γὰρ παραλαβὼν τὴν βασιλείαν, ἀνέδειξεν ἐπὶ τῶν πραγμάτων Λυσίαν τινά, Κοίλης δὲ Συρίας καὶ Φοινίκης στρατηγὸν πρώταρχον.

The-one-this too-thus having-had-taken-beside to-the-ones to-a-ruling-of, it-en-showed-up upon of-the-ones of-practicings-to to-a-Lusias to-a-one, of-a-Koilê then-also of-a-Suria and of-a-Foinikê to-an-amass-leader to-most-before-led.

10:11 Κοιλης δε] κοινωνον V

(164 B.C.)

2Ma 10:12 Πτολεμαῖος γὰρ ὁ καλούμενος Μάκρων, τὸ δίκαιον συντηρεῖν προηγούμενος πρὸς τοὺς Ἰουδαίους διὰ τὴν γεγονυῖαν πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἀδικίαν, ἐπειρᾶτο τὰ πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἰρηνικῶς διεξάγειν.

A-Ptolemaios too-thus the-one being-called-unto a-Makrôn, to-the-one to-course-belonged to-keep-together-unto leading-before-unto toward to-the-ones to-Iouda-belonged through to-the-one to-having-hath-had-come-to-become toward to-them to-an-un-coursing-unto, it-was-across-belonging-unto to-the-ones toward to-them unto-joinify-belonged to-lead-out-through.

10:12 Πτολμεμαιος] inter αι et ος 3 ud vid litt ras A? | καλουμενος] λεγομενος V | συνετηρει V | προηγουμενως Va | om προς τους Ιουδαιους V | προς αυτους (I°)] εις τους Ιουδαιους V | διεξαγαγειν V

(164 B.C.)

2Ma 10:13 ὅθεν κατηγορούμενος ὑπὸ τῶν φίλων πρὸς τὸν Εὐπάτορα, καὶ προδότης παρ' ἕκαστα ἀκούων, διὰ τὸ τὴν Κύπρον ἐμπιστευθέντα ὑπὸ τοῦ Φιλομήτορος ἐκλιπεῖν καὶ πρὸς Ἀντίοχον τὸν Ἐπιφανῆ ἀναχωρῆσαι, μήτε εὐγενῆ τὴν ἐξουσίαν εὐγενναίσας, φαρμακεύσας ἑαυτὸν ἐξέλειπεν τὸν βίον.

Which-from being-lead-alongednessed-down-unto under of-the-ones of-cared toward to-the-one to-a-Eupatôr, and a-giver-before beside to-each hearing, through to-the-one to-the-one to-a-Kupros to-having-been-trusted-in-of under of-the-one of-a-Filomêtôr to-have-had-remaindered-out and toward to-an-Antiochos to-the-one to-an-Epifanês to-have-spaced-up-unto, lest-also to-goodly-becominged to-the-one to-a-being-out-unto having-goodly-generated-belonged, having-dosed-of to-self it-was-remaindering-out to-the-one to-a-dureeation.

10:13 εκλειπειν V* | ευγεννασιας A ευγενισας coniecer Grimm Fritzsch | εαυτον] δε αυτον V

(164 B.C.)

2Ma 10:14 Γοργίας δὲ γενόμενος στρατηγὸς τῶν τόπων, ἐξενοτρόφει, καὶ παρ' ἕκαστα πρὸς τοὺς ἰδίους ἐπολεμοτρόφει.

A-Gorgias then-also having-had-became an-amass-leader of-the-ones of-occasions, it-was-guest-nourishing-unto, and beside to-each toward to-the-ones to-private-belonged it-was-war-nourishing-unto.

10:14 τοπων] τροπων A | ιδιους] Ιουδαιους V

(164 B.C.)

2Ma 10:15 ὁμοῦ δὲ τούτων καὶ οἱ Ἰδουμαῖοι ἐγκρατεῖς ἐπικαίρων ὀχυρωμάτων ὄντες, ἐγύμναζον τοὺς Ἰουδαίους, καὶ τοὺς φυγαδεύσαντας ἀπὸ Ἰεροσολύμων προσλαβόμενοι πολεμοτροφεῖν ἐπεχείρουν.

Of-alonged then-also of-the-ones-these and the-ones Idouma-belonged securinged-in of-timed-upon of-en-holdationings-to being, they-were-stripping-to to-the-ones to-Iouda-belonged, and to-the-ones to-having-flee-hithered-of off of-Ierosoluma' having-had-taken-toward to-war-nourish-unto they-were-handing-upon-unto.

10:15 τουτω V | φυγαγευοντας V | προσλαμβανομενοι V | Ιδουμαιων] Ιουδαιων V

(164 B.C.)

2Ma 10:16 οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Μακκαβαῖον, ποιησάμενοι λιτανίαν καὶ ἀξιώσαντες τὸν θεὸν σύμμαχον αὐτοῖς γενέσθαι, ἐπὶ τὰ τῶν Ἰδουμαίων ὀχυρώματα ὥρμησαν·

The-ones then-also about to-the-one to-Makkaba-belonged, having-done-unto to-a-pleading-unto and having-en-deem-belonged to-the-one to-a-Deity to-battled-together unto-them to-have-had-became, upon to-the-ones of-the-ones of-Idouma-belonged to-en-holdationings-to they-corded-unto;

(164 B.C.)

2Ma 10:17 οἷς καὶ προσβαλόντες εὐρώστως, ἐνκρατεῖς ἐγένοντο τῶν τόπων, πάντας τε τοὺς ἐπὶ τῷ τείχει μαχομένους ἠμύναντο, κατέσφαζόν τε τοὺς ἐνπίπτοντας, ἀνεῖλον δὲ οὐχ ἧττον τῶν δισμυρίων.

unto-which and having-had-casted-toward unto-goodly-strengthened, securinged-in they-had-became of-the-ones of-occasions, to-all also to-the-ones upon unto-the-one unto-a-lineationeedness to-battling they-heedened, they-were-down-slaughtering-to also to-the-ones to-falling-in, they-had-sectioned-up then-also not to-lessinged-of of-the-ones of-twice-myriaded.

Note: they-heedened : from Greek ANUMW; Active voice is to give heed, i.e. come to aid or defense, Middle voice is to cause the Object to heed to the purpose of the Subject, i.e. to various degrees of purpose from fending off to avenging upon, etc.

10:17 προσβαλλοντες V | ευρρωστ. Va | ενκρατεις εγενοντο] εγεν. εγκρατεις V | τε 2°] δε V | ενπιπτοντας (εμπ. V)] + παντας V | ηττων V*

(164 B.C.)

2Ma 10:18 συνφυγόντων δὲ οὐκ ἔλαττον τῶν ἐννακισχιλίων εἰς δύο πύργους ὀχυροὺς εὖ μάλα, καὶ πάντα τὰ πρὸς πολιορκίαν ἔχοντας,

Of-having-had-fled-together then-also not to-lackinged-of of-the-ones of-nine-thousand into to-two to-towers to-holdationed to-goodly such, and to-all to-the-ones toward to-a-city-fenceeing-unto to-holding,

10:18 συμφυγ. Va | ενακισχιλιων V* | εχοντες V

(164 B.C.)

2Ma 10:19 ὁ Μακκαβαῖος εἰς ἐπείγοντας τόπους, ἀπολείπων Σίμωνα καὶ Ἰώσηπον, ἔτι δὲ Ζακχαῖον καὶ τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ ἱκανοὺς πρὸς τὴν τούτων πολιορκίαν, αὐτὸς ἐχωρίσθη.

the-one Makkaba-belonged into to-if-too-uponing to-occasions, remaindering-off to-a-Simôn and to-an-Iôsêpos, if-to-a-one then-also to-a-Zakchaios and to-the-ones together unto-it to-ampled toward to-the-one of-the-ones-these to-a-city-fenceeing-unto, it it-was-spaced-to.

10:19 Μακαβαιος V* (Μακκ. V1) | απολιπων Va | Ιωσηφον V | Ζακχαιον] pr και V

(164 B.C.)

2Ma 10:20 οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Σίμωνα φιλαργυρήσαντες ὑπό τινων τῶν ἐν τοῖς πύργοις ἐπείσθησαν ἀργυρίῳ· ἑπτάκις δὲ μυρίας δραχμὰς λαβόντες, εἴασάν τινας διαρρυῆναι.

The-ones then-also about to-the-one to-a-Simôn having-silver-cared-unto under of-ones of-the-ones in unto-the-ones unto-towers they-were-sured unto-a-silverlet; to-seven-oft then-also to-myriads to-graspings having-had-taken, they-letted-unto to-ones to-have-had-been-flowed-through.

10:20 φιλαργυρισαντες V* (-γυρησ. Va) | των εν] τοις εν V

(164 B.C.)

2Ma 10:21 προσαγγέλλοντες δὲ τῷ Μακκαβαίῳ περὶ τοῦ γεγονότος, συναγαγὼν τοὺς ἡγουμένους τοῦ λαοῦ, κατηγόρησεν ὡς ἀργυρίου πέπρακαν τοὺς ἀδελφούς, τοὺς πολεμίους κατ' αὐτῶν ἀπολύσαντες.

Leadeeering-toward then-also unto-the-one unto-Makkaba-belonged about of-the-one of-having-hath-had-come-to-become, having-had-led-together to-the-ones to-leading-unto of-the-one of-a-people, it-lead-alongednessed-down-unto as of-a-silverlet they-had-come-to-en-acrossate to-the-ones to-brethrened, to-the-ones to-war-belonged down of-them having-loosed-off.

10:21 προσαγγελθεντος V | κατηγορησαν V | αργυριω V | του αδελφους V* (τους αδ. Va)

(164 B.C.)

2Ma 10:22 τούτους μὲν οὖν προδότας γενομένους ἀπέκτεινεν, καὶ παραχρῆμα τοὺς δύο πύργους κατελάβετο.

To-the-ones-these indeed accordingly to-givers-before to-having-had-became it-killed-off, and beside-to-an-affording-to to-the-ones to-two to-towers it-had-taken-down.

(164 B.C.)

2Ma 10:23 τοῖς δὲ ὅπλοις τὰ πάντα ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν εὐοδούμενος, ἀπώλεσεν ἐν τοῖς δυσὶν ὀχυρώμασιν πλείους τῶν δισμυρίων.

Unto-the-ones then-also unto-implements to-the-ones to-all in unto-the-ones unto-hands being-goodly-en-wayed, it-destructed-off in unto-the-ones unto-two unto-en-holdationings-to to-beyond of-the-ones of-twice-myriaded.

(164 B.C.)

2Ma 10:24 Τιμόθεος δὲ ὁ πρῶτον ἡττηθεὶς ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων, συναγαγὼν ξένας δυνάμεις πανπληθεῖς καὶ τοὺς τῆς Ἀσίας γενομένους ἵππους συναθροίσας οὐκ ὀλίγους, παρῆν ὡς δοριάλωτον λημψόμενος τὴν Ἰουδαίαν.

A-Timotheos then-also the-one to-more-before having-been-lessened-unto under of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged, having-had-led-together to-guested to-abilities to-all-fullinged and to-the-ones of-the-one of-an-Asia to-having-had-became to-horses having-flurried-along-together-to not to-little, it-was-being-beside as to-shank-captured shall-having-taken to-the-one to-an-Ioudaia.

10:24 πρωτον] προτερον V| παμπληθεις V | δορυαλ. Va

(164 B.C.)

2Ma 10:25 οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Μακκαβαῖον, συνεγγίζοντος αὐτοῦ, πρὸς ἱκεσίαν τοῦ θεοῦ γῇ τὰς κεφαλὰς καταπάσαντες καὶ τὰς ὀσφύας σάκκοις ζώσαντες,

The-ones about to-the-one to-Makkaba-belonged, of-nearing-together-to of-it, toward to-a-petitioning-unto of-the-one of-a-Deity unto-a-soil to-the-ones to-heads having-pattered-down and to-the-ones to-loins unto-burlaps having-en-girded,

Note: to-a-petitioning-unto (IKESIAN) : older form of IKETIAN; same meaning.

10:25 ικεσιαν] ικετιαν V* ικετειαν Va | γην V

(164 B.C.)

2Ma 10:26 ἐπὶ τὴν ἀπέναντι τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου κρηπῖδα προσπεσόντες, ἠξίουν ἵλεων αὐτοῖς γενόμενον ἐχθρεῦσαι τοῖς ἐχθροῖς αὐτῶν, καὶ ἀντικεῖσθαι τοῖς ἀντικειμένοις, καθὼς καὶ ὁ νόμος διασαφεῖ.

upon to-the-one off-in-ever-a-one of-the-one of-a-surgerlet to-a-booting having-had-fallen-toward, they-were-en-deem-belonging unto-sectionated unto-them to-having-had-became to-have-en-enmitied-of unto-the-ones unto-en-enmitied of-them, and to-ever-a-one-situate unto-the-ones unto-ever-a-one-situating, down-as and the-one a-parcelee it-evidenteth-through-unto.

10:26 προπεσοντες V | ιλεως AV* (ιλεων Va) om και 2° V

(164 B.C.)

2Ma 10:27 γενόμενοι δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς δεήσεως, ἀναλαβόντες τὰ ὅπλα, προῆγον ἀπὸ τῆς πόλεως ἐπὶ πλεῖον· συνεγγίσαντες δὲ τοῖς πολεμίοις, ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν ἦσαν.

Having-had-became then-also off of-the-one of-a-binding, having-had-taken-up to-the-ones to-implemets, they-were-leading-before off of-the-one of-a-city upon to-more-beyond; having-neared-together-to then-also unto-the-ones unto-war-belonged, upon of-selves they-were.

10:27 προηγων] προηλθον V | συνεγγεισαντος A

(164 B.C.)

2Ma 10:28 ἄρτι δὲ τῆς ἀνατολῆς διαχεομένης, προσέβαλλον ἑκάτεροι· οἱ μὲν οὖν ἔγγυον ἔχοντες εὐημερίας καὶ νίκης μετὰ ἀρετῆς τὴν ἐπὶ τὸν κύριον καταφυγήν, οἱ δὲ καθηγεμόνα τῶν ἀγώνων ταττόμενοι τὸν θυμόν.

Thus-to-a-one then-also of-the-one of-a-finishing-up of-being-poured-through, they-were-casting-toward, more-each; the-ones indeed accordingly to-pieced-in holding of-a-goodly-daying-unto and of-a-mull-belonging-of with of-a-meriting to-the-one upon to-the-one to-Authority-belonged to-a-fleeing-down, the-ones moreoever to-a-leader-down of-the-ones of-strugglings arranging to-the-one to-a-passion.

10:28 μετα] μετ V | την] της A

(164 B.C.)

2Ma 10:29 γινομένης δὲ καρτερᾶς μάχης, ἐφάνησαν τοῖς ὑπεναντίοις ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἐφ' ἵππων χρυσοχαλίνων πέντε ἄνδρες διαπρεπεῖς, καὶ ἀφηγούμενοι τῶν Ἰουδαίων οἱ δύο

Of-becoming then-also of-more-secured of-a-battling, they-had-been-manifested unto-the-ones unto-ever-a-oned-in-under out of-a-sky upon of-horses of-gold-bridled five men befittinged-through, and leading-off-unto of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged, the-ones two,

10:29–30 οι δυο και] om δυο V

10:29 om δε V | ανδρες πεντε V | και seq ras I litt in A

(164 B.C.)

2Ma 10:30 καὶ τὸν Μακκαβαῖον μέσον λαβόντες, καὶ σκεπάζοντες ταῖς ἑαυτῶν πανοπλίαις, ἄτρωτον διεφύλασσον· εἰς δὲ τοὺς ὑπεναντίους τοξεύματα καὶ κεραυνοὺς ἐξερίπτουν· διὸ συγχυθέντες ἀορασίᾳ, διεκόπτοντο ταραχῆς πεπληρωμένοι.

and to-the-one to-Makkaba-belonged to-middle having-had-taken, and covering-to unto-the-ones of-selves unto-all-implementings-unto, to-un-wounded they-were-guardering-through; into then-also to-the-ones to-ever-a-oned-in-under to-bowings-of-to and to-flashes they-were-flinging-out; through-to-which having-been-poured-together unto-an-un-seeeeing-unto, they-were-felling-through of-a-stirring having-had-come-to-be-en-filled.

10:29–30 οι δυο και] om δυο V

10:30 εαυτων] αυτων V | διεφυλαττον V | εναντιους] υπεναντιους V | κεραυνου V* (-νους Va) | εξεριπτουν (εξερρ. Va)] εξεπιπτουν A

(164 B.C.)

2Ma 10:31 κατεσφάγησαν δὲ δισμύριοι πρὸς τοῖς πεντακοσίοις, ἱππεῖς δὲ ἑξακόσιοι.

They-had-been-down-slaughtered-to then-also twice-myriaded toward unto-the-ones unto-five-hundred, horsers-of then-also six-hundred.

(164 B.C.)

2Ma 10:32 Αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ Τιμόθεος συνέφυγεν εἰς Γάζαρα λεγόμενον ὀχύρωμα, εὖ μάλα φρούριον, στρατηγοῦντος ἐκεῖ Χαιρέου.

It then-also the-one a-Timotheos it-had-fled-together into to-a-Gazara to-being-forthed to-an-en-holdationing-to, to-goodly such to-a-wardlet-before, of-amass-leading-unto thither of-a-Chaireas.

10:32 εφυγεν V | Χαιρεου] Χερεου A Χεραιου V

(164 B.C.)

2Ma 10:33 οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Μακκαβαῖον ἀσμένως περιεκάθισαν τὸ φρούριον ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα.

The-ones then-also about to-the-one to-Makkaba-belonged unto-pleasured-along they-sat-down-about-to to-the-one to-a-wardlet-before to-dayednesses to-forty.

10:33 ασμενοι V | τεσσερακοντα] τεσσαρες και εικοσι V

(164 B.C.)

2Ma 10:34 οἱ δὲ ἔνδον τῇ ἐρυμνότητι τοῦ τόπου πεποιθότες, ὑπεράγαν ἐβλασφήμουν, καὶ λόγους ἀθεμίτους προιέντες.

The-ones then-also to-given-in unto-the-one unto-a-robustness of-the-one of-an-occasion having-hath-had-come-to-sure, to-over-excessed they-were-ill-declaring-unto, and to-forthees to-un-placeed sending-before.

Note: to-un-placeed : refers to something unlawful.

10:34 ερυμνοτητι] ρυμνοτητι V | εβλασφημουν] εδυσφημουν V | προιεντες] προσιοντο V

(164 B.C.)

2Ma 10:35 ὑποφαινούσης δὲ τῆς πέμπτης ἡμέρας καὶ εἰκοστῆς, νεανίαι τῶν περὶ τὸν Μακκαβαῖον πυρωθέντες τοῖς θυμοῖς διὰ τὰς βλασφημίας, προσβαλόντες τῷ τείχει, ἀρρενωδῶς καὶ θηριώδει θυμῷ τὸν ἐμπίπτοντα ἔκοπτον.

Of-manifesting-under then-also of-the-one of-fifth of-a-dayedness and of-twentieth, new-belongings of-the-ones about to-the-one to-Makkaba-belonged having-been-en-fired unto-the-ones unto-passions through to-the-ones to-ill-declarings-unto, having-had-casted-toward unto-the-one unto-a-lineationeedness, unto-manly-wayed and unto-beast-seeinged unto-a-passion to-the-one to-falling-in they-were-felling.

10:35 υποφανουσης A | ημερας και εικοστης] και εικ. ημ. V | προβαλοντες A προσβαλλοντες V

(164 B.C.)

2Ma 10:36 ἕτεροι δὲ ὁμοίως προσαναβάντες ἐν τῷ περισπασμῷ πρὸς τοὺς ἔνδον, ἐνεπίμπρων τοὺς πύργους, καὶ πυρὰς ἀνάπτοντες, ζῶντας τοὺς βλασφήμους κατέκαιον· οἱ δὲ τὰς πύλας διέκοπτον, εἰσδεξάμενοι δὲ τὴν λοιπὴν τάξιν προκατελάβοντο τὴν πόλιν,

Different then-also unto-along-belonged having-had-stepped-up-toward in unto-the-one unto-a-drawing-along-to-of toward to-the-ones to-given-in, they-were-kindling-in to-the-ones to-towers, and to-firenesses fastening-up, to-lifing-unto to-the-ones to-ill-declared they-were-burn-belonging-down; the-ones then-also to-the-ones to-gates they-were-felling-through, having-received-into then-also to-the-one to-remaindered to-an-arranging they-had-taken-down-before to-the-one to-a-city,

10:36 προς τους ενδον ενεπιμπρων τους πυργους] αναπτοντες ζωντας τους εξομολογησεων V | ευεργετουν V* (-τουντι Va)

(164 B.C.)

2Ma 10:37 καὶ τὸν Τιμόθεον ἀποκεκρυμμένον ἔν τινι λάκκῳ κατέσφαξαν καὶ τὸν τούτου ἀδελφὸν Χαιρέαν καὶ τὸν Ἀπολλοφάνην.

and to-the-one to-a-Timotheos to-having-had-come-to-be-hidened-off in unto-a-one unto-a-reservoir they-down-slaughtered-to and to-the-one of-the-one-this to-brethrened to-a-Chaireas and to-the-one to-an-Apollofanês.

(164 B.C.)

2Ma 10:38 ταῦτα δὲ διαπραξάμενοι, μεθ' ὕμνων καὶ ἐξομολογήσεως εὐλόγουν τῷ κυρίῳ τῷ μεγάλως εὐεργετοῦντι τὸν Ἰσραὴλ καὶ τὸ νῖκος αὐτοῖς διδόντι.

To-the-ones-these then-also having-practiced-through, with of-hymns and of-along-fortheeings-out they-were-goodly-fortheeing-unto unto-the-one unto-Authority-belonged unto-the-one unto-great unto-goodly-working-unto to-the-one to-an-Israêl and to-the-one to-a-mull-belongeedness-of unto-them unto-giving.

(164 B.C.)

2Ma 11:1 Μετ' ὀλίγον δὲ παντελῶς χρονίσκον Λυσίας ἐπίτροπος τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ συγγενὴς καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν πραγμάτων, λίαν βαρέως φέρων ἐπὶ τοῖς γεγονόσι,

With to-little then-also unto-all-finished to-a-while-belonging-of a-Lusias turned-upon of-the-one of-a-ruler-of and together-becominged and upon of-the-ones of-practicings-to, to-exceedingly unto-weighted bearing upon unto-the-ones unto-having-hath-had-come-to-become,

(164 B.C.)

2Ma 11:2 συναθροίσας περὶ τὰς ὀκτὼ μυριάδας καὶ τὴν ἵππον ἅπασαν παρεγίνετο ἐπὶ τοὺς Ἰουδαίους, λογιζόμενος τὴν μὲν πόλιν Ἕλλησιν οἰκητήριον ποιήσειν,

having-flurried-along-together-to about to-the-ones to-eight to-myriads and to-the-one to-a-horse to-along-all it-was-becoming-beside upon to-the-ones to-Iouda-belonged, fortheeing-to to-the-one indeed to-a-city unto-Hellên' to-a-houserlet to-shall-have-done-unto,

11:2 την ιππον] pr επι V | απασαν] πασαν V

(164 B.C.)

2Ma 11:3 τὸ δὲ ἱερὸν ἀργυρολόγητον, καθὼς τὰ λοιπὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν τεμένη, πρατὴν δὲ κατὰ ἔτος τὴν ἀρχιερωσύνην ποιήσειν·

to-the-one then-also to-sacred to-silver-fortheed, down-as to-the-ones to-remaindered of-the-ones of-placeedness-belongings-to to-sancutaries, to-en-acrossated then-also down to-a-yeareedness to-the-one to-a-first-en-sacredingedness to-shall-have-done-unto;

11:3 κατα] κατ V

(164 B.C.)

2Ma 11:4 οὐδαμῶς ἐπιλογιζόμενος τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ κράτος, πεφρενωμένος δὲ ταῖς μυριάσιν τῶν πεζῶν καὶ ταῖς χιλιάσιν τῶν ἱππέων καὶ τοῖς ἐλέφασιν τοῖς ὀγδοήκοντα.

unto-not-then-also-any fortheeing-upon-to to-the-one of-the-one of-a-Deity to-a-securement, having-had-come-to-be-en-centered then-also unto-the-ones unto-myriads of-the-ones of-afoot and unto-the-ones unto-thousands of-the-ones of-horsers-of and unto-the-ones unto-elephants unto-the-ones unto-eighty.

11:4 πεζων] πεδων A | ελεφασι V

(164 B.C.)

2Ma 11:5 εἰσελθὼν δὲ εἰς τὴν Ἰουδαίαν καὶ συνεγγίσας Βεθσουρών, ὄντι μὲν ἐρυμνῷ χωρίῳ, Ἰεροσολύμων δὲ ἀπέχοντι ὡσεὶ σχοίνους πέντε, τοῦτο ἔθλιβεν.

Having-had-came-into then-also into to-the-one to-an-Ioudaia and having-neared-together-to unto-a-Bethsourôn, unto-being indeed unto-hardied unto-a-spacelet, of-Ierosoluma' then-also unto-holding-off as-if to-sedges to-five, to-the-one-this it-was-pressing.

Note: to-sedges : used to refer to the various contexts of a-sedge; as the vegetation type and its pricking quality; as a pen or stylus; as a weapon; as a probe; as strewn into a bedding; as twisted together into a rope; as a hedge; as a strap; as a safe skirting distance, based out of Egypt perhaps concerning the flood safe distance from the sedges of the Nile; etc.

11:5 Βεθουρων A Βαιθσουρων V | χωριων (sic) A | Ιεροσολυμων] pr απο V | σχοινους] σταδιους V | πεντε] + προς τοις μυριοις V | εθλειβον (λ sup ras Aa) A

(164 B.C.)

2Ma 11:6 ὡς δὲ μετέλαβον οἱ περὶ τὸν Μακκαβαῖον πολιορκοῦντα αὐτὸν τὰ ὀχυρώματα, μετὰ ὀδυρμῶν καὶ δακρύων ἱκέτευον σὺν τοῖς ὄχλοις τὸν κύριον ἀγαθὸν ἄγγελον ἀποστεῖλαι πρὸς σωτηρίαν τῷ Ἰσραήλ.

As then-also they-had-taken-with, the-ones about to-the-one to-Makkaba-belonged, to-city-fenceeing-to to-it to-the-ones to-en-holdationings-to, with of-lamentings-of and of-biten-tractants they-were-petitioning-of together unto-the-ones unto-crowds to-the-one to-Authority-belonged to-excess-placed to-a-leadeeer to-have-set-off toward to-a-savioring-unto unto-the-one unto-an-Israêl.

11:6 ως δε μετελαβον bis scr A | μετα] μετ V | ικετευον] ικετετον (sic) A ικετευων V* | τω Ισραηλ] του Ισρ. V

(164 B.C.)

2Ma 11:7 αὐτὸς δὲ πρῶτος ὁ Μακκαβαῖος ἀναλαβὼν τὰ ὅπλα προετρέψατο τοὺς ἄλλους, ἅμα αὐτῷ διακινδυνεύοντας, ἐπιβοηθεῖν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς αὐτῶν· ὁμοῦ δὲ καὶ προθύμως ἐξώρμησαν.

It then-also most-before the-one Makkaba-belonged having-had-taken-up to-the-ones to-implements it-turned-before to-the-ones to-other, along unto-it to-periling-through-of, to-holler-run-upon-unto unto-the-ones unto-brethrened of-them; of-alonged then-also and unto-passioned-before they-out-corded-unto.

11:7 αναλαβων] pr πρωτος A | προετρεψατο] προσετρ. A* vid (ras I litt post προ A?) | εξορμησαν V* (εξωρμ. Va)

(164 B.C.)

2Ma 11:8 αὐτόθι δὲ πρὸς τοῖς Ἰεροσολύμοις ὄντων, ἐφάνη προηγούμενος αὐτῶν ἔφιππος ἐν λευκῇ ἐσθῆτι πανοπλίαν χρυσῆν κραδαίνων.

To-it-placed then-also toward unto-the-ones unto-Ierosoluma' of-being, it-had-been-manifested leading-toward-unto of-them horsed-upon in unto-white unto-a-clotheness to-an-all-implementing-unto to-golden oscillatening.

11:8 om εφιππος A* (hab Aa? mg)

(164 B.C.)

2Ma 11:9 ὁμοῦ δὲ πάντες εὐλόγησαν τὸν ἐλεήμονα θεόν, καὶ ἐπερρώσθησαν ταῖς ψυχαῖς· οὐ μόνον ἀνθρώπους θῆρας δὲ τοὺς ἀγριωτάτους καὶ σιδηρᾶ τείχη τιτρώσκειν ὄντες ἕτοιμοι,

Of-alonged then-also all they-goodly-fortheed-unto to-the-one to-besectionatinged-of to-a-Deity, and they-were-en-strengthed-upon unto-the-ones unto-breathings; not to-alone to-mankinds, to-beasts then-also to-the-ones to-most-field-belonged and to-iron to-lineationeednesses, to-wound being readied-of,

11:9 ευλογησαντες V | om και I° V | δε 2°] τε V

(164 B.C.)

2Ma 11:10 προῆγον ἐν διασκευῇ τὸν ἀπ' οὐρανοῦ σύμμαχον ἔχοντες, ἐλεήσαντος αὐτοὺς τοῦ κυρίου.

they-were-leading-before in unto-an-equipping-through to-the-one off of-a-sky to-battled-together holding, of-having-besectionated-unto to-them of-the-one of-Authority-belonged.

11:10 προσηγον V

(164 B.C.)

2Ma 11:11 λεόντινον δὲ ἐντινάξαντες εἰς τοὺς πολεμίους, κατέστρωσαν αὐτῶν χιλίους πρὸς τοῖς μυρίοις, ἱππεῖς δὲ ἑξακοσίους πρὸς χιλίοις· τοὺς δὲ πάντας ἠνάγκασαν φεύγειν.

To-lion-belonged-to then-also having-jolted-in into to-the-ones to-war-belonged, they-en-strewed-down of-them to-thousand toward unto-the-ones unto-myriaded, to-horsers-of then-also to-six-hundred toward unto-thousand; to-the-ones then-also to-all they-up-armed-to to-flee.

11:11 λεοντινον] λεοντηδον V | χιλιους] χιλιοις A | χιλιοις] pr τοις V | τους] τουτους V | φυγειν V

(164 B.C.)

2Ma 11:12 οἱ πλείονες δὲ αὐτῶν τραυματίαι γυμνοὶ διεσώθησαν· καὶ αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ Λυσίας αἰσχρῶς φεύγων διεσώθη.

The-ones more-beyond then-also of-them wounded-belongers stripped they-were-saved-through-to; and it then-also the-one a-Lusais unto-shamened fleeing it-was-saved-through-to.

11:12 διεσωθησαν] δε εσωθ. A

(164 B.C.)

2Ma 11:13 οὐκ ἄνους δὲ ὑπάρχων, πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἀντιβάλλων τὸ γεγονὸς περὶ αὐτὸν ἐλάττωμα καὶ συννοήσας ἀνικήτους εἶναι τοὺς Ἐβραίους, τοῦ δυναμένου θεοῦ συμμαχοῦντος αὐτοῖς, προσαποστείλας

Not un-en-mulled then-also firsting-under, toward to-self ever-a-one-casting to-the-one to-having-hath-had-come-to-become about to-it to-an-en-lackening-to and having-en-mulled-together-unto to-un-mull-belonged-of to-be to-the-ones to-Ebra-belonged, of-the-one of-abling of-a-Deity of-battling-together-unto unto-them, having-set-off-toward

11:13 αντιβαλων V | τους δυναμενους A* fort (ras I lit post τ. item post δυν. A?) του δυνατου V

(164 B.C.)

2Ma 11:14 ἔπεισεν συλλύεσθαι ἐπὶ πᾶσι τοῖς δικαίοις, καὶ διότι καὶ τὸν βασιλέα πείσει, φίλον αὐτοῖς ἀναγκάζων γενέσθαι.

it-sured to-be-loosed-together upon unto-all unto-the-ones unto-course-belonged, and through-to-which-a-one and to-the-one to-a-ruler-of it-shall-sure to-cared unto-them up-arming-to to-have-had-became.

11:14 επεισεν] επισα A | συνλυσεσθαι V | πασιν V* | πεισει] πισιν A πισειν V* | αναγκαζειν codd | γινεσθαι V

(164 B.C.)

2Ma 11:15 ἐπένευσεν δὲ ὁ Μακκαβαῖος ἐπὶ πᾶσιν οἷς ὁ Λυσίας παρεκάλει, τοῦ συμφέροντος φροντίζων· ὅσα γὰρ ὁ Μακκαβαῖος ἐπέδωκεν τῷ Λυσίᾳ διὰ γραπτῶν περὶ τῶν Ἰουδαίων, συνεχώρησεν ὁ γραμματεύς.

It-nodded-upon-of then-also, the-one Makkaba-belonged, upon unto-all unto-which the-one a-Lusias it-was-calling-beside-unto, of-the-one of-bearing-together centressing-to; to-which-a-which too-thus the-one Makkaba-belonged it-gave-upon unto-the-one unto-a-Lusias through of-scribed about of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged, it-spaced-together-unto, the-one a-scribing-toer-of.

11:15 επεδωκεν] εδωκεν V* | γραμματευς] βασιλευς V

(164 B.C.; Lysias' letter written Dioscorinthius/Cheshvan 24)

2Ma 11:16 ἦσαν γὰρ γεγραμμέναι τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις ἐπιστολαὶ παρὰ μὲν Λυσίου, περιέχουσαι τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον Λυσίας τῷ πλήθει τῶν Ἰουδαίων χαίρειν.

They-were too-thus having-had-come-to-be-scribed unto-the-ones unto-Iouda-belonged seteeings-upon beside indeed of-a-Lusias, holding-about to-the-one to-a-turn to-the-one-this, A-Lusias unto-the-one unto-a-repleteedness of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged to-joy.

Note: Cheshvan : Macedonian lunar-based calendar corresponding with the lunar-based eighth month of Cheshvan; see date of letter 2Ma_11:21; the previous and current Macedonian yeareednesses overlap within the Hellenistic yeareedness, 164 B.C., which is why the ensuing letters in 2Ma_11:33; 2Ma_11:38 occuring in the first month of Nisan were written *after* this letter.

11:16 γεγραμμεναι] pr αι V

(164 B.C.; Lysias' letter written Dioscorinthius/Cheshvan 24)

2Ma 11:17 Ἰωάννης καὶ Ἀβεσσαλὼμ οἱ πεμφθέντες παρ' ὑμῶν, ἐπιδόντες τὸν ὑπογεγραμμένον χρηματισμόν, ἠξίουν περὶ τῶν δι' αὐτοῦ σημαινομένων.

An-Iôannês and an-Abessalôm the-ones having-been-volleyed beside of-ye, having-had-given-upon to-the-one to-having-had-come-to-be-scribed-under to-an-affording-to-of, they-were-en-deem-belonging about of-the-ones through of-it of-being-signified.

11:17 Αβεσσαλωμ] Αβεσσαλωμ᾿ μεσαλα (sic) V | υπογεγραμμενον] επιγεγραμμενον V

(164 B.C.; Lysias' letter written Dioscorinthius/Cheshvan 24)

2Ma 11:18 ὅσα μὲν οὖν ἔδει καὶ τῷ βασιλεῖ προσενεχθῆναι διεσάφησα, ἃ δὲ ἦν ἐνδεχόμενα συνεχώρησεν.

To-which-a-which indeed accordingly it-was-binding and unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of to-have-been-beared-toward I-evidented-through-unto, to-which then-also it-was being-received-in it-spaced-together-unto.

(164 B.C.; Lysias' letter written Dioscorinthius/Cheshvan 24)

2Ma 11:19 ἐὰν μὲν οὖν συντηρήσητε τὴν εἰς τὰ πράγματα εὔνοιαν, καὶ εἰς τὸ λοιπὸν πειράσομαι παραίτιος ἀγαθῶν γενέσθαι.

If-ever indeed accordingly ye-might-have-kept-together-unto to-the-one into to-the-ones to-practicings-to to-a-goodly-en-mulling-unto, and into to-the-one to-remaindered I-shall-across-belong-unto appeal-belonged-beside of-excess-placed to-have-had-became.

(164 B.C.; Lysias' letter written Dioscorinthius/Cheshvan 24)

2Ma 11:20 ὑπὲρ δὲ τούτων κατὰ μέρος ἐντέταλμαι τούτοις τε καὶ τοῖς παρ' ἐμοῦ διαλεχθῆναι ὑμῖν.

Over then-also of-the-ones-these down to-a-portioneedness I-had-come-to-finish-in unto-the-ones-these also and unto-the-ones beside of-ME to-have-been-forthed-through unto-ye.

11:20 κατα μ.] pr και των V

(164 B.C.; Lysias' letter written Dioscorinthius/Cheshvan 24)

2Ma 11:21 ἔρρωσθε. ἔτους ἑκατοστοῦ τεσσαρακοστοῦ ὀγδόου, Διὸς Κορινθίου τετράδι καὶ εἰκάδι.

Ye-should-have-had-come-to-be-en-strengthed. Of-a-yeareedness of-hundredth of-fortieth of-eighth, of-a-Zeus of-Korinth-belonged unto-a-fourth and unto-a-twentieth.

11:21 ερρωσθαι V* | τεσσαρακ. και ογδ. V | τετραδι κ. εικ.] εικ. τεταρτη V

(164 B.C.; Antiochus IV Eupator's letter written Xanthicus/Nisan 15)

2Ma 11:22 Ἡ δὲ τοῦ βασιλέως ἐπιστολὴ περιεῖχεν οὕτως Βασιλεὺς Ἀντίοχος τῷ ἀδελφῷ Λυσίᾳ χαίρειν.

The-one then-also of-the-one of-a-ruler-of a-seteeing-upon it-was-holding-about unto-the-one-this, A-ruler-of an-Antiochos unto-the-one unto-brethrened unto-a-Lusias to-joy.

Note: Xanthicus : Macedonian lunar-based calendar corresponding with the lunar-based month of Nisan; see date of letter 2Ma_11:33.

(164 B.C.; Antiochus IV Eupator's letter written Xanthicus/Nisan 15)

2Ma 11:23 τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν εἰς θεοὺς μεταστάντος, βουλομένου τοὺς ἐκ τῆς βασιλείας ἀταράχους ὄντας γενέσθαι πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἰδίων ἐπιμελίαν,

Of-the-one of-a-father of-us into to-deities of-having-had-stood-with, of-purposing to-the-ones out of-the-one of-a-ruling-of to-un-stirred to-being to-have-had-became toward to-the-one of-the-ones of-private-belonged to-a-vying-upon-of,

11:23 μετασταντος] στ sup ras Aa | βουλομενοι V | γινεσθαι V | την των Ιουδαιων επιμελιαν] τη των ιδιων επιμελια (-λεια Va) V

(164 B.C.; Antiochus IV Eupator's letter written Xanthicus/Nisan 15)

2Ma 11:24 ἀκηκοότες τοὺς Ἰουδαίους μὴ συνευδοκοῦντας τῇ τοῦ πατρὸς εἰς τὰ Ἑλληνικὰ μεταθέσει, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀγωγὴν αἱρετίζοντας ἀξιοῦν συγχωρηθῆναι αὐτοῖς τὰ νόμιμα·

having-hath-had-come-to-hear to-the-ones to-Iouda-belonged lest to-goodly-thinking-together-unto unto-the-one of-the-one of-a-father into to-the-ones to-Helên-belonged-of unto-a-placing-with, other to-the-one of-selves to-a-leading to-sectioning-along-to to-en-deem-belong to-have-been-spaced-together-unto unto-them to-the-ones to-parcelee-belonged-unto;

11:24 Ιου|ιουδαιους A | εις] επι V | αιρετιζοντες V | αξιουντες V

(164 B.C.; Antiochus IV Eupator's letter written Xanthicus/Nisan 15)

2Ma 11:25 αἱρούμενοι οὖν καὶ τοῦτο τὸ ἔθνος ἐκτὸς ταραχῆς εἶναι, κρίνομεν τό τε ἱερὸν ἀποκατασταθῆναι αὐτοῖς, καὶ πολιτεύεσθαι κατὰ τὰ ἐπὶ τῶν προγόνων αὐτῶν ἔθη.

sectioning-along-unto accordingly and to-the-one-this to-the-one to-a-placeedness-belonging-to out-unto-the-one-which of-a-stirring to-be; we-separate to-the-one also to-sacred to-have-been-stood-down-off unto-them, and to-citizen-of down to-the-ones upon of-the-ones of-became-before of-them to-placeednesses.

11:25 om ουν V

(164 B.C.; Antiochus IV Eupator's letter written Xanthicus/Nisan 15)

2Ma 11:26 εὖ οὖν ποιήσεις διαπεμψάμενος πρὸς αὐτοὺς καὶ δοὺς δεξιάς, ὅπως εἰδότες τὴν ἡμετέραν προαίρεσιν εὔθυμοί τε ὦσιν, καὶ ἡδέως διαγίνωνται πρὸς τῇ τῶν ἰδίων ἀντιλήμψει.

To-goodly accordingly thou-shall-do-unto having-volleyed-through toward to-them and having-had-given to-right-belonged, unto-which-whither having-had-come-to-see to-the-one to-ours to-a-sectioning-along-before goodly-passioned also they-might-be, and unto-en-pleasured they-might-become-through toward unto-the-one of-the-ones of-private-belonged unto-an-ever-a-one-taking.

11:26 αντιληψει V

(164 B.C.; Antiochus IV Eupator's letter written Xanthicus/Nisan 15)

2Ma 11:27 Πρὸς δὲ τὸ ἔθνος ἡ τοῦ βασιλέως ἐπιστολὴ τοιάδε ἦν Βασιλεὺς Ἀντίοχος τῇ γερουσίᾳ τῶν Ἰουδαίων καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις Ἰουδαίοις χαίρειν.

Toward then-also to-the-one to-a-placeedness-belonging-to the-one of-the-one of-a-ruler-of a-seteeing-upon the-one-which-belonged-then-also it-was, A-ruler-of an-Antiochos unto-the-one unto-a-senioring-unto of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged and unto-the-ones unto-other unto-Iouda-belonged to-joy.

11:27 τοιαδε] τοιαυτη V

(164 B.C.; Antiochus IV Eupator's letter written Xanthicus/Nisan 15)

2Ma 11:28 ἔρρωσθε, εἴη ἂν ὡς βουλόμεθα· καὶ αὐτοὶ δὲ ὑγιαίνομεν.

Ye-should-have-had-come-to-be-en-strengthed, it-may-be ever as we-purposed-of; and them then-also we-health.

(164 B.C.; Antiochus IV Eupator's letter written Xanthicus/Nisan 15)

2Ma 11:29 ἐνεφάνισεν ἡμῖν Μενέλαος βουλόμενος κατελθόντας ὑμᾶς γίνεσθαι πρὸς τοῖς ἰδίοις.

It-manifested-in unto-us, a-Menelaos, purposing to-having-had-came-down to-ye to-become toward unto-the-ones unto-private-belonged.

11:29 βουλομενος] βουλεσθαι V | υμας] ημας A | ιδιοις] Ιουδαιοις A* (ιδ. A?)

(164 B.C.; Antiochus IV Eupator's letter written Xanthicus/Nisan 15)

2Ma 11:30 τοῖς οὖν καταπορευομένοις μέχρι τριακάδος Ξανθικοῦ ὑπάρξει δεξιὰ μετὰ τῆς ἀδείας,

Unto-the-ones accordingly unto-traversing-down-of unto-lest-whilst of-a-thirtieth of-a-Xavthikos it-shall-first-under right-belonged with of-the-one of-an-un-diring-unto,

11:30 καταπορευομενος A* (salt) | μετα της αδειας] μετα της ιδιας A της αδιας V* (-δειας Va)

(164 B.C.; Antiochus IV Eupator's letter written Xanthicus/Nisan 15)

2Ma 11:31 χρῆσθαι τοὺς Ἰουδαίους τοῖς ἑαυτῶν δαπανήμασιν καὶ νόμοις καθὰ καὶ τὸ πρότερον· καὶ οὐδεὶς αὐτῶν κατ' οὐδένα τρόπον παρενοχληθήσεται περὶ τῶν ἠγνοημένων.

to-afford-unto to-the-ones to-Iouda-belonged unto-the-ones of-selves unto-spentings-to and unto-parcelees down-to-which and to-the-one to-more-before; and not-then-also-one of-them down to-not-then-also-one to-a-turn it-shall-be-crowded-in-beside-unto about of-the-ones of-having-had-come-to-be-un-acquainted-unto.

11:31 δαπανιμασι V* | ουδεις] ουθεις V

(164 B.C.; Antiochus IV Eupator's letter written Xanthicus/Nisan 15)

2Ma 11:32 πέπομφα δὲ καὶ τὸν Μενέλαον παρακαλέσοντα ὑμᾶς.

I-had-come-to-volley then-also and to-the-one to-a-Menelaos to-shall-having-called-beside-unto to-ye.

11:32–33 υμας ερρωσθαι· A υμας. ερρωσθαι : V

11:32 παρακαλεσαντα A

(164 B.C.; Antiochus IV Eupator's letter written Xanthicus/Nisan 15)

2Ma 11:33 ἔρρωσθε. ἔτους ἑκατοστοῦ τεσσαρακοστοῦ ὀγδόου, Ξανθικοῦ πεντεκαιδεκάτῃ.

Ye-should-have-had-come-to-be-en-strengthed. Of-a-yeareedness of-hundredth of-fortieth of-eighth, of-an-Xanthikos unto-five-and-tenth.

11:32–33 υμας ερρωσθαι· A υμας. ερρωσθαι : V

11:33 εσσερακοστου ογδοου] και τεσσαρακοστου και ογδ. V | πεντεκαιδεκατη] πεμπτη και δεκατη V

(164 B.C.; Roman Ambassador's letter written Xanthicus/Nisan 15)

2Ma 11:34 Ἔπεμψαν δὲ καὶ οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἐπιστολὴν ἔχουσαν οὕτως Κόιντος Μέμμιος, Τίτος Μάνιος, πρεσβῦται Ῥωμαίων, τῷ δήμῳ τῶν Ἰουδαίων χαίρειν.

They-volleyed then-also, and the-ones Rômê-belonged, toward to-them to-a-seteeing-upon to-holding unto-the-one-this, A-Kointos a-Memmios, a-Titos a-Manios, more-elders of-Rômê-belonged, unto-the-one unto-a-locality of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged to-joy.

Note: Xanthicus : Macedonian lunar-based calendar corresponding with the lunar-based month of Nisan; see date of letter 2Ma_11:38.

11:34 επεμψαμεν A | εχουσαν] περιεχουσαν V | Κοϊντος· Μεμμιος Τιτος· Μανιος A | Μανιος] + Ερνιος V | τω] των A | δημων των Ιουδαιων] Ιουδαιων πληθει V

(164 B.C.; Roman Ambassador's letter written Xanthicus/Nisan 15)

2Ma 11:35 ὑπὲρ ὧν Λυσίας ὁ συγγενὴς τοῦ βασιλέως συνεχώρησεν ὑμῖν, καὶ ἡμεῖς συνευδοκοῦμεν.

Over of-which a-Lusias the-one together-becominged of-the-one of-a-ruler-of it-spaced-together-unto unto-ye, and we we-goodly-think-together-unto.

Note: Nisan 15 : following moon calendar.

(164 B.C.; Roman Ambassador's letter written Xanthicus/Nisan 15)

2Ma 11:36 ἃ δὲ ἔκρινεν προσανενηνέχθαι τῷ βασιλεῖ, πέμψατέ τινα παραχρῆμα ἐπισκεψάμενοι περὶ τούτων, ἵν' ἔχωμεν ὡς καθήκει ἡμῖν· ἡμεῖς γὰρ προσάγομεν πρὸς Ἀντιόχιαν.

To-which then-also it-separated to-have-had-come-to-be-beared-up-toward unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of, ye-should-have-volleyed to-a-one beside-to-an-affording-to having-been-surveiled-upon about of-the-ones-these, so we-might-hold as it-arriveth-down unto-us; we too-thus we-lead-toward toward to-an-Antiochia.

Note: to-an-Antiochia in 01 02 : to-an-Antiocheia is correct as in NT; primitive assimilation.

Note: Nisan 15 : following moon calendar.

11:36 προσανενεχθηναι V | πραχημα V* (παραχρ. V1) | επισκεψομενον V | εχωμεν] εκθωμεν V | ημιν] υμιν V | Αντιοχειαν V

(164 B.C.; Roman Ambassador's letter written Xanthicus/Nisan 15)

2Ma 11:37 διὸ σπεύσατε, καὶ πέμψατέ τινας, ὅπως καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐπιγνῶμεν ὁποίας ἐστὲ γνώμης.

Through-to-which ye-should-have-hastened, and ye-should-have-volleyed to-ones, unto-which-whither and we we-might-have-had-acquainted-upon of-which-whither-belonged ye-be of-an-acquaintance.

Note: Nisan 15 : following moon calendar.

11:37 οποιας] επι ποιας V

(164 B.C.; Roman Ambassador's letter written Xanthicus/Nisan 15)

2Ma 11:38 ὑγιαίνετε. ἔτους ἑκατοστοῦ τεσσαρακοστοῦ ὀγδόου, Ξανθικοῦ πεντεκαιδεκάτῃ.

Ye-should-health. Of-a-yeareedness of-hundredth of-fortieth of-eighth, of-a-Xanthikos unto-five-and-tenth.

Note: Nisan 15 : following moon calendar.

11:38 τεσσερακοστου ογδοου] και τεσσαρακοστου και ογδοου V | πεντεκαιδεκατη] + Διοσκοριδου V

(164-163 B.C.)

2Ma 12:1 Γενομένων δὲ τῶν συνθηκῶν τούτων, ὁ μὲν Λυσίας ἀπῄει πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα, οἱ δὲ Ἰουδαῖοι περὶ τὴν γεωργίαν ἐγίνοντο.

Of-having-had-became then-also of-the-ones of-placements-together of-the-ones-these, the-one indeed a-Lusias it-was-being-off toward to-the-one to-a-ruler-of, the-ones then-also Iouda-belonged about to-the-one to-a-soil-working-unto they-were-becoming.

(164-163 B.C.)

2Ma 12:2 τῶν δὲ κατὰ τόπον στρατηγῶν Τιμόθεος καὶ Ἀπολλώνιος ὁ τοῦ Γενναίου, ἔτι δὲ Ἱερώνυμος καὶ Δημοφών, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις Νικάνωρ ὁ Κυπριάρχης, οὐκ εἴων αὐτοὺς εὐσταθεῖν καὶ τὰς ἡσυχίας ἄγειν.

Of-the-ones then-also down to-an-occasion of-amass-leaders a-Timotheos and an-Apollônios the-one of-the-one of-a-Gennaios, if-to-a-one then-also an-Ierônumos and a-Dêmofôn, toward then-also unto-the-ones-these a-Nikanôr the-one a-Kupriarchês, not they-were-letting-unto to-them to-goodly-stand-unto and to-the-ones to-quiescings-unto to-lead.

12:2 Γεννεου A

(164-163 B.C.)

2Ma 12:3 Ἰοππεῖται δὲ τηλικοῦτο συνετελέσαντο δυσσέβημα, παρακαλέσαντες τοὺς ἐν ἑαυτοῖς οἰκοῦντας Ἰουδαίους ἐμβῆναι εἰς τὰ παρακατασταθέντα ὑπ' αὐτῶν σκάφη σὺν γυναιξὶν καὶ τέκνοις, ὡς μηδεμιᾶς ἐνεστώσης πρὸς αὐτοὺς δυσμενείας·

Iopp-belongers then-also to-statured-to-the-one-this they-finished-together-unto to-an-onerous-revering-to, having-called-beside-unto to-the-ones in unto-selves to-housing-unto to-Iouda-belonged to-have-had-stepped-in into to-the-ones to-having-been-stood-down-beside under of-them to-dignesses together unto-women and unto-creationees, as of-lest-then-also-one of-having-hath-had-come-to-stand-in toward to-them of-an-onerous-staying-of;

Note: to-dignesses : used to refer to something with a dug out appearance, usually of a kind of boat or hull.

12:3 Ιοππειται] οι Ιοππηται V | om τηλικουτο V | ετελεσαντο V | τους εν εαυτοις] τους συν αυτοις V | παρακατασταθεντα] παρασταθεντα V | δυσμενιας V* (-νειας Va)

(164-163 B.C.)

2Ma 12:4 μετὰ δὲ τὸ κοινὸν τῆς πόλεως ψήφισμα καὶ τούτων ἐπιδεξαμένων, ὡς ἂν εἰρηνεύειν θελόντων καὶ μηδὲν ὕποπτον ἐχόντων, ἀχθέντας αὐτοὺς ἐβύθισαν ὄντας οὐκ ἔλαττον τῶν διακοσίων.

with then-also to-the-one to-together-belonged-to of-the-one of-a-city to-a-pebbling-to and of-the-ones-these of-having-received-upon, as ever to-joinify-of of-determining and to-lest-then-also-one to-beheld-under of-holding, to-having-been-led to-them they-deeped-to to-being not to-lackinged-of of-the-ones of-two-hundred.

Note: they-deeped-to : used to refer to causing something to sink in the deep (usually sea) including abandonment.

12:4 μετα] κατα V | αχθεντας] επαναχθεντας V | om οντας V | διακοσιων (-σιον V* -σιων V1)] + οντας V

(164-163 B.C.)

2Ma 12:5 μεταλαβὼν δὲ ὁ Ἰούδας τὴν γεγονυῖαν εἰς τοὺς ὁμοεθνεῖς ὠμότητα, παραγγείλας τοῖς περὶ αὐτὸν ἀνδράσιν

Having-had-taken-with then-also, the-one an-Ioudas, to-the-one to-having-hath-had-come-to-become into to-the-ones to-placeedness-belonging-to-alonginged to-a-rawness, having-leadeeered-beside unto-the-ones about to-it unto-men

12:5 ο Ιουδας] om ο V

(164-163 B.C.)

2Ma 12:6 καὶ ἐπικαλεσάμενος τὸν δίκαιον κριτὴν θεόν, παρεγενόμενος ἐπὶ τοὺς μιαιφόνους τῶν ἀδελφῶν, τὸν μὲν λιμένα νύκτωρ ἐνέπρησεν καὶ τὰ σκάφη κατέφλεξεν, τοὺς δὲ ἐκεῖ συμφυγόντας ἐξεκέντησεν.

and having-called-upon-unto to-the-one to-course-belonged to-a-separater to-a-Deity, having-had-became-beside upon to-the-ones to-slayee-stain-belonged of-the-ones of-brethrened, to-the-one indeed to-a-harbor of-night it-kindled-in and to-the-ones to-dignesses it-blazed-down, to-the-ones then-also thither to-having-had-fled-together it-pricked-out-unto.

Note: to-dignesses : used to refer to something with a dug out appearance, usually of a kind of boat or hull.

12:6 παραγενομενος] παρεγενετο V | τον μεν λιμενα (ινμενα [sic] A) νυκτωρ] και τον λιμενα μεν V | συμφευγοντας V

(164-163 B.C.)

2Ma 12:7 τοῦ δὲ χωρίου συνκλεισθέντος, ἀνέλυσεν, πάλιν ἥξων καὶ τὸ σύμπαν τῶν Ἰοππιτῶν ἐκριζῶσαι πολίτευμα.

Of-the-one then-also of-a-spacelet of-having-been-latch-belonged-together, it-loosed-up, unto-furthered shall-having-arrived and to-the-one to-together-all of-the-ones of-Ioppites to-have-en-rooted-out to-a-citizening-to.

12:7 συγκλεισθ. V | ανελυσεν] ανεχυσεν A | παλιν] pr ως V | το συμπαν] τον σ. A | Ιοππητ. V* (-πιτ. Va)

(164-163 B.C.)

2Ma 12:8 μεταλαβὼν δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἐν Ἰαμνίᾳ τὸν αὐτὸν ἐπιτελεῖν βουλομένους τρόπον τοῖς παροικοῦσιν Ἰουδαίοις,

Having-had-taken-with then-also and to-the-ones in unto-an-Iamnia to-the-one to-it to-finish-upon-unto to-purposing to-a-turn unto-the-ones unto-housing-beside-unto unto-Iouda-belonged,

12:8 τους εν] τας εν A | Ιαμνεια V | βουλομενος AV | κατοικουσιν] παροικουσιν V

(164-163 B.C.)

2Ma 12:9 καὶ τοῖς Ἰαμνίταις νυκτὸς ἐπιβαλὼν ὑφῆψεν τὸν λιμένα σὺν τῷ στόλῳ, ὥστε ἐπιφαίνεσθαι τὰς αὐγὰς τοῦ φέγγους εἰς τὰ Ἰεροσόλυμα, σταδίων ὄντων διακοσίων τεσσεράκοντα.

and unto-the-ones unto-Iamnites of-a-night having-had-casted-upon it-fastened-under to-the-one to-a-harbor together unto-the-one unto-a-setee, as-also to-be-manifested-upon to-the-ones to-rayings of-the-one of-a-brighteneedness into to-the-ones to-Ierosoluma', of-stadios' of-being of-two-hundred of-forty.

Note: of-stadios' : used to refer to the distance around a-stadion, an arena track, 606.75 feet.

12:9 υφηψεν] εξηψεν V | ωστε επιφαινεσθαι] ως φαινεσθαι V | τεσσαρακοντα V

(164-163 B.C.)

2Ma 12:10 Ἐκεῖθεν δὲ ἀποσπάσαντες σταδίους ἐννέα, ποιουμένων τὴν πορίαν ἐπὶ τὸν Τιμόθεον, ἐπέβαλλον Ἄραβες αὐτῷ οὐκ ἐλάττους τῶν πεντακισχιλίων, ἱππεῖς δὲ πεντακόσιοι.

Thither-from then-also having-off-drawn-unto to-stadios' to-nine, of-doing-unto to-the-one to-a-traversing-unto upon to-the-one to-a-Timotheos, they-were-casting-upon, Arabians, unto-it not to-lackinged-of of-the-ones of-five-oft-thousand, horsers-of then-also five-hundred.

Note: to-stadios' : used to refer to the distance around a-stadion, an arena track, 606.75 feet.

12:10 πορειαν Va | επεβαλλον] προσεβαλλον V | ουκ ελαττους των πεντακισχιλιων] εις πεντακισχιλιους V | πεντακοσιοι] πεντακοσιους V

(164-163 B.C.)

2Ma 12:11 γενομένης δὲ καρτερᾶς μάχης καὶ τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἰούδαν διὰ τὴν παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ βοήθειαν εὐημερησάντων, ἐλαττονωθέντες οἱ νομάδες ἠξίουν δοῦναι τὸν Ἰούδαν δεξιὰν αὐτοῖς, ὑπισχνούμενοι καὶ βοσκήματα δώσειν καὶ ἐν τοῖς λοιποῖς ὠφελήσειν αὐτούς.

Of-having-had-became then-also of-more-secured of-a-battling and of-the-ones about to-the-one to-an-Ioudas through to-the-one beside of-the-one of-a-Deity to-a-holler-running-of of-having-goodly-dayed-unto, having-been-en-lackened the-ones parceleenesses they-were-en-deem-belonging to-have-had-given to-the-one to-an-Ioudas to-right-belonged unto-them, force-holding-under-unto and to-pasturagings-to to-shall-have-given and in unto-the-ones unto-remaindered to-shall-have-aidanced-unto to-them.

12:11 ελαττονωθεντες (-ττονοθ. V* -ττωνωθ. V1)] + δε V | νομαδες] + Αραβες V | δεξιαν] δεξι V* δεξιας V1

(164-163 B.C.)

2Ma 12:12 Ἰούδας δὲ ὑπολαβὼν ὡς ἀληθῶς ἐν πολλοῖς αὐτοὺς χρησίμους, ὑπεχώρησεν εἰρήνην ἄξειν πρὸς αὐτούς· καὶ λαβόντες δεξιὰς εἰς τὰς σκηνὰς ἐχωρίσθησαν.

An-Ioudas then-also having-had-taken-under as unto-un-secludinged in unto-much to-them to-afforded-belonged-unto, it-spaced-under-unto to-a-joinifying to-shall-have-led toward to-them; and having-had-taken to-right-belonged into to-the-ones to-tentings they-were-spaced-to.

12:12 χρησιμοις A | υπεχωρησεν] παρεχωρησεν V

(164-163 B.C.)

2Ma 12:13 Ἐπέβαλεν δὲ καὶ ἐπί τινα πόλιν γεφυροῦν, ὀχυρὰν καὶ τείχεσιν περιπεφραγμένην καὶ πανμιγέσιν ἔθνεσιν κατοικουμένην, ὄνομα δὲ Κασπείν.

It-had-casted-upon then-also and upon to-a-one to-a-city to-en-dam, to-holdationed and unto-lineationeednesses to-having-had-come-to-be-hedged-about and unto-all-minglinged unto-placeedness-belongings-to to-being-housed-down-unto, a-naming-to then-also a-Kaspein.

12:13 om γεφυρουν V | παμμιγ. V | Κασπιν V

(164-163 B.C.)

2Ma 12:14 οἱ δὲ ἔνδον πεποιθότες τῇ τῶν τειχέων ἐρυμνότητι τῇ τε τῶν βρωμάτων παραθέσει, ἀναγωγότερον ἐχρῶντο τοῖς περὶ τὸν Ἰούδαν, λοιδοροῦντες, καὶ προσέτι βλασφημοῦντες καὶ λαλοῦντες ἃ μὴ θέμις.

The-ones then-also to-given-in having-hath-had-come-to-sure unto-the-one of-the-ones of-lineationeednesses unto-a-robustness unto-the-one also of-the-ones of-feedeeings-to unto-a-placing-beside, to-more-led-up they-were-affording-unto unto-the-ones about to-the-one to-an-Ioudas, reviling-unto, and toward-if-to-a-one ill-declaring-unto and speaking-unto to-which lest a-placeeing.

12:14 ευρομνοτητι A | παραθεσει] αναθεσει V | εχρωντο] εχθρωντο V

(164-163 B.C.)

2Ma 12:15 οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἰούδαν ἐπικαλεσάμενοι τὸν μέγαν τοῦ κόσμου δυνάστην, τὸν ἄτερ κριῶν καὶ μηχανῶν ὀργανικῶν κατακρημνίσαντα τὴν Ἰεριχὼ κατὰ τοὺς Ἰησοῦ χρόνους, ἐνέσεισαν θηριωδῶς τῷ τείχει·

The-ones then-also about to-the-one to-an-Ioudas having-called-upon-unto to-the-one to-great of-the-one of-an-orderation to-an-abler, to-the-one un-kept of-rams and of-machinatings of-vital-belonged-of, to-having-precipiced-down-to to-the-one to-an-Ierichô down to-the-ones of-an-Iêsous to-whiles, they-shake-belonged-in unto-beast-seeinged unto-the-one unto-a-lineationeedness;

Note: of-vital-belonged-of : used to refer to crucial but self contained components of a whole whether of en-capsuling-to organs or project tools or music orchestra.

12:15 om περι A | κατακριμνησαντα V* (κρημν. Va) | Ιησου] pr του V

(164-163 B.C.)

2Ma 12:16 καταλαβόμενοί τε τὴν πόλιν τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ θελήσει ἀμυθήτους ἐποιήσαντο σφαγάς, ὥστε τὴν παρακειμένην λίμνην τὸ πλάτος ἔχουσαν σταδίους δύο καταρρεῖν τὸ αἷμα πεπληρωμένην φαίνεσθαι.

having-had-taken-down also to-the-one to-a-city unto-the-one of-the-one of-a-Deity unto-a-determining to-un-relatable they-did-unto to-slaughterings, as-also to-the-one to-being-situated-beside to-a-lake to-the-one to-a-broadeedness to-holding to-stadios' to-two to-flow-down to-the-one to-a-rushering-to to-having-had-come-to-be-en-filled to-be-manifested.

Note: to-un-relatable : used to refer to something beyond narrative assertion.

Note: to-stadios' : used to refer to the distance around a-stadion, an arena track, 606.75 feet.

12:16 εχουσαν σταδιους] σταδιων ουσαν V | καταρρειν (-ρρει A* -ρρειν A1) το αιμα] καταρρυτον αιματι V

(164-163 B.C.)

2Ma 12:17 Ἐκεῖθεν δὲ ἀποσπάσαντες σταδίους ἑπτακοσίους πεντήκοντα διήνυσαν εἰς τὸν Χάρακα καὶ πρὸς τοὺς λεγομένους Τουβεινοὺς Ἰουδαίους.

Thither-from then-also having-off-drawn-unto to-stadios' to-seven-hundred to-fifty they-accomplished-through into to-the-one to-a-Charax and toward to-the-ones to-being-forthed to-Toubeinians to-Iouda-belonged.

Note: to-stadios' : used to refer to the distance around a-stadion, an arena track, 606.75 feet.

12:17 αποσπασαντεσταδιους V* (-τες σταδ. V1) | om και V | Τουβιανους V

(164-163 B.C.)

2Ma 12:18 καὶ Τιμόθεον μὲν ἐπὶ τῶν τόπων οὐ κατέλαβον, ἄπρακτον τότε ἐκ τῶν τόπων ἐκλελυκότα, καταλελοιπότα δὲ φρουρὰν ἔν τινι τόπῳ καὶ μάλα ὀχυράν.

And to-a-Timotheos indeed upon of-the-ones of-occasions not they-had-taken-down, to-un-practiced to-the-one-which-also out of-the-ones of-occasions to-having-had-come-to-loose-out, to-having-had-come-to-remainder-down then-also to-a-wardedness-before in unto-a-one unto-an-occasion and such to-holdationed.

12:18 τον τοπον (I°) V | ου] θυ̅ A* (salt) | τοτε εκ] τε απο V

(164-163 B.C.)

2Ma 12:19 Δωσίθεος δὲ καὶ Σωσίπατρος, τῶν περὶ τὸν Μακκαβαῖον ἡγεμόνων, ἐξοδεύσαντες τοὺς ὑπὸ Τιμοθέου ἀπώλεσαν καταλειφθέντας ἐν τῷ ὀχυρώματι, πλείους τῶν μυρίων ἀνδρῶν·

A-Dôsitheos then-also and a-Sôsipatros, of-the-ones about to-the-one to-Makkaba-belonged of-leaders, having-wayed-out-of, to-the-ones under of-a-Timotheos they-destructed-off to-having-been-remaindered-down in unto-the-one unto-an-en-holdationing-to, to-beyond of-the-ones of-myriaded of-men;

Note: of-myriaded : when context infers a definite number refers to ten thousand.

12:19 Δοσιθεος Va | περι τον] παρι των V* (περι τ. Va) | ηγουμενων V | απωλεσαν τους υπο Τιμοθεου V

(164-163 B.C.)

2Ma 12:20 ὁ δὲ Μακκαβαῖος, διατάξας τὴν περὶ αὐτὸν στρατιὰν σπειρηδόν, κατέστησεν αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τῶν σπειρῶν· καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν Τιμόθεον ὥρμησαν ἔχοντα περὶ αὐτὸν μυριάδας δώδεκα πεζῶν, ἱππεῖς δὲ δισχιλίους καὶ πρὸς τοῖς ἑπτακισχιλίοις.

the-one then-also Makkaba-belonged, having-arranged-through to-the-one about to-it to-an-amassing-unto to-whorledly, it-stood-down to-them upon of-the-ones of-whorled; and upon to-the-one to-a-Timotheos they-corded-unto to-holding about to-it to-myriads to-two-ten of-afoot, to-horsers-of then-also to-twice-thousand and toward unto-the-ones unto-seven-oft-thousand.

Note: of-whorled : used to refer to structures of rope, hair styles, cloth wraps, and a cohort as whorled out into action.

12:20 ωρυησεν V | μυριαδας δωδεκα πεζων] πεζων μυρ. δεκα δυο V | δισχιλιους] τρισχιλιους A? (δισχ. A* vid V | om και 2° V | επτακισχιλιοις] πεντακοσιοις V

(164-163 B.C.)

2Ma 12:21 τὴν δὲ ἔφοδον μεταλαβὼν Ἰούδου, προεξαπέστειλεν ὁ Τιμόθεος τὰς γυναῖκας καὶ τὴν ἄλλην ἀποσκευὴν εἰς τὸ λεγόμενον Κάρνιον· ἦν γὰρ δυσπολιόρκητον καὶ δυσπρόσιτον τὸ χωρίον διὰ τὴν πάντων τῶν τόπων στενότητα.

To-the-one then-also to-a-way-upon having-had-taken-with of-an-Ioudas, it-set-off-out-before, the-one a-Timotheos, to-the-ones to-women and to-the-one to-other to-an-equipping-off into to-the-one to-being-forthed to-a-Karnion; it-was too-thus onerously-city-fenceed and onerously-goable-toward the-one a-spacelet through to-the-one of-all of-the-ones of-occasions to-a-narrowness.

12:21 Ιουδα V* fort (Ιουδου [ου sup ras] V1) | γυναικας] + και τα τεκνα V | παντων] pr εκ V

(164-163 B.C.)

2Ma 12:22 ἐπιφανείσης δὲ τῆς Ἰούδου σπείρας πρώτου, καὶ γενομένου δέους ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους, φόβου τε ἐκ τῆς τοῦ τὰ πάντα ἐφορῶντος ἐπιφανίας γενομένης ἐπ' αὐτούς, εἰς φυγὴν ὥρμησαν ἄλλος ἀλλαχῇ φερόμενος, ὥστε πολλάκις ὑπὸ τῶν ἰδίων βλάπτεσθαι καὶ ταῖς τῶν ξιφῶν ἀκμαῖς ἀναπείρεσθαι.

Of-having-manifested-upon then-also of-the-one of-an-Ioudas of-a-whorlness of-most-before, and of-having-had-became of-a-direedness upon to-the-ones to-war-belonged, of-a-fearee also out of-the-one of-the-one to-the-ones to-all of-upon-seeeeing-unto of-a-manifesting-upon-unto of-having-had-became upon to-them, into to-a-fleeing they-corded-unto, other unto-other-area being-beared, as-also much-oft under of-the-ones of-private-belonged to-be-illed and unto-the-ones of-the-ones of-swordeednesses unto-apexings to-be-across-belonged-up.

Note: of-a-whorlness (from SPEIRA; the other forms, specifically SPEIRHS being from the undocumented Adjective SPEIROS) : used to refer to structures of rope, hair styles, cloth wraps, and a cohort as whorled out into action.

12:22 πρωτου] πρωτης V | εκ της . . . εφορωντος] της τα παντα εκ του εφ. V | επιφανειας Va | εις φυγην] εισφυγειν A | ιδιων] Ιουδαιων V

(164-163 B.C.)

2Ma 12:23 ἐποιεῖτο δὲ τὸν διωγμὸν εὐτονώτερον Ἰούδας, συνκεντῶν τοὺς ἀλιτηρίους, διέφθειρεν δὲ εἰς μυριάδας τρεῖς ἀνδρῶν.

It-was-doing-unto then-also to-the-one to-a-pursuing-of to-more-goodly-stretched, an-Ioudas, pricking-together-unto to-the-ones to-errant-belonged, it-degraded-through then-also into to-myriads to-three of-men.

12:23 ευτονωτερον] + ον A | Ιουδας] pr ο V | δε 2°] τε V | ανδρων τρεις V

(164-163 B.C.)

2Ma 12:24 αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ Τιμόθεος ἐμπεσὼν τοῖς περὶ τὸν Δωσίθεον καὶ Σωσίπατρον ἠξίου μετὰ πολλῆς γοητίας ἐξαφεῖναι ὡς σῷον αὐτόν, διὰ τὸ πλειόνων μὲν γονεῖς, ὧν δὲ ἀδελφοὺς ἔχειν, καὶ τούτους ἀλογηθῆναι συμβήσεται·

It then-also the-one a-Timotheos having-had-fallen-in unto-the-ones about to-the-one to-a-Dôsitheos and to-a-Sôsipatros it-was-en-deem-belonging with of-much of-a-finessing-unto to-have-sent-off-out as to-saved to-it, through to-the-one of-more-beyond indeed to-becomeeers-of, of-which then-also to-brethrened to-hold, and to-the-ones-these to-have-been-un-fortheed-unto it-shall-step-together;

Note: to-becomeeers-of : the entities performing the parental function to a becomee, i.e. parents, but not necessarily biologically.

12:24 Δοσιθεον V | ηξιουν V* (ηξιου Va) | γοητιας] γονυπητιας V* (-πετιας Va vid) | ως σωον (ωσωον A)] ζωντα V | πλειονων] πλειον· ων A

(164-163 B.C.)

2Ma 12:25 πιστώσαντος δὲ αὐτοῦ διὰ πλειόνων τὸν ὁρισμὸν ἀποκαταστῆσαι τούτους ἀπημάντους, ἀπέλυσαν αὐτὸν ἕνεκα τῆς τῶν ἀδελφῶν σωτηρίας.

of-having-en-trusted then-also of-it through of-more-beyond to-the-one to-a-bounding-to-of to-have-stood-down-off to-the-ones-these to-un-calamitied, they-loosed-off to-it to-in-out-which of-the-one of-the-ones of-brethrened of-a-savioring-unto.

12:25 πισαντος V* (πιστωσαντος V1) | αποκαταστησειν V | εκα V* (ενεκα Va)

(164-163 B.C.)

2Ma 12:26 Ἐξελθὼν δὲ ἐπὶ τὸ Κάρνιον καὶ τὸ Ἀτεργάτιον, κατέσφαξεν μυριάδας σωμάτων δύο πεντακισχιλίους.

Having-had-came-out then-also upon to-the-one to-a-Karnion and to-the-one to-an-Atergation, it-down-slaughtered-to to-myriads of-en-capsulings-to to-two to-five-oft-thousand.

12:26 σωματων μυριαδας V | δυο] + ικα V

(164-163 B.C.)

2Ma 12:27 μετὰ δὲ τὴν τούτων τροπὴν καὶ ἀπώλειαν ἐπεστράτευσεν καὶ ἐπὶ Ἐφρών, πόλιν ὀχυράν, ἐν ᾗ πάμφυλα ἐν αὐτῇ πλήθη· νεανίαι δὲ ῥωμαλέοι πρὸ τῶν τειχέων καθεστῶτες εὐρώστως ἀπεμάχοντο· ἔνθα ὀργάνων καὶ βελῶν πολλαὶ παραθέσεις ὑπῆρχον.

With then-also to-the-one of-the-ones-these to-a-turning and to-a-destructing-off-of it-amassed-upon-of and upon to-an-Efrôn, to-a-city to-holdationed, in unto-which all-tribed in unto-it repleteednesses; new-belongings then-also strengthed before of-the-ones of-lineationeednesses having-hath-had-come-to-stand-down unto-goodly-strengthed they-were-battling-off; in-from-which of-vitals and of-casteednesses much placings-beside they-were-firsting-under.

Note: of-vitals : used to refer to crucial but self contained components of a whole whether of en-capsuling-to organs or project tools or music orchestra.

12:27 απωλιαν V* | om και I° V | παμφυλα . . . πληθη] παμφυλα πληθη εν αυτη κατωκει V | νεανιαι δε . . . ενθα] νιανιαι (sic V*) δε και μαλα ρωμαλαιοι προ των τειχεων καθεστωτες ευρωστως απεμαχοντο εν ω δε V

(164-163 B.C.)

2Ma 12:28 ἐπικαλεσάμενοι δὲ τὸν δυνάστην τὸν μετὰ κράτους συντρίβοντα τὰς τῶν πολεμίων ὁλκάς, ἔλαβον τὴν πόλιν ὑποχείριον, κατέστρωσαν δὲ τῶν ἔνδον εἰς μυριάδας δύο πεντακισχιλίους.

Having-called-upon-unto then-also to-the-one to-an-abler to-the-one with of-a-securement to-rubbing-together to-the-ones of-the-ones of-war-belonged to-hauleeings, they-had-taken to-the-one to-a-city to-hand-belonged-under, they-en-strewed-down then-also of-the-ones to-given-in into to-myriads to-two to-five-oft-thousand.

12:28 οκλας] αλκας V | δυο] + και V

(164-163 B.C.)

2Ma 12:29 ἀναζεύξαντές τε ἐκεῖθεν, ὥρμησαν ἐπὶ Σκυθῶν πόλιν, ἀπέχουσαν ἀπὸ Ἰεροσολύμων σταδίους ἑξακοσίους.

Having-en-coupled-up also thither-from, they-corded-unto upon of-Skuthians to-a-city, to-holding-off off of-Ierosoluma' to-stadios' to-six-hundred.

Note: to-stadios' : used to refer to the distance around a-stadion, an arena track, 606.75 feet.

12:29 τε] δε V

(164-163 B.C.)

2Ma 12:30 ἀπομαρτυρησάντων δὲ τῶν ἐκεῖ καθεστώτων Ἰουδαίων ἣν οἱ Σκυθοπολεῖται ἔσχον πρὸς αὐτοὺς εὔνοιαν, καὶ ἐν τοῖς τῆς ἀτυχίας καιροῖς ἥμερον ἀπάντησιν,

Of-having-witnessed-off-unto then-also of-the-ones thither of-having-hath-had-come-to-stand-down of-Iouda-belonged to-which the-ones Skuthian-citiers they-had-held toward to-them to-a-goodly-en-mulling-unto, and in unto-the-ones of-the-one of-an-un-actuating-unto unto-times to-dayed to-an-ever-a-oneing-off,

Note: to-dayed : day being used in the sense of being a time of rest and calm in nature.

12:30 καθεστωτων κοτοικουντων V | ην] ων V | Σκυθοπολιται V

(164-163 B.C.)

2Ma 12:31 εὐχαριστήσαντες καὶ προσπαρακαλέσαντες καὶ εἰς τὰ λοιπὰ πρὸς τὸ γένος εὐμενεῖς εἶναι, παρεγενήθησαν εἰς Ἰεροσόλυμα, τῆς τῶν ἑβδομάδων ἑορτῆς οὔσης ὑπογύου.

Having-goodly-granted-unto and having-called-beside-toward-unto and into to-the-ones to-remaindered toward to-the-one to-a-becomeedness to-goodly-stayinged to-be, they-were-became-beside into to-Ierosoluma', of-the-one of-the-ones of-sevens of-a-festival of-being of-pieced-under.

12:31 om και προσπαρακαλεσαντες V

(164-163 B.C.)

2Ma 12:32 Μετὰ δὲ τὴν λεγομένην πεντηκοστὴν ὥρμησαν ἐπὶ Γοργίαν τὸν τῆς Ἰδουμαίας στρατηγόν.

With then-also to-the-one to-being-forthed to-fiftieth they-corded-unto upon to-a-Gorgias to-the-one of-the-one of-an-Idoumaia to-an-amass-leader.

(164-163 B.C.)

2Ma 12:33 ἐξῆλθεν δὲ μετὰ πεζῶν τρισχιλίων, ἱππέων δὲ τετρακοσίων·

It-had-came-out then-also with of-afoot of-thrice-thousand, of-horsers-of then-also of-four-hundred;

(164-163 B.C.)

2Ma 12:34 παραταξαμένους δὲ συνέβη πεσεῖν ὀλίγους τῶν Ἰουδαίων.

to-having-been-arranged-beside then-also it-had-stepped-together to-have-had-fallen to-little of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged.

12:34 παραταξαμενου V

(164-163 B.C.)

2Ma 12:35 Δωσίθεος δέ τις τῶν τοῦ Βακήνορος, ἔφιππος ἀνὴρ καὶ καρτερός, εἴχετο τοῦ Γοργίου, καὶ λαβόμενος τῆς χλαμύδος, ἦγεν αὐτὸν εὐρώστως, καὶ βουλομένου τὸν κατάρατον λαβεῖν ζωγρείαν, τῶν ἱππέων τινὸς Θρᾳκῶν ἐπενεχθέντος αὐτῷ καὶ τὸν ὦμον καθελόντος, διέφυγεν Γοργίας εἰς Μαρισά.

A-Dôsitheos then-also a-one of-the-ones of-the-one of-a-Bakênoros, horsed-upon a-man and secured, it-was-holding of-the-one of-a-Gorgias, and having-had-taken of-the-one of-a-raiment, it-was-leading to-it unto-goodly-strengthed, and of-purposing to-the-one to-cursed-down to-have-had-taken of-a-fielded-aliving-of, of-the-ones of-horsers-of of-a-one of-Thrakians of-having-been-beared-upon unto-it and to-the-one to-a-shoulder of-having-had-sectioned-down, it-had-fled-through, a-Gorgias, into to-a-Marisa.

12:35 Δοσιθεος Va | ανηρ εφιππος V | Γοργειου A | βουλομενος V | ξωγριαν V | Θρακων] Θαρσος V* Θαρσους Va | Γοργιας (-γειας A)] pr ο V

(164-163 B.C.)

2Ma 12:36 τῶν δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἔσδριν ἐπὶ πλεῖον μαχομένων καὶ κατακόπων ὄντων, ἐπικαλεσάμενος Ἰούδας τὸν κύριον σύμμαχον φανῆναι καὶ προοδηγὸν φανῆναι τοῦ πολέμου,

Of-the-ones then-also about to-the-one to-an-Esdris upon to-more-beyond of-battling and of-felled-down of-being, having-called-upon-unto, an-Ioudas, to-the-one to-Authority-belonged to-battled-together to-have-had-been-manifested and to-way-led-before to-have-had-been-manifested of-the-one of-a-war,

12:36 κατακοπων οντων] κατακοπτοντων V | om φανηναι 2° V

(164-163 B.C.)

2Ma 12:37 καταρξάμενος τῇ πατρίῳ φωνῇ τὴν μεθ' ὕμνων κραυγήν, ἐνσείσας ἀπροσδοκήτως τοῖς περὶ τὸν Γοργίαν τροπὴν ἐποιήσατο αὐτῶν.

having-firsted-down unto-the-one unto-fathered-belonged unto-a-sound to-the-one with of-hymns to-a-clamoring, having-shake-belonged-in unto-un-thought-toward unto-the-ones about to-the-one to-a-Gorgias to-a-turning it-did-unto of-them.

12:37 Γοργειαν A | αυτων εποιησατο V

(164-163 B.C.)

2Ma 12:38 Ἰούδας δὲ ἀναλαβὼν τὸ στράτευμα ἧκεν εἰς Ὀδολλὰμ πόλιν· τῆς δὲ ἑβδομάδος ἐπιβαλλούσης, κατὰ τὸν ἐθισμὸν ἁγνισθέντες αὐτόθι τὸ σάββατον διῆγεν.

An-Ioudas then-also having-had-taken-up to-the-one to-an-amassing-to it-was-arriving into to-an-Odollam to-a-city; of-the-one then-also of-a-seven of-casting-upon, down to-the-one to-a-placeeing-to-of having-been-purified-to to-it-placed to-the-one to-a-sabbath it-was-leading-through.

12:38 διηγεν] διηγαγον V

(164-163 B.C.)

2Ma 12:39 τῇ δὲ ἐχομένῃ ἦλθον οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἰούδαν, καθ' ὃν χρόνον τὸ τῆς χρείας ἐγεγόνει, τὰ σώματα τῶν προπεπτωκότων ἀνακομίσασθαι καὶ μετὰ τῶν συγγενῶν ἀποκαταστῆσαι εἰς τοὺς πατρῴους τάφους.

Unto-the-one then-also unto-being-held they-had-came, the-ones about to-the-one to-an-Ioudas, down to-which to-a-while to-the-one of-the-one of-an-affording-of it-had-come-to-have-had-became, to-the-ones to-en-capsulings-to of-the-ones of-having-had-come-to-fall-before to-have-tended-up and with of-the-ones of-together-becominged to-have-stood-down-off into to-the-ones to-en-father-belonged to-buriages.

12:39 τα της χρ. V | συγγονων V | πατριους V

(164-163 B.C.)

2Ma 12:40 εὗρον δὲ ἑκάστου τῶν τεθνηκότων ὑπὸ τοὺς χιτῶνας ἱερώματα τῶν ἀπὸ Ἰαμνίας εἰδώλων, ἀφ' ὧν ὁ νόμος ἀπήργει τοὺς Ἰουδαίους· τοῖς δὲ πᾶσι σαφὲς ἐγένετο διὰ τήνδε τὴν αἰτίαν τούσδε πεπτωκέναι.

They-had-found then-also of-each of-the-ones of-having-had-come-to-die under to-the-ones to-tunics to-sacredings-to of-the-ones off of-an-Iamnia of-images; off of-which the-one a-parcelee it-was-working-off-unto to-the-ones to-Iouda-belonged; unto-the-ones then-also unto-all evidentinged it-had-became through to-the-one-then-also to-an-appealing-unto to-the-ones-then-also to-have-had-come-to-fall.

12:40 Ιαμνειας Va | απειργει V | πασιν V*

(164-163 B.C.)

2Ma 12:41 πάντες οὖν εὐλογήσαντες τὰ τοῦ δικαιοκρίτου κυρίου τοῦ τὰ κεκρυμμένα φανερὰ ποιοῦντος,

All accordingly having-goodly-fortheed-unto to-the-ones of-the-one of-a-course-belonged-separater of-Authority-belonged of-the-one to-the-ones to-having-had-come-to-be-hidened to-en-manifested of-doing-unto,

12:41 δικαιου κριτου V

(164-163 B.C.)

2Ma 12:42 εἰς ἱκεσίαν ἐτράπησαν, ἀξιώσαντες τὸ γεγονὸς ἁμάρτημα τελείως ἐξαλειφθῆναι· ὁ δὲ γενναῖος Ἰούδας παρεκάλεσε τὸ πλῆθος συντηρεῖν αὐτοὺς ἀναμαρτήτους εἶναι, ὑπ' ὄψιν ἑωρακότας τὰ γεγονότα διὰ τὴν τῶν προπεπτωκότων ἁμαρτίαν.

into to-a-petitioning-unto they-had-been-turned, having-en-deem-belonged to-the-one to-having-hath-had-come-to-become to-an-un-adjusting-along-to unto-finish-belonged to-have-been-smeared-along-out; the-one then-also generated-belonged an-Ioudas it-called-beside-unto to-the-one to-a-repleteedness to-keep-together-unto to-them to-un-un-adjusted-along to-be, under to-a-beholding to-having-had-come-to-seeee-unto to-the-ones to-having-hath-had-come-to-become through to-the-one of-the-ones of-having-had-come-to-fall-before to-an-un-adjusting-along-unto.

Note: to-a-petitioning-unto (IKESIAN) : older form of IKETIAN; same meaning.

Note: to-un-un-adjusted-along : double un intended.

12:42 ικετιαν V* | το γεγονος] δια το γεγονως V* (-νος Va) | παρεκαλεσεν V | εωρακοτες A* (-κοτας Aa?) | αμαρτιαν] αμαρτηματω̅| A

(164-163 B.C.)

2Ma 12:43 ποιησάμενός τε κατ' ἀνδρολογείον εἰς ἀργυρίου δραχμὰς δισχιλίας ἀπέστειλεν εἰς Ἰεροσόλυμα προσαγαγεῖν περὶ ἁμαρτίας θυσίαν, πάνυ καλῶς καὶ ἀστείως πράττων, ὑπὲρ ἀναστάσεως διαλογιζόμενος.

Having-done-unto also down to-a-man-fortheelet into of-a-silverlet to-graspings to-twice-thousand it-set-off into to-Ierosoluma' to-have-had-led-toward about of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto to-a-surging-unto, all-now unto-seemly and unto-town-belonged practicing, over of-a-standing-up fortheeing-through-to.

12:43 ποιησ. τε] + κατασκευασματα V | κατα ανδρολογιαν V | αναλογιζομενος] διαλογιζομενους V

(164-163 B.C.)

2Ma 12:44 εἰ μὴ γὰρ τοὺς προπεπτωκότας ἀναστῆναι προσεδόκα, περισσὸν καὶ ληρῶδες ὑπὲρ νεκρῶν εὔχεσθαι·

If lest too-thus to-the-ones to-having-had-come-to-fall-before to-have-stood-up it-was-toward-thinking-unto, to-abouted and to-bizarre-seeinged over of-en-deaded to-goodly-hold;

12:44 περισσως A

(164-163 B.C.)

2Ma 12:45 εἴτε ἐμβλέπων τοῖς μετ' εὐσεβίας κοιμωμένοις κάλλιστον ἀποκείμενον εὐχαριστήριον, ὁσία καὶ εὐσεβὴς ἡ ἐπίνοια. ὅθεν περὶ τῶν τεθνηκότων τὸν ἐξιλασμὸν ἐποιήσατο, τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἀπολυθῆναι.

if-also viewing-in unto-the-ones with of-a-goodly-revering-unto unto-being-situateed-unto to-most-seemly to-being-situated-off to-goodly-granted-belonged, holy and goodly-reveringed the-one an-en-mulling-upon-unto. Which-from about of-the-ones of-having-had-come-to-die to-the-one to-a-sectionating-to-of they-did-unto, of-the-one of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto to-have-been-loosed-off.

12:45 ειτε] ειτ V | ευσεβειας V | ευχαριστηριον] χαρηστηριον V*

(163 B.C.)

2Ma 13:1 Τῷ δὲ ἐνάτῳ καὶ τεσσαρακοστῷ καὶ ἑκατοστῷ ἔτει προσέπεσεν τοῖς περὶ τὸν Ἰούδαν Ἀντίοχον τὸν Εὐπάτορα παραγενέσθαι σὺν πλήθεσιν ἐπὶ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν,

Unto-the-one then-also unto-nineth and unto-fortieth and unto-hundredth unto-a-yeareedness it-had-said-toward unto-the-ones about to-the-one to-an-Ioudas to-an-Antiochos to-the-one to-a-Eupatôr to-have-had-became-beside together unto-repleteednesses upon to-the-one to-an-Ioudaia,

Note: Antiochus V Eupator invades Judea 2Ma 13:1-29.

13:1 εννατω Va | τεσσαρακοστω V | Επατορα V* (Ευπ. Va)

(163 B.C.)

2Ma 13:2 καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ Λυσίαν τὸν ἐπίτροπον καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν πραγμάτων, ἕκαστον ἔχοντα δύναμιν Ἑλληνικὴν πεζῶν μυριάδας ἕνδεκα καὶ ἱππέων πεντακισχιλίους τριακοσίους καὶ ἐλέφαντας εἴκοσι δύο, ἅρματα δὲ δρεπανηφόρα τριακόσια.

and together unto-it to-a-Lusias to-the-one to-turned-upon and upon of-the-ones practicings-to, to-each to-holding to-an-ability to-Helên-belonged-of of-afoot to-myriads to-ten-one and to-horsers-of to-five-oft-thousand to-three-hundred and to-elephants to-twenty to-two, to-liftings-along-to then-also to-cullerant-beared to-three-hundred.

13:2 om δε V

(163 B.C.)

2Ma 13:3 συνέμιξεν δὲ αὐτοῖς καὶ Μενέλαος, καὶ παρεκάλει μετὰ πολλῆς εἰρωνίας τὸν Ἀντίοχον, οὐκ ἐπὶ σωτηρίας τῆς πατρίδος, οἰόμενος δὲ ἐπὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς κατασταθήσεσθαι.

It-en-mingled-together then-also unto-them, and a-Menelaos, and it-was-calling-beside-unto with of-much of-a-piecing-unto to-the-one to-an-Antiochos, not upon of-a-savioring-unto of-the-one of-a-fathering, which-belonging then-also upon of-the-one of-a-firsting to-shall-have-been-stood-down.

13:3 Μενελαον V | om και 2° V* (hab V1 (mg)) | ειρωνειας Va | τη σωτηρια V | κατασταθησεται

(163 B.C.)

2Ma 13:4 ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς τῶν βασιλέων ἐξήγειρεν τὸν θυμὸν τοῦ Ἀντιόχου ἐπὶ τὸν ἀλιτήριον, καὶ Λυσίου ὑποδείξαντος τοῦτον αἴτιον τῶν κακῶν εἶναι καὶ πάντων προσέταξεν, ὡς ἔθος ἐστὶν ἐν τῷ τόπῳ, προσαπολέσαι, ἀγαγόντας εἰς Βέροιαν.

The-one then-also a-ruler-of of-the-ones of-rulers-of it-was-rousing-out to-the-one to-a-passion of-the-one of-an-Antiochos upon to-the-one to-errant-belonged, and of-a-Lusias of-having-en-showed-under to-the-one-this to-appeal-belonged of-the-ones of-wedge-wedged to-be and of-all it-arranged-toward, as a-placeedness it-be in unto-the-one unto-an-occasion, to-have-destructed-off-toward, to-having-had-led into to-a-Beroia.

13:4 των κακων . . . παντων] ειναι παντων των κακων V | προσαπολεσθαι V | αγαγοντες V | Βερενοιαν V

(163 B.C.)

2Ma 13:5 ἔστιν δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ πύργος πεντήκοντα πήχεων πλήρης σποδοῦ, οὗτος δὲ ὄργανον εἶχεν περιφερὲς πάντοθεν ἀπόκρημνον εἰς τὴν σποδόν.

It-be then-also in unto-the-one unto-an-occasion a-tower of-fifty of-fores fullinged of-an-ash, to-a-vital then-also it-was-holding to-bearinged-about from-all to-precipiced-off into to-the-one to-an-ash.

Note: to-a-vital : used to refer to crucial but self contained components of a whole whether of en-capsuling-to organs or project tools or music orchestra.

13:5 πηχων V | οργανον δε] ουτος δε οργ. V

(163 B.C.)

2Ma 13:6 ἐνταῦθα τὸν ἱεροσυλίας ἔνοχον, ἢ καί τινων ἄλλων κακῶν ὑπεροχὴν πεποιημένον, ἅπαντες προσωθοῦσιν εἰς ὄλεθρον.

In-unto-the-ones-these to-the-one of-a-sacred-rummaging-unto to-held-in, or and of-ones of-other of-wedge-wedged to-a-holding-over to-having-had-come-to-do-unto, along-all they-pusheth-toward-unto into to-a-destructing.

13:6 om η V | πεποιημενων AVa

(163 B.C.)

2Ma 13:7 τοιούτῳ μόρῳ τὸν παράνομον συνέβη θανεῖν, μηδὲ τῆς γῆς τυγχάνοντα Μενέλαον·

unto-the-one-unto-the-one-this unto-a-portionee to-the-one to-parceleed-beside it-had-stepped-together to-have-had-died, lest-then-also of-the-one of-a-soil to-actuanating to-a-Menelaos;

13:7 τυγχανοντα] τυχοντα V

(163 B.C.)

2Ma 13:8 πάνυ δικαίως· ἐπεὶ γὰρ συνετελέσατο πολλὰ περὶ τὸν βωμὸν ἁμαρτήματα, οὗ τὸ πῦρ ἁγνὸν ἦν καὶ ἡ σποδός, ἐν σποδῷ τὸν θάνατον ἐκομίσατο.

all-now unto-course-belonged; upon-if too-thus it-finished-together-unto to-much about to-the-one to-an-en-stepping-of to-un-adjustings-along-to, of-which the-one a-fire pure it-was and the-one an-ash, in unto-an-ash to-the-one to-a-death it-tended-to.

13:8 πολλα περι τον βωμον] επι τον βωμον πολλα V

(163 B.C.)

2Ma 13:9 Τοῖς δὲ φρονήμασιν ὁ βασιλεὺς βεβαρβαρωμένος ἤρχετο, τὰ χείριστα τῶν ἐπὶ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ γεγονότων ἐνδειξόμενος τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις.

Unto-the-ones then-also unto-centerings-to the-one a-ruler-of having-had-come-to-be-en-aliened it-was-coming, to-the-ones to-most-worsinged-of of-the-ones upon of-the-one of-a-father of-it of-having-hath-had-come-to-become shall-having-en-showed-in unto-the-ones unto-Iouda-belonged.

13:9 βεβαρωμενος V

(163 B.C.)

2Ma 13:10 μεταλαβὼν δὲ Ἰούδας ταῦτα, παρήγγειλεν τῷ πλήθει δι' ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς ἐπικαλέσασθαι τὸν κύριον, εἴ ποτε καὶ ἄλλοτε, καὶ νῦν ἐπιβοηθεῖν

Having-had-taken-with then-also, an-Ioudas, to-the-ones-these, it-leadeeered-beside unto-the-one unto-a-repleteedness through of-a-dayedness and of-a-night to-have-called-upon-unto to-the-one to-Authority-belonged, if whither-also and other-also, and now to-holler-run-upon-unto

13:10 Ιουδας] pr ο V | επικαλεισθαι V

(163 B.C.)

2Ma 13:11 τοῖς τοῦ νόμου καὶ πατρίδος καὶ ἱεροῦ ἁγίου στερεῖσθαι μέλλουσιν, (2Ma 13:11) καὶ τὸν ἄρτι βραχέως ἀνεψυχότα λαὸν μὴ ἐᾶσαι τοῖς δυσφήμοις ἔθνεσιν ὑποχειρίους γενέσθαι.

unto-the-ones of-the-one of-a-parcelee and of-a-fathering and of-sacred of-hallow-belonged to-be-destituted-unto unto-pending, (2Ma 13:11) and to-the-one thus-to-a-one unto-short to-having-had-come-to-breath-up to-a-people lest to-have-let-unto unto-the-ones unto-onerously-declared unto-placeedness-belongings-to to-hand-belonged-under to-have-had-became.

13:11 ιερου αγιου στερεισθαι] αγιου ιερου στηρισθαι V* (-ρεισθ. Va) | αναψυχοτα V* (ανεψ. V1?)

(163 B.C.)

2Ma 13:12 πάντων δὲ τὸ αὐτὸ ποιησάντων ὁμοῦ καὶ καταξιωσάντων τὸν ἐλεήμονα κύριον μετὰ κλαυθμοῦ καὶ νηστειῶν καὶ προπτώσεως ἐπὶ ἡμέρας τρεῖς ἀδιαλείπτως, παρακαλέσας αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰούδας ἐκέλευσεν παραγίνεσθαι.

Of-all then-also to-the-one to-it of-having-done-unto of-alonged and of-having-en-deem-belonged-down to-the-one to-besectionatinged-of to-Authority-belonged with of-a-sobbing-of and of-non-eatings-of and of-a-falling-before upon to-dayednesses to-three unto-un-remaindered-through, having-called-beside-unto to-them, the-one an-Ioudas, it-bade-of to-become-beside.

13:12 επι] εφ V | om αδιαλειπτως V | ο Ιουδας om ο V

(163 B.C.)

2Ma 13:13 καθ' ἑαυτὸν δὲ σὺν τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις γενόμενος ἐβουλεύσατο πρὶν εἰσβαλεῖν τὸ στράτευμα τοῦ βασιλέως ἐπὶ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν καὶ γενέσθαι τῆς πόλεως ἐγκρατεῖς, ἐξελθόντας κρῖναι τὰ πράγματα τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ βοηθείᾳ.

Down to-self then-also together unto-the-ones unto-more-eldered having-had-became it-purposed-of ere to-have-had-casted-into to-the-one to-an-amassing-to of-the-one of-a-ruler-of upon to-the-one to-an-Ioudaia and to-have-had-became of-the-one of-a-city to-securinged-in, to-having-had-came-out to-have-separated to-the-ones to-practicings-to unto-the-one of-the-one of-a-Deity unto-a-holler-running-of.

13:13 εαυτον] αυτον V | πριν] + η V | του βασιλεως το στρατευμα V | επι] εις V | om και A

(163 B.C.)

2Ma 13:14 δοὺς δὲ τὴν ἐπιτροπὴν τῷ κυρίῳ τοῦ κόσμου, παρακαλέσας τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ γενναίως ἀγωνίσασθαι μέχρι θανάτου περὶ νόμων, ἱεροῦ, πόλεως, πατρίδος, πολιτίας· περὶ δὲ Μωδιεὶμ ἐποιήσατο τὴν στρατιάν.

Having-had-given then-also to-the-one to-a-turning-upon unto-the-one unto-Authority-belonged of-the-one of-an-orderation, having-called-beside-unto to-the-ones together unto-it unto-generated-belonged to-have-struggled-to unto-lest-whilst of-a-death about of-parcelees, of-sacred, of-a-city, of-a-fathering, of-a-city-belonging-unto; about then-also of-a-Môdieim it-did-unto to-the-one to-an-amassing-unto.

13:14 κυριω] κτιστη V | νομου V | πολιτειας V | Μωδιειν V | στρατιαν] στρατοπαιδειαν V* (-πεδ. Va)

(163 B.C.)

2Ma 13:15 ἀναδοὺς δὲ τοῖς περὶ αὐτὸν σύνθημα ΘΕΟΥ ΝΙΚΗΝ, μετὰ νεανίσκων ἀρίστων κεκριμένων ἐπιβαλὼν νύκτωρ ἐπὶ τὴν βασιλικὴν αὐλήν, τὴν παρεμβολὴν ἀνεῖλεν εἰς ἄνδρας δισχιλίους, καὶ τὸν πρωτεύοντα τῶν ἐλεφάντων σὺν τῷ κατ' οἰκίαν ὄντι συνέθηκεν·

Having-had-given-up then-also unto-the-ones about to-it to-a-placing-together-to of-a-Deity a-mull-belonging-of, with of-new-belongings-of of-un-bounded of-having-had-come-to-be-separated having-had-casted-upon of-night upon to-the-one to-ruler-belonged-of to-a-channeling, to-the-one to-a-casting-in-beside it-had-sectioned-up into to-men to-twice-thousand, and to-the-one to-most-beforing-of of-the-ones of-elephants together unto-the-one down to-a-housing-unto unto-being it-placed-together;

Note: of-un-bounded : usually used to refer to the un-bounded meal, which was taken sometime during the day besides the main meal (DEIPNON), but here referring to the best ones.

13:15 νικης V | δισχιλιους] χιλιους V | οικια A* (ν superscr A1)

(163 B.C.)

2Ma 13:16 καὶ τὸ τέλος τὴν παρεμβολὴν δέους καὶ ταραχῆς ἐπλήρωσαν, καὶ ἐξέλυσαν εὐημεροῦντες.

and to-the-one to-a-finisheedness to-the-one to-a-casting-in-beside of-a-direedness and of-a-stirring they-en-filled, and they-loosed-out goodly-daying-unto.

13:16 δους A | επληρωσεν V

(163 B.C.)

2Ma 13:17 ὑποφαινούσης δὲ ἤδη τῆς ἡμέρας τοῦτο ἐγεγόνει, διὰ τὴν ἐπαρήγουσαν αὐτῷ τοῦ κυρίου σκέπην.

Of-manifesting-under then-also which-then of-the-one of-a-dayedness the-one-this it-had-come-to-have-had-became, through to-the-one to-lift-leading-upon unto-it of-the-one of-Authority-belonged to-a-covering.

Note: to-lift-leading-upon (EPARHGOUSAN) : from EPARHGW; EPI+AIRW+AGW; i.e. to render a lifting up, to render aid.

13:17 om δε V | τουτο] + δε V | επαρηγουσαν . . . του κυριου (τω κω̅ A)] εξ ουν̅ο̅υ̅ γεγονυιαν αυτω επαρηγουσαν κυ̅ V

(163 B.C.)

2Ma 13:18 Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς εἰληφὼς γεῦμα τῆς τῶν Ἰουδαίων εὐτολμίας, κατεπείρασεν διὰ μεθόδων τοὺς τόπους,

The-one then-also a-ruler-of having-hath-had-come-to-take to-a-tasting-to of-the-one of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged of-a-goodly-venturing-unto, it-down-across-belonged-to through of-ways-with to-the-ones to-occasions,

(163 B.C.)

2Ma 13:19 καὶ ἐπὶ Βαιθσούροις φρούριον ὀλίγον τῶν Ἰουδαίων· προσῆγεν, ἐτροποῦτο, προσενέκρουσεν, ἠλαττονοῦτο.

and upon unto-Baithsoura' to-a-wardlet-before to-little of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged; it-was-leading-toward, it-was-being-en-turneed, it-strucked-in-toward, it-was-being-en-lackened.

13:19 Βαιθσουρα V | ολιγον] οχυρον οχυρον V* (improb οχ. 2° V1) | προενεκρουσεν (προσνεκρ. A)] προσεκρουεν V

(163 B.C.)

2Ma 13:20 τοῖς δὲ ἔνδον Ἰούδας τὰ δέοντα εἰσέπεμψεν.

Unto-the-ones then-also to-given-in an-Ioudas to-the-ones to-binding it-volleyed-into.

(163 B.C.)

2Ma 13:21 προσήγγειλεν δὲ τὰ μυστήρια τοῖς πολεμίοις Ῥόδοκος ἐκ τῆς Ἰουδαικῆς τάξεως· ἀνεζητήθη καὶ κατελήμφθη καὶ κατεκλείσθη.

It-leadeeered-toward then-also to-the-ones to-flexerlets unto-the-ones unto-war-belonged, a-Rodokos out of-the-one of-Iouda-belonged-of of-an-arranging; it-was-sought-up-unto and it-was-taken-down and it-was-latch-belonged-down.

Note: to-flexerlets : used to refer to things requiring thought flex to understand.

13:21 om και bis V | κατεληφθη V

(163 B.C.)

2Ma 13:22 ἐδευτερολόγησεν ὁ βασιλεὺς τοῖς ἐν Βαιθσούροις, δεξιὰν ἔδωκεν, ἔλαβεν, ἀπῄει,

It-second-fortheed-unto, the-one a-ruler-of, unto-the-ones in unto-Baithoura', to-right-belongned it-gave, it-had-taken, it-was-being-off,

(163 B.C.)

2Ma 13:23 προσέβαλεν τοῖς περὶ τὸν Ἰούδαν, ἥττων ἐγένετο, (2Ma 13:23) μετέλαβεν ἀπονενοῆσθαι τὸν Φίλιππον ἐν Ἀντιοχίᾳ τὸν ἀπολελιμμένον ἐπὶ τῶν πραγμάτων, συνεχύθη, τοὺς Ἰουδαίους παρεκάλεσεν, ὑπετάγη, καὶ ὤμοσεν ἐπὶ πᾶσι τοῖς δικαίοις, συνελύθη καὶ θυσίαν προσήγαγεν, ἐτίμησεν τὸν νεὼ καὶ τὸν τόπον, ἐφιλανθρώπησεν

it-had-casted-toward unto-the-ones about to-the-one to-an-Ioudas, lessinged-of it-had-became, (2Ma 13:23) it-had-taken-with to-have-had-come-to-en-mull-off-unto to-the-one to-a-Filippos in unto-an-Antiochia to-the-one to-having-had-come-to-be-remaindered-off upon of-the-ones of-practicings-to, it-was-poured-together, to-the-ones to-Iouda-belonged it-called-beside-unto, it-had-been-arranged-under, and it-en-oathed upon unto-all unto-the-ones unto-course-belonged, it-was-loosed-together and to-a-surging-unto it-had-led-toward, it-valuated-unto to-the-one to-a-temple and to-the-one to-an-occasion, it-mankind-cared-unto

Note: unto-an-Antiochia in 01 02 : unto-an-Antiocheia is correct as in NT; primitive assimilation.

13:23 απονενοεισθαι V | Αντιοχεια V | απολελειμμ. Va | πραγματων συνεχυθη· A | πασιν V* | συνελυθη] συνεληλυθη V | νεων V

(163 B.C.)

2Ma 13:24 καὶ τὸν Μακκαβαῖον ἐπεδέξατο, κατέλειπεν στρατηγὸν ἀπὸ Πτολεμαίδος ἕως τῶν Γεννήρων Ἡγεμονίδην,

and to-the-one to-Makkaba-belonged it-received-upon, it-was-remaindering-down to-an-amass-leader off of-a-Ptolemais unto-if-which of-the-ones of-Gennêrians to-a-Hêgemonidês,

13:24 απεδεξατο V | Γεννηρων] Γερρηνων V

(163 B.C.)

2Ma 13:25 ἦλθεν εἰς Πτολεμαίδα· ἐδυσφόρουν περὶ τῶν συνθηκῶν οἱ Πτολεμαεῖς, ἐδειλίαζον γὰρ ὑπεράγαν· ἠθέλησαν ἀθετεῖν τὰς διαστάλσεις.

it-had-came into to-a-Ptolemais; they-were-onerously-beareeing-unto about of-the-ones of-placements-together, the-ones Ptolemians, they-were-diring-to too-thus to-over-excessed; they-determined to-un-place-unto to-the-ones to-seteeings-through.

13:25 εδυσφορων A | περι] υπερ V | Πτολεμαις AV* | εδειλιαζον (εδιλ. A)] αιδιναζον Va | υπεραγαν] υπερ Ιουδαιων V | διασταλσεις (-σις A)] διαστασεις V

(163 B.C.)

2Ma 13:26 προσῆλθεν ἐπὶ τὸ βῆμα Λυσίας, ἀπελογήσατο ἐνδεχομένως, συνέπεισεν καὶ κατεπρᾴυνεν, εὐμενεῖς ἐποίησεν, ἀνέζευξεν εἰς Ἀντιοχίαν. οὕτω τὰ τῆς ἐφόδου τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ τῆς ἀναζυγῆς ἐχώρησεν.

It-had-came-toward upon to-the-one to-a-stepping-to, a-Lusias, it-fortheed-off-unto unto-being-received-in, it-sured-together and it-milded-down, to-goodly-stayinged it-did-unto, it-en-coupled-up into to-an-Antiochia. Of-which-unto-the-one to-the-ones of-the-one of-a-way-upon of-the-one of-a-ruler-of and of-the-one of-a-couplaging-up it-spaced-unto.

Note: to-an-Antiochia in 01 02 : to-an-Antiocheia is correct as in NT; primitive assimilation.

13:26 om και I° V | Αντιοχειαν V | ουτως V | τα της εφοδου του βασιλεως] om της εφοδου του A* (hab Aa? (mg)) τα του βασ. της εφ. V

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 14:1 Μετὰ δὲ τριετῆ χρόνον προσέπεσεν τοῖς περὶ τὸν Ἰούδαν, Δημήτριον τὸν τοῦ Σελεύκου διὰ τοῦ κατὰ Τρίπολιν λιμένος εἰσπλεύσαντα μετὰ πλήθους ἰσχυροῦ καὶ στόλου

With then-also to-three-yearinged to-a-while it-had-fallen-toward unto-the-ones about to-the-one to-an-Ioudas, to-a-Dêmêtrios to-the-one of-the-one of-a-Seleukos through of-the-one down to-a-Tripolis of-a-harbor to-having-floated-into-of with of-a-repleteedness of-force-held and of-a-setee

Note: defeat of Nicanor 2Ma 14:1-15:36.

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 14:2 κεκρατηκέναι τῆς χώρας, ἐπανελόμενον Ἀντίοχον καὶ τὸν τούτου ἐπίτροπον Λυσίαν.

to-have-had-come-to-secure-unto of-the-one of-a-spacedness, to-having-had-sectioned-up-upon to-an-Antiochos and to-the-one of-the-one-this to-turned-upon to-a-Lusias.

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 14:3 Ἄλκιμος δέ τις προγεγονὼς ἀρχιερεύς, ἑκουσίως δὲ μεμολυσμένος ἐν τοῖς τῆς ἀμιξίας χρόνοις, συννοήσας ὅτι καθ' ὁντιναοῦν τρόπον οὐκ ἔστιν αὐτῷ σωτηρία οὐδὲ πρὸς τὸ ἅγιον θυσιαστήριον ἔτι πρόσοδος,

An-Alkimos then-also a-one having-hath-had-come-to-become-before a-first-sacreder-of, unto-be-out-belonged then-also having-had-come-to-sully in unto-the-ones of-the-one of-an-un-mingling-unto unto-whiles, having-en-mulled-together-unto to-which-a-one down to-which-to-a-one-accordingly to-a-turn not it-be unto-it a-savioring-unto not-then-also toward to-the-one to-hallow-belonged to-a-surgerlet if-to-a-one a-way-toward,

14:3 Αλκειμος A | προγεγονως] προγενομενος V | μεμολυμμενος V | της αμιξιας] om της V | οντινα ου A ον V* (οντιναουν Va)

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 14:4 ἧλθεν πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα Δημήτριον ὡς πρώτῳ καὶ ἑκατοστῷ καὶ πεντηκοστῷ ἔτει, προσάγων αὐτῷ στέφανον χρυσοῦν καὶ φοίνικα, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις τοῖς νομιζομένοις θαλλῶν τοῦ ἱεροῦ· καὶ τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκείνην ἡσυχίαν ἔσχεν.

it-had-came toward to-the-one to-a-ruler-of to-a-Dêmêtrios as unto-most-before and unto-hundredth and unto-fiftieth unto-a-yeareedness, leading-toward unto-it to-a-wreath to-golden and to-palms, toward then-also unto-the-ones-these unto-the-ones unto-being-parceleed-to of-flourishtations of-the-one of-sacred; and to-the-one to-a-dayedness to-the-one-thither to-a-quiescing-unto it-had-held.

i.e. 312-151 = 161.

14:4 ηλθεν] ηκεν V* (-κε Va) | πρωτου και εκατοστου και πεντηκοστου ετους V | προσαγαγων V | των νομιζομενων V

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 14:5 καιρὸν δὲ λαβὼν τῆς ἰδίας ἀνοίας συνεργόν, προσκληθεὶς εἰς συνέδριον ὑπὸ τοῦ Δημητρίου καὶ ἐπερωτηθεὶς ἐν τίνι διαθέσει καὶ βουλῇ καθέστηκαν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, πρὸς ταῦτα ἔφη

To-a-time then-also having-had-taken of-the-one of-private-belonged of-an-un-mulling-unto to-worked-together, having-been-called-toward-unto into to-a-seatlet-together under of-the-one of-a-Dêmêtrios and having-been-upon-entreated-unto in unto-what-one unto-a-placing-through and unto-a-purposing they-had-come-to-stand-down, the-ones Iouda-belonged, toward to-the-ones-these it-was-declaring,

14:5 Δημητρειου A | καθεστηκεν A

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 14:6 Οἱ λεγόμενοι τῶν Ἰουδαίων Ἁσιδαῖοι, ὧν ἀφηγεῖται Ἰούδας ὁ Μακκαβαῖος, πολεμοτροφοῦσιν καὶ στασιάζουσιν, οὐκ ἐῶντες τὴν βασιλείαν εὐσταθείας τυχεῖν.

The-ones being-forthed of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged Hasida-belonged, of-which it-leadeth-off-unto, an-Ioudas the-one Makkaba-belonged, they-war-nourish-unto and they-stand-belong-to, not letting-unto to-the-one to-a-ruling-of of-a-goodly-standing-of to-have-had-actuanated.

14:6 οι λεγομενοι] οι δε γενομενοι V | αφηγειται] εφηγειτε V

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 14:7 ὅθεν ἀφελόμενος τὴν προγονικὴν δόξαν, λέγων δὲ τὴν ἀρχιερωσύνην, δεύτερον νῦν ἐλήλυθα,

Which-from having-had-sectioned-off to-the-one to-became-before-belonged-of to-a-giftedness, forthing then-also to-the-one to-a-first-en-sacredingedness, to-second now I-hath-had-come-to-come,

14:7 λεγω V | δε] δη V | δευτερον] pr δευτο V

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 14:8 πρῶτον μὲν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀνηκόντων τῷ βασιλεῖ γνησίως φρονῶν, δεύτερον δὲ καὶ τῶν ἰδίων πολιτῶν στοχασάμενος· τῇ μὲν γὰρ τῶν προειρημένων ἀλογιστίᾳ τὸ σύμπαν ἡμῶν γένος οὐ μικρῶς ἀκληρεῖ.

to-most-before indeed over of-the-ones of-arriving-up unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of unto-became-belonged centering-unto, to-second then-also and of-the-ones of-private-belonged of-city-belongers belineating-to; unto-the-one indeed too-thus of-the-ones of-having-had-come-to-be-said-before unto-an-un-fortheeing-unto to-the-one to-together-all of-us to-a-becomeedness not unto-small it-un-lotteth-unto.

Note: belineating-to : i.e. set in line.

14:8 μεν I°] + εν V | ιδιων πολιτων στοχασαμενος] ημετερων στοχ. πολ. V | τη] τι V | αλογιστια] αλογιστα V

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 14:9 ἕκαστα δὲ τούτων ἐπεγνωκὼς σύ, βασιλεῦ, καὶ τῆς χώρας καὶ τοῦ περιισταμένου γένους ἡμῶν προσνοήθητι, καθ' ἣν ἔχεις πρὸς ἅπαντας εὐαπάντητον φιλανθρωπίαν.

To-each then-also of-the-ones-these having-had-come-to-acquaint-upon thou, Ruler-of, and of-the-one of-a-spacedness and of-the-one of-having-been-stood-about of-a-becomeedness of-us thou-should-have-been-en-mulled-toward-unto, down to-which thou-hold toward to-along-all to-goodly-ever-a-oned-off-unto to-a-mankind-caring-unto.

14:9 τουτων] τουτως (sic) A | προσνοηθητι] προνοησαντι V

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 14:10 ἄχρι γὰρ Ἰούδας περίεστιν, ἀδύνατον εἰρήνης τυχεῖν τὰ πράγματα.

Unto-whilst too-thus an-Ioudas it-be-about, to-un-able of-a-joinifying to-have-had-actuanated to-the-ones to-practicings-to.

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 14:11 τοιούτων δὲ ῥηθέντων ὑπὸ τούτου, θᾶττον οἱ λοιποὶ φίλοι δυσμενῶς ἔχοντες τὰ πρὸς τὸν Ἰούδαν προσεπύρωσαν τὸν Δημήτριον.

Of-the-ones-unto-the-ones-these then-also of-having-been-uttered under of-the-one-this, to-quickinged-of the-ones remaindered cared unto-onerously-stayinged holding to-the-ones toward to-the-one to-an-Ioudas they-en-fired-toward to-the-one to-a-Dêmêtrios.

14:11 Δημητρειον A

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 14:12 προχειρισάμενος δὲ εὐθέως τὸν Νικάνορα τὸν γενόμενον ἐλεφαντάρχην, καὶ στρατηγὸν ἀναδείξας τῆς Ἰουδαίας, ἐξαπέστειλεν·

Having-handed-before-to then-also unto-straight to-the-one to-a-Nikanôr to-the-one to-having-had-became to-an-elephant-firster, and to-an-amass-leader having-en-showed-up of-the-one of-an-Ioudaia, it-set-off-out;

14:12 προχειρισαμενος (-χειρησ. A)] προσκαλεσαμενος V | τον Νικ.] om τον V

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 14:13 δοὺς ἐπιτολάς, αὐτὸν μὲν τὸν Ἰουδὰ ἐπανελέσθαι, τοὺς δὲ σὺν αὐτῷ σκορπίσαι, καταστῆσαι δὲ Ἄλκιμον ἀρχιερέα τοῦ μεγίστου ἱεροῦ.

having-had-given to-finishings-upon, to-it indeed to-the-one to-an-Iouda to-have-had-sectioned-up-upon, to-the-ones then-also together unto-it to-have-scattered-to, to-have-stood-down then-also to-an-Alkimos to-a-first-sacreder-of of-the-one of-most-great of-sacred.

Note: to-an-Iouda (IOUDA) in 02 : correct is to-an-Ioudas (IOUDAN); primitive assimilation.

14:13 επιστολας] εντολας V | μεγιστου] μεγαλου V

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 14:14 οἱ δὲ ἐπὶ τῆς Ἰουδαίας πεφυγαδευκότες τὸν Ἰούδαν ἔθνη συνέμισγον ἀγεληδὸν τῷ Νικάνορι, τὰς τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἀτυχίας καὶ συμφορὰς ἰδίας εὐημερίας δοκοῦντες ἔσεσθαι.

The-ones then-also upon of-the-one of-an-Ioudaia having-had-come-to-flee-hither-of to-the-one to-an-Ioudas, placeedness-belongings-to, they-were-mingling-together herdedly unto-the-one unto-a-Nikanôr, to-the-ones of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged to-un-actuatings-unto and to-beareeednesses-together to-private-belonged, to-goodly-dayings-unto thinking-unto to-shall-have-been.

14:14 οι δε επι της Ιουδαιας πεφυγαδευκοτες] τα δε εκ της Ιουδ. πεφυγαδευκοτα V

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 14:15 Ἀκούσαντες δὲ τὴν τοῦ Νικάνορος ἔφοδον καὶ τὴν ἐπίθεσιν τῶν ἐθνῶν, καταπασάμενοι γῆν ἐλιτάνευσαν τὸν ἄχρι αἰῶνος συστήσαντα τὸν αὑτοῦ λαόν, ἀεὶ δὲ μετ' ἐπιφανείας ἀντιλαμβανόμενον τῆς ἑαυτοῦ μερίδος.

Having-heard then-also to-the-one of-the-one of-a-Nikanôr to-a-way-upon and to-the-one to-a-placing-upon of-the-ones of-placeedness-belongings-to, having-pattered-down to-a-soil they-pleaded-of to-the-one unto-whilst of-an-age to-having-stood-together to-the-one of-itself to-a-people, ever-if then-also with of-a-manifesting-upon-of to-ever-a-one-taking of-the-one of-self of-a-portion.

14:15 ελιτανευον V | αυτου] εαυτου V | επιφανιας V* | αντιλαμβανομενος A

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 14:16 προστάξαντος δὲ τοῦ ἡγουμένου, ἐκεῖθεν εὐθέως ἀναζεύξας συνμίσγει αὐτοῖς ἐπὶ κώμην Δεσσαού.

Of-having-arranged-toward then-also of-the-one of-leading-unto, thither-from unto-straight having-en-coupled-up it-mingleth-together unto-them upon to-a-village of-a-Dessaos.

14:16 ηγομενου A* (υ superscr Aa?) | ευθεως αναζευξας] δια ταχους αναζευξ. V | συνμισγει] συνμισσει (sic) A | Δεεσαου Vvid

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 14:17 Σίμων δὲ ὁ ἀδελφὸς Ἰούδα συμβεβληκὼς ἦν τῷ Νικάνορι, βραδέως δέ, διὰ τὴν αἰφνίδιον τῶν ἀντιπάλων ἀφασίαν ἐπταικώς.

A-Simôn then-also the-one brethrened of-an-Ioudas having-had-come-to-cast-together it-was unto-the-one unto-a-Nikanôr, unto-delayed then-also through to-the-one to-un-manifest-belonged of-the-ones of-ever-a-one-wriggled to-an-un-declaring-unto having-had-come-to-fall-belong.

14:17 Ιουδου V | συμβεβληκως ην] συμβεβληκωσιν V* (-κοσι Va) | βραδεως] βραχεως V | αιφνιδιον Va

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 14:18 ὅμως δὲ ἀκούων ὁ Νικάνωρ ἣν εἶχον οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἰούδαν ἀνδραγαθίαν καὶ ἐν τοῖς περὶ τῆς πατρίδος ἀγῶσιν εὐψυχίαν, ὑπευλαβεῖτο τὴν κρίσιν δι' αἱμάτων ποιήσασθαι.

Unto-along then-also hearing, the-one a-Nikanôr, to-which they-were-holding, the-ones about to-the-one to-an-Ioudas, to-an-excess-placed-manning-unto and in unto-the-ones about of-the-one of-a-fathering unto-leading to-a-goodly-breathing-unto, it-was-goodly-taking-under-unto to-the-one to-a-separating through of-rusherings-to to-have-done-unto.

14:18 om δε V | Νεικανωρ A | περι 2°] υπερ V | υπευλαβειτο] επευλ. Vvid

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 14:19 διόπερ ἔπεμψεν Ποσιδώνιον καὶ Θεόδοτον καὶ Ματταθίαν, δοῦναι καὶ λαβεῖν δεξιάς.

Through-to-which-very it-volleyed to-a-Posidônios and to-a-Theodotos and to-a-Mattathias, to-have-had-given and to-have-had-taken to-right-belonged.

14:19 Ποσιδονιον V* -σειδων. Va | Ματταθειαν A | om δεξιας V

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 14:20 πλείονος δὲ γενομένης περὶ τούτων ἐπισκέψεως, καὶ τοῦ ἡγουμένου τοῖς πλήθεσιν ἀνακοινωσαμένου, καὶ φανείσης ὁμοιοψήφου συγγνώμης, ἐπένευσαν ταῖς συνθήκαις.

Of-more-beyond then-also of-having-had-became about of-the-ones-these of-a-scouting-upon, and of-the-one of-leading-unto unto-the-ones unto-repleteednesses of-having-en-together-belonged-to-up, and of-having-had-been-manifested of-along-belonged-pebbled of-an-acquaintance-together, they-nodded-upon-of unto-the-ones unto-placements-together.

14:20 ηγουμενου] ηγεμονος V | ομοψηφου V | συγγνωμης (συγν. A)] γνωμης V

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 14:21 ἐτάξαντο δὲ ἡμέραν ἐν ᾗ κατ' ἰδίαν ἥξουσιν εἰς τὸ αὐτό· καὶ προῆλθεν παρ' ἑκάστου δίφραξ, ἔθεσαν δίφρους.

They-arranged then-also to-a-dayedness in unto-which down to-private-belonged they-shall-arrive into to-the-one to-it; and it-had-came-before beside of-each, a-two-bearing, they-had-placed to-two-bearers.

Note: a-two-bearing : used to refer to a large seat, able to bear two persons.

Note: to-two-bearers : used to refer to things made to bear two persons, types of chariots and large seats, etc.

14:21 προσηλθεν V | διφραξ] διφρος V

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 14:22 διέταξεν Ἰούδας ἐνόπλους ἑτοίμους ἐν τοῖς ἐπικαίροις τόποις, μή ποτε ἐκ τῶν πολεμίων αἰφνιδίως κακουργία γένηται· τὴν ἁρμόζουσαν ἐποιήσαντο κοινολογίαν.

It-arranged-through, an-Ioudas, to-implemented-in to-readied-of in unto-the-ones unto-timed-upon unto-occasions, lest whither-also out of-the-ones of-war-belonged unto-un-manifest-belonged a-wedge-wedged-working-unto it-might-have-had-became; to-the-one to-lifting-along-of-to they-did-unto to-a-together-belonged-to-fortheeing-unto.

14:22 διεταξεν] pr και V | ενοπλους] εν οπλοις V* (ενοπλους Va) | αιφν. Va

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 14:23 διέτριβεν ὁ Νικάνωρ ἐν Ἰεροσολύμοις, καὶ ἔπραττεν οὐθὲν ἄτοπον· τοὺς δὲ συναχθέντας ἀγελαίους ὄχλους ἀπέλυσεν.

It-was-rubbing-through, the-one a-Nikanôr, in unto-Ierosoluma', and it-was-practicing to-not-from-one to-un-occasioned; to-the-ones then-also to-having-been-led-together to-herd-belonged to-crowds it-loosed-off.

14:23 διετριβεν] + δε V | ουδεν V | αγελαιους] + ακερεως V* (-ραιως Va)

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 14:24 καὶ εἶχεν τὸν Ἰούδαν διὰ παντὸς ἐν προσώπῳ· ψυχικῶς τῷ ἀνδρὶ προσεκέκλιτο.

And it-was-holding to-the-one to-an-Ioudas through of-all in unto-looked-toward; unto-breath-belonged-of unto-the-one unto-a-man it-had-come-to-have-clined-toward.

14:24 ειχεν] ειχεν δε V | προσεκεκλειτο A προσεκεκλητο V

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 14:25 παρεκάλεσεν αὐτὸν γῆμαι καὶ παιδοποιήσασθαι· ἐγάμησεν, εὐστάθησεν, ἐκοινώνησεν βίου.

It-called-beside-unto to-it to-have-married-unto and to-have-child-done-unto; it-married-unto, it-goodly-stood-unto, it-en-together-belonged-to-unto of-a-dureeation.

14:25 παρεκαλεσεν] + δε V

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 14:26 Ὁ δὲ Ἄλκιμος συνιδὼν τὴν πρὸς ἀλλήλους εὔνοιαν καὶ τὰς γενομένας συνθήκας λαβὼν ἧκεν πρὸς τὸν Δημήτριον, καὶ ἔλεγεν τὸν Νικάνορα ἀλλότρια φρονεῖν τῶν πραγμάτων· τὸν γὰρ ἐπίβουλον τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ Ἰούδαν διάδοχον ἀπέδειξεν.

The-one then-also an-Alkimos having-had-seen-together to-the-one toward to-other-to-other to-a-goodly-en-mulling-unto and to-the-ones to-having-had-became to-placements-together having-had-taken it-was-arriving toward to-the-one to-a-Dêmêtrios, and it-was-forthing to-the-one to-a-Nikanôr to-other-belonged to-center of-the-ones of-practicings-to; to-the-one too-thus to-purposed-upon of-the-one of-a-ruling-of of-it to-an-Ioudas to-a-receiver-through it-en-showed-up.

14:26 ηκεν] ηλθεν V | Δημητρειον A | των πραγμ.] pr περι V | om αυτου V | Ιουδαν] + αυτου V | απεδειξεν] αναδεδιχεν V* (-δεδειχ. Va)

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 14:27 ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ἔκθυμος γενόμενος καὶ ταῖς τοῦ πανπονήρου διαβολαῖς ἐρεθισθείς, ἔγραψεν Νικάνορι ὑπὲρ μὲν τῶν συνθηκῶν φάσκων βαρέως φέρειν, κελεύων δὲ τὸν Μακκαβαῖον δέσμιον ἐξαποστέλλειν εἰς Ἀντιοχίαν ταχέως.

The-one then-also a-ruler-of passioned-out having-had-became and unto-the-ones of-the-one of-all-en-necessitated unto-castings-through having-been-irked-to, it-scribed unto-a-Nikanôr over indeed of-the-ones of-placements-together declarating unto-weighted to-bear, bidding-of then-also to-the-one to-Makkaba-belonged to-bindee-belonged to-set-off-out into to-an-Antiochia unto-quick.

Note: to-an-Antiochia in 01 02 : to-an-Antiocheia is correct as in NT; primitive assimilation.

14:27 ταις] τοις A | παμπον. Va | Νικανορι] pr τω V | φασκων υπερ μεν των συνθηκων V | εξαποστελειν V | Αντιοχειαν V

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 14:28 προσπεσόντων δὲ τούτων τῷ Νικάνορι, συνεκέχυτο, καὶ δυσφόρως ἔφερεν, εἰ τὰ διεσταλμένα ἀθετήσει μηδὲν τἀνδρὸς ἠδικηκότος.

Of-having-had-fallen-toward then-also of-the-ones-these unto-the-one unto-a-Nikanôr it-had-come-to-have-been-poured-together and unto-onerously-beareed it-was-bearing, if to-the-ones to-having-had-come-to-be-set-through it-shall-un-place-unto to-lest-then-also-one of-the-one-of-a-man of-having-had-come-to-un-course-unto.

Note: of-the-one-of-a-man : this combination intended; from the crasis TANDROS = TOU+ANDROS.

14:28 δυσφορως] δυσχερερως (sic) V | αθετησιν A | τανδρος] του ανδρος Va

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 14:29 ἐπεὶ δὲ τῷ βασιλεῖ ἀντιπράττειν οὐκ ἦν, εὔκαιρον ἐτήρει στρατηγήματι τοῦ ἐπιτελέσαι.

Upon-if then-also unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of to-ever-a-one-practice not it-was, to-goodly-timed it-was-keeping-unto unto-an-amass-leading-to of-the-one to-have-finished-upon-unto.

14:29 επει] επι A | του επιτελεσαι] τουτ επιτ. V* τουτο επ. Va

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 14:30 ὁ δὲ Μακκαβαῖος αὐστηρότερον διεξαγαγόντα συνιδὼν τὸν Νικάνορα τὰ πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ τὴν ἠθισμένην ἀπάντησιν ἀγροικότερον ἐσχηκότα, νοήσας οὐκ ἀπὸ τοῦ βελτίστου τὴν αὐστηρίαν εἶναι, συστρέψας οὐκ ὀλίγους τῶν περὶ αὐτόν, συνεκρύπτετο τὸν Νικάνορα.

The-one then-also Makkaba-belonged to-more-harsh to-having-had-led-out-through having-had-seen-together to-the-one to-a-Nikanôr to-the-ones toward to-it, and to-the-one to-having-had-come-to-be-placeed-to to-an-ever-a-oneing-off to-more-field-housed to-having-had-come-to-hold, having-en-mulled-unto not off of-the-one of-most-better to-the-one to-a-harshing-unto to-be, having-beturned-together not to-little of-the-ones about to-it, it-was-being-hidened-together to-the-one to-a-Nikanôr.

14:30 ειθισμενην V | συνετρεψας V* συνεκ|τρεψας Va | αυτον 2°] εαυτον V | συνεκρυπτετο] διεκρυπτε V

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 14:31 Συγγνοὺς δὲ ὁ ἕτερος ὅτι γενναίως ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἐστρατήγηται, παραγενόμενος ἐπὶ τὸ μέγιστον καὶ ἅγιον ἱερόν, τῶν ἱερέων τὰς καθηκούσας θυσίας προσαγόντων, ἐκέλευσεν παραδιδόναι τὸν ἄνδρα.

Having-had-acquainted-together then-also, the-one different, to-which-a-one unto-generated-belonged under of-the-one of-a-man it-had-come-to-be-amass-led-unto, having-had-became-beside upon to-the-one to-most-great and to-hallow-belonged to-sacred, of-the-ones of-sacreders-of to-the-ones to-arriving-down to-surgings-unto of-leading-toward, it-bade-of to-give-beside to-the-one to-a-man.

14:31 συγνους A συνγν. V* (συγγ. Va) | τὰνδρος V* (του ανδρ. Va) | τον μεγ. V* (το μεγ. Va)

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 14:32 τῶν δὲ μεθ' ὅρκων φασκόντων μὴ γινώσκειν ποῦ ποτ' ἐστὶν ὁ ζητούμενος,

Of-the-ones then-also with of-fencees of-asserting lest to-acquaint of-whither whither-also it-be the-one being-sought-unto,

14:32 φασκοντων] φαισαντων V* φησ. Va | γινωσκων A

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 14:33 προτείνας τὴν δεξιὰν ἐπὶ τὸν νεώ, ὤμοσεν ταῦτα Ἐὰν μὴ δέσμιόν μοι τὸν Ἰούδαν παραδῶτε, τόνδε τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ σηκὸν εἰς πεδίον ποιήσω, καὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον κατασκάψω, καὶ ἱερὸν ἐνταῦθα τῷ Διονύσῳ ἐπιφανὲς ἀναστήσω.

having-stretched-before to-the-one to-right-belonged upon to-the-one to-a-temple, it-en-oathed to-the-ones-these, If-ever lest to-bindee-belonged unto-me to-the-one to-an-Ioudas ye-might-have-had-given-beside, to-the-one-then-also to-the-one of-the-one of-a-Deity to-a-grotto into to-a-footinglet I-shall-do-unto, and to-the-one to-a-surgerlet I-shall-dig-down, and to-sacred in-unto-the-ones-these unto-the-one unto-a-Dionusos to-manifestinged-upon I-shall-stand-up.

14:33 νεων V | ωμοσεν ταυτα] ταυτ ωμοσεν V | παραδοτε V | om τον 3° V | εις πεδιον] ισοπεδον V | Διανυσω (sic) A

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 14:34 τοσαῦτα δὲ εἰπὼν ἀπῆλθεν· οἱ δὲ ἱερεῖς προτείναντες τὰς χεῖρας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἐπεκαλοῦντο τὸν διὰ παντὸς ὑπέρμαχον τοῦ ἔθνους ἡμῶν, ταῦτα λέγοντες

To-the-ones-which-the-ones-these then-also having-had-said it-had-came-off; the-ones then-also sacreders-of having-stretched-before to-the-ones to-right-belonged into to-the-one to-a-sky they-were-calling-upon-unto to-the-one through of-all to-battled-over of-the-one of-a-placeedness-belonging-to of-us, to-the-ones-these forthing,

14:34 δε I°] δ V

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 14:35 Σύ, Κύριε, τῶν ὅλων ἀπροσδεὴς ὑπάρχων, ηὐδόκησας ναὸν τῆς σῆς σκηνώσεως ἐν ἡμῖν γενέσθαι.

Thou, Authority-belonged, of-the-ones of-whole un-bindinged-toward firsting-under, thou-goodly-thought-unto to-a-temple of-the-one of-thine of-an-en-tenting in unto-us to-have-had-became.

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 14:36 καὶ νῦν, ἅγιε παντὸς ἁγιασμοῦ κύριε, διατήρησον εἰς αἰῶνα ἀμίαντον τόνδε τὸν προσφάτως κεκαθαρισμένον οἶκον.

And now, Hallow-belonged of-all of-a-hallow-belonging-to-of Authority-belonged, thou-should-have-kept-through-unto into to-an-age to-un-stained to-the-one-then-also to-the-one unto-declared-toward to-having-had-come-to-be-cleansed-to to-a-house.

14:36 ευδοκησας V | κεκαθαρισμενον V

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 14:37 Ῥαζεὶς δέ τις τῶν ἀπὸ Ἰεροσολύμων πρεσβυτέρων ἐμηνύθη τῷ Νικάνορι ἀνὴρ φιλοπολίτης καὶ σφόδρα καλῶς ἀκούων, καὶ κατὰ τὴν εὔνοιαν πατὴρ τῶν Ἰουδαίων προσαγορευόμενος.

A-Razeis then-also a-one of-the-ones off of-Ierosoluma' of-more-eldered it-was-en-memoried unto-the-one unto-a-Nikanôr a-man city-belonger-cared and to-vehemented unto-seemly hearing, and down to-the-one to-a-goodly-en-mulling-unto a-father of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged being-lead-alongednessed-toward-of.

14:37 Ραζις V* vid | om και 2° V

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 14:38 ἦν γὰρ ἐν τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν χρόνοις τῆς ἀμιξίας κρίσεις εἰσενηνεγμένος Ἰουδαισμοῦ, καὶ σῶμα καὶ ψυχὴν ὑπὲρ τοῦ Ἰουδαισμοῦ παραβεβλημένος μετὰ πάσης ἐκτενίας.

It-was too-thus in unto-the-ones in-toward-from unto-whiles of-the-one of-an-un-mingling-unto to-separatings having-had-come-to-be-beared-into of-an-Ioudas-belonging-to-of, and to-an-en-capsuling-to and to-a-breathing over of-the-one of-an-Ioudas-belonging-to-of having-had-come-to-cast-beside with of-all of-a-stretching-out-unto.

14:38 αμιξειας A | κρισις A κρισιν V

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 14:39 βουλόμενος δὲ Νικάνωρ πρόδηλον ποιῆσαι ἣν εἶχεν πρὸς τοὺς Ἰουδαίους δυσμενίαν, ἀπέστειλεν στρατιώτας ὑπὲρ τοὺς πεντακοσίους συλλαβεῖν αὐτόν.

Purposing then-also, a-Nikanôr, to-distincted-before to-have-done-unto to-which it-was-holding toward to-the-ones to-Iouda-belonged to-an-onerous-staying-unto, it-set-off to-amass-belongers over to-the-ones to-five-hundred to-have-had-taken-together to-it.

14:39 δυσμενειαν Va

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 14:40 ἔδοξεν γὰρ ἐκεῖνον συλλαβὼν τούτοις ἐνεργάσασθαι συμφοράν.

It-thought-unto too-thus to-the-one-thither having-had-taken-together unto-the-ones-these to-have-in-worked-to to-a-bearedness-together.

14:40 εδοξεν] ελεγεν V

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 14:41 τῶν δὲ πληθῶν μελλόντων τὸν πύργον καταλαβέσθαι καὶ τὴν αὐλαίαν θύραν βιαζομένων καὶ κελευόντων πῦρ προσάγειν καὶ τὰς θύρας ὑφάπτειν, περικατάλημπτος γενόμενος ὑπέθηκεν ἑαυτῷ τὸ ξίφος·

Of-the-ones then-also of-repleteednesses of-pending to-the-one to-a-tower to-have-had-taken-down and to-the-one to-channel-belonged to-a-portaledness of-dureeating-to and of-bidding-of to-a-fire to-lead-toward and to-the-one to-portalednesses to-fasten-under, takeable-down-about having-had-became it-placed-under unto-self to-the-one to-a-swordeedness;

14:41 om και τας θυρας υφαπτειν V | περικαταληπτος V | υπθηκε A | το ξιφος] om το V

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 14:42 εὐγενῶς θέλων ἀποθανεῖν ἤπερ τοῖς ἀλιτηρίοις ὑποχείριος γενέσθαι, καὶ τῆς ἰδίας εὐγενείας ἀναξίως ὑβρισθῆναι.

unto-goodly-becominged determining to-have-had-died-off which-very unto-the-ones unto-errant-belonged unto-hand-belonged-under to-have-had-became, and of-the-one of-private-belonged of-a-goodly-becoming-of unto-un-deem-belonged to-have-been-abused-to.

14:42 ειπερ V* (ηπερ Va)

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 14:43 τῇ δὲ πληγῇ μὴ κατευθικτήσας διὰ τὴν τοῦ ἀγῶνος σπουδήν, καὶ τῶν ὄχλων ἔσω τῶν θυρωμάτων εἰσβαλλόντων, ἀναδραμὼν γενναίως ἐπὶ τὸ τεῖχος, κατεκρήμνισεν ἑαυτὸν ἀνδρωδῶς εἰς τοὺς ὄχλους.

Unto-the-one then-also unto-a-smiting lest having-goodly-broached-down-unto through to-the-one of-the-one of-a-struggling to-a-hasteneeing, and of-the-ones of-crowds into-unto-which of-the-ones of-portalings-to of-casting-into, having-had-circuited-up unto-generated-belonged upon to-the-one to-a-lineationeedness, it-precipiced-down-to to-self unto-man-seen into to-the-ones to-crowds.

14:43 γενναιως] + ασμενως V | ανδροδως V* (-δρωδ. Va)

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 14:44 τῶν δὲ ταχέως ἀναποδισάντων, γενομένου διαστήματος, ἦλθεν κατὰ μέσον τὸν κενεῶνα.

Of-the-ones then-also unto-quick of-having-footed-up-to, of-having-had-became of-a-standing-through-to, it-had-came down to-middle to-the-one to-an-emptiment.

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 14:45 ἔτι δὲ ἔμπνους ὑπάρχων καὶ πεπυρωμένος τοῖς θυμοῖς, ἐξαναστὰς φερομένων κρουνηδὸν τῶν αἱμάτων, καὶ δυσχερῶν τῶν τραυμάτων ὄντων, δρόμῳ τοὺς ὄχλους διελθών, καὶ στὰς ἐπί τινος πέτρας ἀπορρῶγος,

If-to-a-one then-also currented-in firsting-under and having-had-come-to-be-en-fired unto-the-ones unto-passions, having-had-stood-up-out bearing to-fountainedly of-the-ones of-rusherings-to, and of-onerously-handinged of-the-ones of-woundings-to of-being, unto-a-circuit to-the-ones to-crowds having-had-came-through, and having-had-stood upon of-a-one of-a-rockedness of-an-en-bursting-off,

14:45 δε] δ V | κρουνηδων V* | διελθοντων A | απορρωγος] απερρωγως V

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 14:46 παντελῶς ἔξαιμος ἤδη γινόμενος, προβαλὼν τὰ ἔντερα καὶ λαβὼν ἑκατέραις ταῖς χερσίν, ἐνέσεισε τοῖς ὄχλοις· καὶ ἐπικαλεσάμενος τὸν δεσπόζοντα τῆς ζωῆς καὶ τοῦ πνεύματος τὰ αὐτὰ αὐτῷ πάλιν ἀποδοῦναι, τόνδε τὸν τρόπον μετήλλαξεν.

unto-all-finished bled-out which-then becoming, having-had-casted-before to-the-ones to-more-in and having-had-taken unto-more-each unto-the-ones unto-hands, it-shake-belonged-in unto-the-ones unto-crowds; and having-called-upon-unto to-the-one to-bind-doing-of-to of-the-one of-a-lifing and of-the-one of-a-currenting-to to-the-ones to-them unto-it unto-furthered to-have-had-given-off, to-the-one-then-also to-the-one to-a-turn it-othered-with.

14:46 προβαλων] προσλαβομενος V | om και λαβων V | δεσποζοντα] ras I lit (fort σ) inter ο I° et ζ A? | τα αυτα] ταυτα V | τον τροπον] om τον V

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 15:1 Ὁ δὲ Νικάνωρ μεταλαβὼν τοὺς περὶ τὸν Ἰούδαν ὄντας ἐν τοῖς κατὰ Σαμάρειαν τόποις, ἐβουλεύσατο τῇ τῆς καταπαύσεως ἡμέρᾳ μετὰ πάσης ἀσφαλείας αὐτοῖς ἐπιβαλεῖν.

The-one then-also a-Nikanôr having-had-taken-with to-the-ones about to-the-one to-an-Ioudas to-being in unto-the-ones down to-a-Samareia unto-occasions, it-purposed-of unto-the-one of-the-one of-a-ceasing-down unto-a-dayedness with of-all of-an-un-befailing-of unto-them to-have-had-casted-upon.

15:1 τοποις εβουλευσατο sup ras Va | τη της καταπ. ημερα] την της καταπ. ημερας A (ν τη sup ras Αα?) την της καταπ. ημεραν (την sup ras Va) | ασφαλιας V*

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 15:2 τῶν δὲ κατὰ ἀνάγκην συνεπομένων αὐτῷ Ἰουδαίων λεγόντων Μηδαμῶς οὕτως ἀγρίως καὶ βαρβάρως ἀπολέσῃς, δόξαν δὲ ἀπομέρισον τῇ προτετιμημένῃ ὑπὸ τοῦ πάντα ἐφορῶντος μεθ' ἁγιότητος ἡμέρᾳ·

Of-the-ones then-also down to-an-arming-up of-following-together unto-it of-Iouda-belonged of-forthing, Unto-lest-then-also-any unto-the-one-this unto-field-belonged and unto-aliened thou-might-have-destructed-off, to-a-reckonedness then-also thou-should-have-portioned-off-to unto-the-one unto-having-had-come-to-be-before-valuated-unto under of-the-one to-all of-upon-seeeeing-unto with of-a-hallow-belongness unto-a-dayedness;

15:2 κατα] κατ V | αυτω συνεπ. V | om Ιουδαιων V | απολεσεις Va

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 15:3 ὁ δὲ τρισαλιτήριος ἐπηρώτησεν εἰ ἔστιν ἐν οὐρανῷ ὁ δυνάστης ὁ προστεταχὼς ἄγειν τὴν τῶν σαββάτων ἡμέραν·

the-one then-also thrice-un-pleader-belonged it-upon-entreated-unto if it-be in unto-a-sky the-one an-abler the-one having-had-come-to-arrange-toward to-lead to-the-one of-the-ones of-sabbaths to-a-dayedness;

Note: thrice-un-pleader-belonged (TRISALITHRIOU) : used to refer to thrice unexusable of acts; probably better is to split the words, i.e. thrice un-pleader-belonged (TRIS ALITHRIOU).

15:3 επηρωτησεν] επηρωσεν (sic) A | ο δυναστης] om ο V

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 15:4 τῶν δ' ἀποφηναμένων Ἔστιν ὁ κύριος ζῶν αὐτὸς ἐν οὐρανῷ δυνάστης ὁ κελεύσας ἀσκεῖν τὴν ἑβδομάδα·

of-the-ones then-also of-having-manifested-upon, It-be the-one Authority-belonged lifing-unto it in unto-a-sky an-abler the-one having-bade-of to-holden-along-unto to-the-one to-a-seven;

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 15:5 ὁ δὲ ἕτερος Κἀγώ, φησίν, δυνάστης ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ὁ προστάσσων αἴρειν τὰ ὅπλα καὶ τὰς βασιλικὰς χρείας ἐπιτελεῖν. ὅμως οὐ κατέσχεν ἐπιτελέσαι τὸ σχέτλιον αὐτοῦ βούλημα.

The-one then-also different, And-I, it-declareth, an-abler upon of-the-one of-a-soil, the-one arranging-toward to-lift to-the-one to-implements and to-the-ones to-ruler-belonged-of to-affordings-of to-finish-upon-unto; Unto-along not it-had-held-down to-have-finished-upon-unto to-the-one to-holdened-belonged of-it to-a-purposing-to.

15:5 καγω] κατω A | om επι της γης V | τα οπλα] om τα V

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 15:6 Καὶ ὁ μὲν Νικάνωρ μετὰ πάσης ἀσφαλείας ὑψαυχενῶν, διεγνώκει κοινὸν τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἰούδαν συστήσασθαι τρόπον.

And the-one indeed a-Nikanôr with of-all of-an-un-befailing-of lofteedness-necking-unto, it-had-come-to-acquaint-through to-together-belonged-to of-the-ones about to-the-one to-an-Ioudas to-have-been-stood-together to-a-turn.

15:6 ασφαλειας] αλαζονιας V | υψαυχενων] ευψαυχ. (? συψαυχ.) A | τροπαιον V

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 15:7 ὁ δὲ Μακκαβαῖος ἦν ἀδιαλείπτως πεποιθὼς μετὰ πάσης ἐλπίδος ἀντιλήμψεως τεύξασθαι παρὰ τοῦ κυρίου.

The-one then-also Makkaba-belonged it-was unto-un-remaindered-through having-hath-had-come-to-sure with of-all of-a-droved-sureeing of-an-ever-a-one-taking to-have-actuated beside of-the-one of-Authority-belonged.

15:7 αδιαληπτως V* (-λιπτ. Va) | αντιληψεως V

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 15:8 καὶ παρεκάλει τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ μὴ δειλιᾷν τὴν τῶν ἐθνῶν ἔφοδον, ἔχοντας δὲ κατὰ νοῦν τὰ προγεγονότα αὐτοῖς ἀπ' οὐρανοῦ βοηθήματα, καὶ τὰ νῦν προσδοκᾷν τὴν παρὰ τοῦ παντοκράτορος ἐσομένην αὐτοῖς νίκην.

And it-was-calling-beside-unto to-the-ones together unto-it lest to-a-dire-belong-unto to-the-one of-the-ones of-placeedness-belongings-to to-a-way-upon, to-holding then-also down to-an-en-mulling-of to-the-ones to-having-hath-had-come-to-become-before unto-them off of-a-sky to-holler-runnings-to, and to-the-ones now to-toward-think-unto to-the-one beside of-the-one of-an-All-Securer to-shall-having-been unto-them to-a-mull-belonging-of.

15:8 και παρεκαλει Va (rescr) | τους συν] τοις σ. V | εχοντες A | ουρανου̅ (sic) A | εισομενην A

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 15:9 καὶ παραμυθούμενος αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν, προσυμνήσας δὲ αὐτοὺς καὶ τοὺς ἀγῶνας οὓς ἦσαν ἐκτετελεκότες, προθυμοτέρους αὐτοὺς κατέστησεν.

And relating-beside-unto to-them out of-the-one of-a-parcelee and of-the-ones of-declarers-before, having-hymned-toward-unto then-also to-them and to-the-ones to-strugglings to-which they-were having-had-come-to-finish-out-unto, to-more-passioned-before to-them it-stood-down.

15:9 om και I° V | αυτους I°] αυτος V* vid αυτοις Va | προσυμνησας] και προσυπομνησας V | om αυτους 3° V

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 15:10 καὶ τοῖς θυμοῖς διεγείρας αὐτοὺς παρήγγειλεν, ἅμα παρεπιδεικνὺς τὴν τῶν ἐθνῶν ἀθεσίαν καὶ τὴν τῶν ὅρκων παράβασιν.

And unto-the-ones unto-passions having-roused-through to-them it-leadeeered-beside, along en-showing-upon-beside to-the-one of-the-ones of-placeedness-belongings-to to-an-un-placing-unto and to-the-one of-the-ones of-fencees to-a-stepping-beside.

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 15:11 ἕκαστον δὲ αὐτῶν καθοπλίσας οὐ τὴν ἀσπίδων καὶ λογχῶν ἀσφαλίαν, ὡς τὴν ἐν τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς λόγοις παράκλησιν, καὶ προσηγησάμενος ὄνειρον ἀξιόπιστον ὑπέρ τι πάντας ηὔφρανεν.

To-each then-also of-them having-implemented-down-to not to-the-one of-spar-alongs and of-lances to-an-un-befailing-unto, as to-the-one in unto-the-ones unto-excess-placed unto-forthees to-a-calling-beside, and having-led-toward-unto to-an-en-dreaming to-deem-belonged-trusted over to-a-one to-all it-goodly-centered.

Note: of-spar-alongs : used of shields and asps.

15:11 εκαστος A | ασπιδων και λογχων] Ιβιδ., ασπιδος και λογχης (δογχ. V* λογχ. Va) V | ασφαλειαν Va | προεξηγησαμενος V

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 15:12 ἦν δὲ ἡ τούτου θεωρία τοιάδε· Ὀνίαν τὸν γενόμενον ἀρχιερέα ἄνδρα καλὸν καὶ ἀγαθόν, αἰδήμονα μὲν τὴν ἀπάντησιν, πρᾷον δὲ τὸν τρόπον, καὶ λαλιὰν προιέμενον πρεπόντως καὶ ἐκ παιδὸς ἐκμεμελετηκότα πάντα τὰ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἴδια, τοῦτον τὰς χεῖρας προτείναντά κατεύχεσθαι τῷ παντὶ τῶν Ἰουδαίων συστήματι·

It-was then-also the-one of-the-one-this a-surveiling-unto the-one-which-belonged-then-also; to-an-Onias to-the-one to-having-had-became to-a-first-sacreder-of to-a-man to-seemly and to-excess-placed, to-un-sightinged-of indeed to-the-one to-an-ever-a-oneing-off, to-mild then-also to-the-one to-a-turn, and to-a-speaking-unto to-having-had-come-to-stand-before unto-befittinged-of and out of-a-child to-having-had-come-to-out-vier-unto to-all to-the-ones of-the-one of-a-meriting to-private-belonged, to-the-one-this to-the-ones to-hands to-having-stretched-before to-have-goodly-held-down unto-the-one unto-all of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged unto-a-standing-together-to;

15:12 πραυν V | εκμεμελετηκοτα] μεμελετηκοτα V | ιδια] οικεια V | προτεινοντα V

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 15:13 εἶθ' οὕτως ἐπιφανῆναι ἄνδρα πολιᾷ καὶ δόξῃ διαφέροντα, θαυμαστὴν δέ τινα καὶ μεγαλοπρεπεστάτην εἶναι τὴν περὶ αὐτὸν ὑπεροχήν·

if-also unto-the-one-this to-have-had-been-manifested-upon to-a-man unto-a-hoaring-unto and unto-a-reckonedness to-bearing-through, to-marveled-to then-also to-a-one and to-most-greatly-befittinged to-be to-the-one about to-it to-a-holding-over;

Note: unto-a-hoaring-unto : used to refer to greying, i.e. from darker to lighter, of hair in aging, of skin in some diseases, etc.

15:13 επιφανηναι] φανηναι V

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 15:14 ἀποκριθέντα δὲ τὸν Ὀνίαν εἰπεῖν Ὁ φιλάδελφος οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πολλὰ προσευχόμενος περὶ τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ τῆς ἁγίας πόλεως Ἰερεμίας ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ προφήτης.

to-having-been-separated-off then-also to-the-one to-an-Onias to-have-had-said, The-one brethren-cared the-one-this it-be the-one to-much goodly-holding-toward about of-the-one of-a-people and of-the-one of-hallow-belonged of-a-city an-Ieremias the-one of-the-one of-a-Deity a-declarer-before.

15:14 om δε V | ειπεν V* (-πειν V1) | εστιν] ετιν (sic) Α | περι] υπερ V | αγιας] απασης V

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 15:15 προτείναντα δὲ Ἰερεμίαν τὴν δεξιὰν παραδοῦναι τῷ Ἰούδᾳ ῥομφαίαν χρυσῆν, διδόντα δὲ προσφωνῆσαι τάδε

To-having-stretched-before then-also to-an-Ieremias to-the-one to-right-belonged to-have-had-given-beside unto-the-one unto-an-Ioudas to-a-sabre to-golden, to-giving then-also to-have-sounded-before-unto to-the-ones-then-also,

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 15:16 Λάβε τὴν ἁγίαν ῥομφαίαν δῶρον παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, δι' ἧς θραύσεις τοὺς ὑπεναντίους.

Thou-should-have-had-taken to-the-one to-hallow-belonged to-a-sabre to-a-gift beside of-the-one of-a-Deity, through of-which thou-shall-crush to-the-ones to-ever-a-oned-in-under.

15:16 θραυσις A

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 15:17 Παρακληθέντες δὲ τοῖς Ἰούδου λόγοις πάνυ καλοῖς καὶ δυναμένοις ἐπ' ἀρετὴν παρορμῆσαι καὶ ψυχὰς νέων ἐπανδρῶσαι, διέγνωσαν μὴ στρατεύεσθαι, γενναίως δὲ ἐνφέρεσθαι, καὶ μετὰ πάσης εὐανδρείας ἐμπλακέντες κρῖναι τὰ πράγματα, διὰ τὸ καὶ τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὰ ἅγια καὶ τὸ ἱερὸν κινδυνεύειν.

Having-been-called-beside-unto then-also unto-the-ones of-an-Ioudas unto-forthees all-now unto-seemly and unto-abling upon to-a-meriting to-have-beside-corded-unto and to-breathings of-new to-have-en-manned-upon, they-had-acquainted-through lest to-amass-of, unto-generated-belonged then-also to-bear-in, and with of-all of-a-goodly-manning-of having-been-braided-upon to-have-separated to-the-ones to-practicings-to, through to-the-one and to-the-one to-a-city and to-the-ones to-hallow-belonged and to-the-one to-sacred to-peril-of.

15:17 Ιουδα V | λογογοις V* (λογοις V1?) | επανδρωσαι (δ rescr A1)] επανορθωσαι V | στρατευσασθαι V | δε 2°] δ V | εμφερ. V | ευτανδρειας (sic) A | εμπλακεντες] εμφυεντας V

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 15:18 ἦν γὰρ ὁ περὶ γυναικῶν καὶ τέκνων, ἔτι δὲ ἀδελφῶν καὶ συγγενῶν, ἐν ἥττονι μέρει κείμενος αὐτοῖς, μέγιστος δὲ καὶ πρῶτος ὁ περὶ τοῦ καθηγιασμένου ναοῦ φόβος.

It-was too-thus the-one about of-women and of-creationees, if-to-a-one then-also of-brethrened and of-together-becominged, in unto-lessinged-of unto-a-portioneedness situating unto-them, most-great then-also and most-before the-one about of-the-one of-having-had-come-to-be-down-hallow-belonged-to of-a-temple a-fearee.

15:18 αδελφων] pr περι V

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 15:19 ἦν δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἐν τῇ πόλει κατειλημμένοις οὐ πάρεργος ἀγωνία, ταρασσομένοις τῆς ἐν ὑπαίθρῳ προσβολῆς.

It-was then-also and unto-the-ones in unto-the-one unto-a-city unto-having-had-come-to-taken-down not worked-beside a-struggling-unto, unto-being-stirred of-the-one in unto-under-aired of-a-casting-toward.

15:19 κατηλλημενοις V* κατειλλ. Va | ταραττομενων V

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 15:20 Καὶ πάντων ἤδη προσδοκώντων τὴν ἐσομένην κρίσιν, καὶ ἤδη προσμιξάντων τῶν πολεμίων καὶ τῆς στρατιᾶς ἐκταγείσης, καὶ τῶν θηρίων ἐπὶ μέρος εὔκαιρον ἀποκατασταθέντων, τῆς δε ἵππου κατὰ κέρας τεταγμένης·

And of-all which-then of-thinking-toward-unto to-the-one to-shall-having-been to-a-separating, and which-then of-having-en-mingled of-the-ones of-war-belonged and of-the-one of-an-amassing-unto of-having-had-been-arranged-out, and of-the-ones of-beastlets upon to-a-portioneedness to-goodly-timed of-having-been-stood-down-off, of-the-one then-also of-a-horse down to-a-horn of-having-had-come-to-be-arranged;

15:20 προσδοκων V* (-κωντων V1) | προσμιξαντων] συμμιξ. V | και της στρατ.] της τε στρατ. V | των 2°] τω V* (των Va) | δε] τε V

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 15:21 συνιδὼν ὁ Μακκαβαῖος τὴν τῶν πληθῶν παρουσίαν καὶ τῶν ὅπλων τὴν ποικίλην παρασκευήν, τήν τε τῶν θηρίων ἐπὶ μέρος εὔκαιρον ἀγριότητα, ἀνατείνας χεῖρας εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν, ἐπεκαλέσατο τὸν τερατοποιὸν κύριον, γινώσκων ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν δι' ὅπλων, καθὼς δὲ ἐὰν αὐτῷ κριθῇ, τοῖς ἀξίοις περιποιεῖται τὴν νίκην.

having-had-seen-together, the-one Makkaba-belonged, to-the-one of-the-ones of-repleteednesses to-a-being-beside-unto and of-the-ones of-implements to-the-one to-war-belonged to-an-equipping-beside, to-the-one also of-the-ones of-beastlets upon to-a-portioneedness to-goodly-timed to-a-field-belongness, having-stretched-up to-hands into to-the-one to-a-sky, it-called-upon-unto to-the-one to-done-anomalie-belonged to-Authority-belonged, acquainting to-which-a-one not it-be through of-implements, down-as then-also if-ever unto-it it-might-have-been-separated, unto-the-ones unto-deem-belonged it-doeth-about-unto to-the-one to-a-mull-belonging-of.

15:21 om επι μερος ευκαιρον V | αντεινας] προτεινας V | χειρας] pr τας V | δε εαν] δ αν V | περιποιειται] περιποιουντι V

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 15:22 ἔλεγεν δὲ ἐπικαλούμενος τόνδε τὸν τρόπον Σύ, δέσποτα, ἀπέστειλας τὸν ἄγγελόν σου ἐπὶ Ἑζεκίου τοῦ βασιλέως τῆς Ἰουδαίας, καὶ ἀνεῖλεν ἐκ τῆς παρεμβολῆς Σενναχηρεὶμ εἰς ἑκατὸν ὀγδοήκοντα πέντε χιλιάδας.

It-was-forthing then-also calling-upon-unto to-the-one-then-also to-the-one to-a-turn, Thou, Bind-doer, thou-set-off to-the-one to-a-leadeeer of-thee upon of-a-Hezekias of-the-one of-a-ruler-of of-the-one of-an-Ioudaia, and it-had-sectioned-up out of-the-one of-a-casting-in-beside of-a-Sennachêreim into to-a-hundred to-eighty to-five to-thousands.

15:22 δε] δ Va vid | ανειλεν] ανηλες V* ανειλες Va | παρεμβολησενναχηρειμ V* (-λης Σεναχειρειμ Va)

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 15:23 καὶ νῦν, δυνάστα τῶν οὐρανῶν, ἀπόστειλον ἄγγελον ἀγαθὸν ἔμπροσθεν ἡμῶν εἰς δέος καὶ τρόμον·

And now, to-an-abler of-the-ones of-skies, thou-should-have-set-off to-a-leadeeer to-excess-placed in-toward-from of-us into to-a-direedness and to-a-tremblee;

15:23 αγγελον αγαθον] τον αγγελον V | τρομον] τροπον A

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 15:24 μεγέθει βραχίονός σου καταπλαγείησαν οἱ μετὰ βλασφημίας παραγινόμενοι ἐπὶ τὸν ἅγιόν σου λαόν. καὶ οὗτος μὲν ἐν τούτοις ἔληξεν.

unto-a-greateedness of-more-short of-thee they-may-have-had-been-smitten the-ones with of-an-ill-declaring-unto becoming-beside upon to-the-one to-hallow-belonged of-thee to-a-people. And the-one-this indeed in unto-the-ones-these it-abated.

15:24 καταπλαγεησαν A | παραγεναμενοι V | λαον] ναον V

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 15:25 Οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Νικάνορα μετὰ σαλπίγγων καὶ παιάνων προσῆγον·

The-ones then-also about to-the-one to-a-Nikanôr with of-trumpets and of-paians they-had-led-before;

Note: of-paians : used to refer to any solemn song or chant, especially on beginning an undertaking, in omen of success.

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 15:26 οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἰούδαν μετὰ ἐπικλήσεως καὶ εὐχῶν συνέμιξαν τοῖς πολεμίοις.

the-ones then-also about to-the-one to-an-Ioudas with of-a-calling-upon and of-goodly-holdings they-en-mingled-together unto-the-ones unto-war-belonged.

15:26 μετα] μετ V

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 15:27 καὶ ταῖς μὲν χερσὶν ἀγωνιζόμενοι, ταῖς δὲ καρδίαις πρὸς τὸν θεὸν εὐχόμενοι, κατέστρωσαν οὐδὲν ἧττον μυριάδων τριῶν καὶ πεντακισχιλίων, τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ μεγάλως εὐφρανθέντες ἐπιμελείᾳ.

And unto-the-ones indeed unto-hands struggling-to, unto-the-ones then-also unto-hearts toward to-the-one to-a-Deity goodly-holding, they-en-strewed-down to-not-then-also-one to-lessinged-of of-myriads of-three and of-five-oft-thousand, unto-the-one of-the-one of-a-Deity unto-great having-been-goodly-centered unto-a-vying-upon-of.

15:27 αγωνιζομενοις A* (-νοι A?) | om καρδιας A | μυριαδας τρεις και πεντακισχιλιους V | επιμελεια] επιφανεια V

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 15:28 Γενόμενοι δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς χρείας καὶ μετὰ χαρᾶς ἀναλύοντες, ἐπέγνωσαν προπεπτωκότα Νικάνορα σὺν τῇ πανοπλίᾳ.

Having-had-became then-also off of-the-one of-an-affording-of and with of-a-joyedness loosing-up, they-had-acquainted-upon to-having-had-to-come-to-fall-before to-a-Nikanôr together unto-the-one unto-an-all-implementing-unto.

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 15:29 γενομένης δὲ κραυγῆς καὶ ταραχῆς, εὐλόγουν τὸν δυνάστην τῇ πατρίῳ φωνῇ.

Of-having-had-became then-also of-a-clamoring and of-a-stirring, they-were-goodly-fortheeing-unto to-the-one to-an-abler unto-the-one unto-fathered-belonged unto-a-sound.

15:29 πατρωω V

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 15:30 καὶ προσέταξεν ὁ καθ' ἅπαν σώματι καὶ ψυχῇ πρωταγωνιστὴς ὑπὲρ τῶν πολιτῶν, ὁ τὴν τῆς ἡλικίας εὔνοιαν εἰς ὁμοεθνεῖς διαφυλάξας, τὴν τοῦ Νικάνορος κεφαλὴν ἀποτεμόντας, καὶ τὴν χεῖρα σὺν τῷ ὤμῳ, περιφέρειν εἰς Ἰεροσόλυμα.

And it-arranged-toward, the-one down to-along-all unto-an-en-capsuling-to and unto-a-breathing a-most-before-struggler over of-the-ones of-city-belongers, the-one to-the-one of-the-one of-a-staturing-unto to-a-goodly-en-mulling-unto into to-placeedness-belonging-to-alonginged having-guardered-through, to-the-one of-the-one of-a-Nikanôr to-a-head to-having-had-cut-off, and to-the-one to-a-hand together unto-the-one unto-a-shoulder, to-bear-about into to-Ierosoluma'.

15:30 και προσεταξεν] προσετ. δε V | ομοεθνεις] pr τους V | περιφερειν] φερειν V

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 15:31 παραγενόμενος δὲ ἐκεῖ, καὶ συνκαλεσάμενος τοὺς ὁμοεθνεῖς καὶ τοὺς ἱερεῖς πρὸ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου στήσας, μετεπέμψατο τοὺς ἐκ τῆς ἄκρας.

Having-had-became-beside then-also thither, and having-called-together-unto to-the-ones to-placeedness-belonging-to-alonginged and to-the-ones to-sacreders-of before of-the-one of-a-surgerlet having-stood, it-volleyed-with to-the-ones out of-the-one of-extremitied.

15:31 δε] δ V | συνκαλεσας V* (συγκ. Va) | ομοεθνους A

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 15:32 καὶ ἐπιδειξάμενος τὴν τοῦ μιεροῦ Νικάνορος κεφαλὴν καὶ τὴν χεῖρα τοῦ δυσφήμου, ἣν ἐκτείνας ἐπὶ τὸν ἅγιον τοῦ παντοκράτορος οἶκον ἐμεγαλαύχησεν,

And having-en-showed-upon to-the-one of-the-one of-stained of-a-Nikanôr to-a-head and to-the-one to-a-hand of-the-one of-onerously-declared, to-which having-stretched-out upon to-the-one to-hallow-belonged of-the-one of-an-All-Securer to-a-house it-greatly-boasted-unto,

15:32 επιδειξαμενος V | μιαρου V | εκτεινας] εκτετινας A

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 15:33 καὶ τὴν γλῶσσαν τοῦ δυσσεβοῦς Νικάνορος ἐκτεμών, ἔφη μετὰ μέρος τοῖς ὀρνέοις, τὰ δ' ἐπίχειρα τῆς ἀνοίας κατέναντι τοῦ ναοῦ κρεμάσαι.

and to-the-one to-a-tongue of-the-one of-onerously-reveringed of-a-Nikanôr cutting-out, it-was-declaring with to-a-portioneedness unto-the-ones unto-en-flailings, to-the-ones then-also to-handed-upon of-the-one of-an-un-mulling-unto down-in-ever-a-one of-the-one of-a-temple to-have-hanged-unto.

Note: unto-en-flailings : groupingly refers to birds that non-glidingly flail their wings.

15:33 δυσεβους V* (δυσσ. V1) | μετα] κατα V | τοις ορν.] pr δωσειν V | δ] δε V

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 15:34 οἱ δὲ πάντες εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν εὐλόγησαν τὸν ἐπιφανῆ κύριον, λέγοντες Εὐλογητὸς ὁ διατηρήσας τὸν ἑαυτοῦ τόπον ἀμίαντον.

The-ones then-also all into to-the-one to-a-sky they-goodly-fortheed-unto to-the-one to-manifestinged-upon to-Authority-belonged, forthing, Goodly-fortheeable the-one having-kept-through-unto to-the-one of-self to-an-occasion to-un-stained.

15:34 ηυλογησαν V

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 15:35 ἐξέδησεν δὲ τὴν τοῦ Νικάνορος προτομὴν ἐκ τῆς ἄκρας ἐπίδηλον πᾶσιν, καὶ φανερὸν τῆς τοῦ κυρίου βοηθείας σημεῖον.

It-binded-out then-also to-the-one of-the-one of-a-Nikanôr to-a-cutting-before out of-the-one of-extremitied to-distinced-upon unto-all, and to-en-manifested of-the-one of-the-one of-Authority-belonged of-a-holler-running-of to-a-signlet-of.

15:35 κιριου] θεου V

(161 B.C.)

2Ma 15:36 ἐδογμάτισαν δὲ πάντες μετὰ κοινοῦ ψηφίσματος μηδαμῶς ἐᾶσαι ἀπαρασήμαντον τήνδε τὴν ἡμέραν· ἔχειν δὲ ἐπίσημον τὴν τρισκαιδεκάτην τοῦ δωδεκάτου μηνός -- Ἀδὰρ λέγεται τῇ κυριακῇ φωνῇ -- πρὸ μιᾶς ἡμέρας τῆς Μαρδοχαϊκῆς ἡμέρας.

They-thinking-toed-to then-also, all, with of-together-belonged-to of-a-pebbling-to unto-lest-then-also-any to-have-let-unto to-un-signified-beside to-the-one-then-also to-the-one to-a-dayedness; to-hold then-also to-signified-upon-of to-the-one to-three-and-tenth of-the-one of-two-tenth of-a-month, an-Adar it-be-forthed unto-the-one unto-authority-belonged-of unto-a-sound, before of-one of-a-dayedness of-the-one of-Mardochaios-belonged-of of-a-dayedness.

Note: they-thinking-toed-to : Greek DOGMATIZW, DOGMA (thinking-to) incorporated into a Verb; used to refer to applying a thinking-to; i.e. in Active voice to decree to others, in Passive voice to be decreed to, in Middle voice to decree to oneself.

15:36 απαρασηματον V | εχειν] ειχεν V* -χε Va | τη τρισκαιδεκατη V | κυριακη] Συριακη V | Μαρδοχοικης V

(124 B.C.)

2Ma 15:37 Τῶν οὖν κατὰ Νικάνορα χωρησάντων οὕτως, καὶ ἀπ' ἐκείνων τῶν καιρῶν κρατηθείσης τῆς πόλεως ὑπὸ τῶν Ἐβραίων, καὶ αὐτὸς αὐτόθι τὸν λόγον καταπαύσω.

Of-the-ones accordingly down to-a-Nikanôr of-having-spaced-unto unto-the-one-this, and off of-the-ones-thither of-the-ones of-times of-having-been-secured-unto of-the-one of-a-city under of-the-ones of-Ebra-belonged, and it to-it-placed to-the-one to-a-forthee I-shall-cease-down.

Note: conclusion of author 2Ma 15:37-39.

15:37 καταπαυσων A

(124 B.C.)

2Ma 15:38 καὶ εἰ μὲν καλῶς, εὐθίκτως τῇ συντάξει, τοῦτο καὶ αὐτὸς ἤθελον· εἰ δὲ εὐτελῶς καὶ μετρίως, τοῦτο ἐφικτὸν ἦν μοι.

And if indeed unto-seemly, unto-goodly-broached unto-the-one unto-an-arranging-together, to-the-one-this and it I-was-determining; if then-also unto-goodly-finishinged and unto-measure-belonged, the-one-this tracked-upon it-was unto-me.

15:38 ει μεν] ειπεν· A ειδεν V* (ει μεν V1) | καλως] + και Va (mg) | ευθικτως] ευθιτικτως V* ευθυτικτως Va

(124 B.C.)

2Ma 15:39 καθάπερ οἶνον κατὰ μόνας πίνειν, ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ ὕδωρ πάλιν πολέμιον· ὃν δὲ τρόπον οἶνος ὕδατι συνκερασθεὶς ἤδη καὶ ἐπιτερπῆ τὴν χάριν ἀποτελεῖ, οὕτως καὶ τὸ τῆς κατασκευῆς τοῦ λόγου τέρπει τὰς ἀκοὰς τῶν ἐντυγχανόντων τῇ συντάξει. Ἐνταῦθα δὲ ἔσται ἡ τελευτή.

Down-to-which-very to-a-wine down to-stayeed to-drink, as-unto-it then-also and to-a-water, unto-furthered war-belonged; to-which then-also to-a-turn a-wine unto-a-water having-been-en-mixed-together which-then and to-delightinged-upon to-the-one to-a-granting it-finisheth-off-unto, unto-the-one-this and the-one of-the-one of-an-equipping-down of-the-one of-a-forthee it-delighteth to-the-ones to-hearings of-the-ones of-actuanating-in unto-the-one unto-an-arranging-together. In-unto-the-ones-these then-also it-shall-be the-one a-finishing-of-unto.

15:39 καθαπερ] + γαρ V | ωσαυτος V* (-τως Va) | συγκερασθεις V | ηδη και επιτερπη] ηδη και επιτερπει V* ηδεια και επιτερπη Va | ουτω V | ενταυ V* (ενταυθα Va) | δε 3°] δ V

Subscr Ιουδα του Μακκαιου (sic) πραξεων επιστολη A Ιουδα Μακκαβαιου πραξεων επιτομη V (rescr ut vid)